Category: Other Major Scholarly Journal Articles

Journal Articles (Other Major Scholarly)

  • Eco-Marxism and the Reconstruction of Materialist Dialectics

    Eco-Marxism and the Reconstruction of Materialist Dialectics

    Speaking before at the Opening Ceremony of the Fourth World Conference on Marxism in Beijing, John Bellamy Foster discusses the development of eco-Marxism and its relation to Marxist theory. Here, Foster argues, “eco-Marxism as we know it today is not simply another branch of Marxism,” but is a pathway to the projects of complete socialism and ecological civilization.

  • Western Marxism and the Myth of Capitalism’s Adamantine Chains

    Western Marxism and the Myth of Capitalism’s Adamantine Chains

    In his doctoral thesis on the ancient philosopher Epicurus, Karl Marx compared Epicurus to Prometheus, the Titan of Greek mythology, who was bound with unbreakable adamantine chains to a rock for what was intended to be eternity by Hephaestus on the orders of Zeus. Prometheus’s crime was that he had provided fire, standing for universal enlightenment (the name Prometheus means “foresight”) and creative, emancipatory powers to humanity.1 The symbolism was important. Marx quoted Epicurus (via Lucretius) several times in his dissertation on “breaking the bonds of fate,” arguing that a materialist perspective was not necessarily rigidly deterministic or fatalistic, but rather was compatible with notions of human freedom, which would always break free or swerve away from any imposed limits.2 For Marx, no adamantine fetters stood in the way of the progress of freedom. As the 20-year-old revolutionary Frederick Engels wrote in “Retrograde Signs of Our Times,” all reactionary movements “eventually disintegrate in conflict with one another and under the adamantine foot of the forward moving time,” which inevitably creates new conditions and new revolts.3 In Aeschylus’s great dramatic trilogy, Prometheus Bound was succeeded by Prometheus Unbound, and then Prometheus the Firebearer, standing for the great gift of freedom to humanity. Marx, who read Aeschylus every year in the original Greek, never lost sight of the revolutionary implications of the Greek myth.4

    The post-Second World War Western Marxist philosophical tradition departed from the revolutionary spirit of classical historical materialism, in effect accepting the notion of adamantine chains imposed by capitalism on the working class, while abandoning the notion of “breaking the bonds of fate.” The ancient Greek Promethean myth, as presented by Aeschylus, was inverted, becoming a symbol not of enlightenment, hope, defiance, and revolution, but of the adamantine fetters imposed by modern capitalism, which could not be surmounted. For Herbert Marcuse in his Eros and Civilization, Prometheus stood for toil, order, and imprisonment. This was not the Prometheus of Aeschylus, representing defiance and revolt on behalf of humanity, but the Cold War version of the Prometheus myth armed against Marxism.5 Western Marxism thus surrendered to defeatism and adopted its own version of the end of history, as in the abstract negativity of Marcuse’s Great Refusal, replacing revolutionary praxis.6 None other than Perry Anderson wrote in Considerations on Western Marxism in 1976, “The hidden hallmark of Western Marxism as a whole is…that it is a product of defeat. The failure of the socialist revolution to spread outside Russia…is the common background to the entire theoretical tradition of this period…. This unbroken record of political defeat—for working-class struggle, for socialism—could not but have profound effects on the nature of Marxism formed in this era.”7 Here Anderson ignored revolutions in the periphery, such as those of China and Cuba, as of no significance in this regard, since occurring outside a developed occidental capitalism.

    The Dialectic of Defeat

    At the root of the retrogression of Western Marxism was a belief in the complete economic triumph of capitalism. As Marcuse wrote in One-Dimensional Man, “The enchained possibilities of advanced industrial societies are: development of the productive forces on an enlarged scale, extension of the conquest of nature, growing satisfaction of needs for a growing number of people, creation of new needs and possibilities. But these possibilities are gradually being realized through means and institutions which cancel their liberating potential, and this process affects not only the means but the ends.”8 The result of such a Western Marxist conception was the writing off altogether of proletarian-based revolutions, which were undermined by capitalism’s “enchained possibilities.”

    The various material successes that Marx pointed to in his panegyric to the bourgeoisie in the first half of Part One of The Communist Manifesto were seen by Marcuse as freed of the contradictions that Marx introduced a few pages later: economic crises; the sorcerer’s apprentice, standing for the unforeseen rifts between society and nature; and the rise of capital’s gravedigger in the form of the modern proletariat. Capitalism was thus presented as victorious in a material sense. “On theoretical as well as empirical grounds, the dialectical concept,” Marcuse stated,

    pronounces its own hopelessness. The human reality is its history, and, in it, contradictions do not explode by themselves. The conflict between streamlined, rewarding domination on the one hand, and its achievements that make for self-determination and pacification [of the struggle for human existence] on the other, may become blatant beyond any hope of denial, but it may well continue to be a manageable and even productive conflict, for with the growth in the technological conquest of nature grows the conquest of man by man.

    Summing up, he wrote, “dialectical theory is not refuted, but it cannot offer the remedy. It cannot be positive.”9

    The view that saw a Weberian “iron age” imposed by capitalism based on its economic and technological successes became the default position of the Frankfurt School and the Western Marxist philosophical tradition as a whole. Writing during the first quarter-century after the Second World War in what is today called “the golden age,” Western Marxists adopted the view that not only was the capitalist economy an overriding success, but the proletariat had been enriched and permanently “bourgeoisified,” enchained in its subservient role by the petty rewards obtained in the process of capitalism’s successful development. This was evident in the work of Theodor Adorno, who argued in 1964 that, contrary to the Marx and Engels of The Communist Manifesto, workers now had much “more to lose” than simply their chains. He referred here to their “cars and motorcycles.”10 What Adorno meant by this, from the standpoint of his negative dialectics, was that these commodities, symbolizing the embourgeoisement of the proletariat, represented new sociopsychological chains of oppression. Marx’s absolute general law of accumulation, in which he had emphasized that the relative gap between the capitalist class and the working class constantly increased, creating ever-greater class polarization, whether the workers’ wages were “high or low,” was trivialized by Adorno, in line with Cold War ideology, as a mere “theory of immiseration.”11

    Following in the footsteps of Engels and V. I. Lenin in this respect, Adorno insisted that Western workers were now to a considerable degree bourgeoisified. However, Adorno did not follow Engels and Lenin in analyzing such embourgeoisement in terms of the labor aristocracy theory, whereby a privileged section of workers benefited from the surplus of monopoly capitalism/imperialism.12 Nor did he subscribe to the notion, emphasized by Engels, in relation to Britain, that the existence of a labor aristocracy and the embourgeoisement of a significant section of the proletariat was fleeting, eventually to be undermined by the waning of colonial/imperial dominance. Rather, Adorno’s Eurocentric analysis left no room for the critique of imperialism, or even a developed analysis of monopoly capitalism. As the German critic Hans Mayer, who had known Adorno since 1934, remarked: “Europe sufficed for him entirely. No India or China, no Third World, not the people’s democracies and not the workers’ movement.”13

    What is at issue here can be clarified by saying that the main thrust of the philosophical tradition of Western Marxism is characterized by four retreats: (1) from class, (2) from materialism, (3) from the dialectics of nature, and (4) from the critique of imperialism. Behind this is not a denial of Marxist theory altogether, but rather its enclosure in a permanent bourgeois universe, which could be critically analyzed for its lack of true liberation but not transcended.14

    The retreat from class was built into the notion that in its golden-age capitalism was lessening class distinctions and removing any radicalism on the part of an affluent bourgeoisified working class with their cars and motorcycles.15 The retreat from materialism was both an abandonment of genuine economic critique and, more importantly, of the materialist conception of nature, the dialectical counterpart of the materialist conception of history. The retreat from the dialectics of nature meant that the human relation to external nature could be reduced to a technological conquest of nature (what Max Horkheimer and Adorno dubbed the “dialectic of Enlightenment”).16 The retreat from critique of imperialism meant that Europe was the final destiny and the definition of modernity. As Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel had written: “the History of the World travels from East to the West, for Europe is absolutely the end of History.”17

    Western Marxism was a retreat from Marx, not so much to Hegel, but rather to Max Weber, who rejected the Marxian theory of class and class struggle (in favor of the mere competition for life chances on the market); replaced historical materialism with neo-Kantian idealism, dualism, and methodological individualism; and conceived of the West as the only source of cultural phenomena of “universal significance and value” based on formal or instrumental rationality. Hence, the world was an “iron cage,” from which there was no escape.18 In its long, convoluted dialectical inversion, Western Marxism went from the left-Hegelian notion that “the rational is real” not to its opposite, the right-Hegelian notion that “the real is rational,” but rather steering toward the pseudo-critical, pseudo-Freudian position that the irrational is real, ruled by the “death instinct,” with the world permanently stripped by capitalism of any genuine materialist-revolutionary content.19 It thus increasingly converged with the anti-rationalist reaction of Friedrich Nietzsche. This is what Russell Jacoby called, in the title of his book, the Dialectic of Defeat.20 The dialectic of defeat of Western Marxism was not of course the dialectic of a spiral, embodying the negation of the negation, but what Adorno termed “negative dialectics,” denying a positive moment altogether, and thus caught up in an endless circling back to bourgeois views.21

    Where Western Marxism thrived was in its analysis of the subjective, particularly in the application of psychoanalytic categories drawn from Sigmund Freud, and the critique of reification. There were detailed analyses of the culture industry and media domination. Yet, this gave rise not to analysis of the vicissitudes of class consciousness but rather to the reified, enchained world of class unconsciousness, turning Georg Lukács’s History and Class Consciousness on its head.22 The problem, as Marcuse put it in Weberian terms, is that the “administered individuals” of modern one-dimensional society must “liberate themselves from themselves as well as from their masters.”23 The almost exclusive focus thus became the self-destruction of the human material for change. So great was the problem as conceived in critical theory that Marcuse, as we have seen, asked whether the critical theory of society must abdicate altogether, “the dialectic having pronounced its hopelessness.” He concluded his book by highlighting the bare possibility that “the historical extremes may meet again: the most advanced consciousness of humanity and its most exploited force. It is nothing but a chance.”24

    The Longer and Wider View

    Raymond Williams strongly warned against “long-run adjustments to short-run problems,” the tendency to see the condition of the immediate moment as determining the long-run trajectory.25 Rather, as Paul A. Baran insisted, it was necessary to take “the longer view” directly into account in all of one’s immediate actions, in order to understand the contradictions, and possibilities for revolutionary praxis. Baran was a Russian Marxist economist who was a researcher at the Institute for Social Research in Frankfurt prior to Adolf Hitler’s rise to power, and who emigrated to the United States at the commencement of the Second World War. In the 1960s, he wrote Monopoly Capital with Paul M. Sweezy, which exhibited some aspects of the Frankfurt School analysis, but which was also a historical critique of the irrational monopolistic and imperialistic capitalism of the twentieth century. Although Baran and Sweezy, like Marcuse, ended their book with the observation that the working class was not then in revolt in the United States, unlike Marcuse they did not see this as a permanent phenomenon, but rather as something that would change with changing historical conditions. Writing in the mid-1960s, they concluded that “even if the present protest movements should suffer defeat or prove abortive, that would be no reason to write off permanently the possibility of a real revolutionary movement in the United States.”26 Not only were militarism and imperialism at the center of Baran and Sweezy’s book, but Baran had published the pioneering dependency analysis, The Political Economy of Growth, less than a decade before.27 Baran and Sweezy argued, based on concrete reality, that the main revolutionary struggle between workers and capital had shifted in the twentieth century to the periphery of the system in the Global South, which was the basis of the contemporary world revolution inspired by Marxist theory.

    Baran had a long friendship with Marcuse going back to the early 1930s, when they were both at the Institute for Social Research in Frankfurt. Marcuse sent him the manuscript of One-Dimensional Man in 1963, prior to publication. Seeing the flaws in the work, Baran wrote to Sweezy:

    What is at the present time at issue and indeed most urgently so is the question of whether [the] Marxian dialectic has broken down, i.e. whether it is possible for Scheisse [shit] to accumulate, to coagulate, to cover all of society (and a goodly part of the related world) without producing the dialectical counter-force which would break through it and blow it into the air. Hic Rhodus, hic salta! If the answer is affirmative then Marxism in its traditional form has become superannuated. It has predicted the misery, it has explained full well the causes of [this misery] becoming as comprehensive as it is; it was in error, however, in its central thesis that the misery generates itself the forces of its abolition.

    I have just finished reading Marcuse’s new book (in MS) [One-Dimensional Man], which in a laborious kind of a way advances this very position which is called the Great Refusal or the Absolute Negation. Everything is Dreck [dirt]: monopoly capitalism and the Soviet Union, capitalism and socialism as we know it; the negative part of the Marx story has come True—its positive part remained a figment of imagination. We are back at the state of the Utopians pure and simple; a better world there should be but there ain’t no social force in sight to bring it about. Not only is Socialism no answer, but there isn’t anyone to give that answer anyway. From the Great Refusal and the Absolute Negation to the Great Withdrawal and the Absolute Betrayal is a very short step….

    What is required is a cool analysis of the whole situation, the restoration of a historical perspective, a reminder of the relevant time dimensions and much more.28

    There is no doubt that in many cases, as Baran intimated, the Great Refusal and the Absolute Negation did turn into the Great Withdrawal and the Absolute Betrayal. The argument that the real is irrational, when divorced from a “cool [materialist] analysis of the whole situation, the restoration of a historical perspective, and a reminder of the relevant time dimensions”—not excluding the Eurocentric failure to confront imperialism—led to an absolute retreat into what Lukács called the “Grand Hotel Abyss.”29 It was only a step beyond this to retrograde forms of postmodernism and posthumanism, representing purportedly radical views that undermined what was left of the radical Enlightenment. Hegel ended his final work with the question “reform or revolution?” (clearly preferring the former).30 The post-Marxist left is no longer capable of doing even that, identifying with populism or republicanism, anything but genuine socialist praxis rooted in the international working class, as if it were a relic of a different age. But with this was lost any hope of transcending the existing society. “The history of [Western] Marxism,” Jacoby wrote, “is the loss of the dialectical critique of bourgeois society.”31

    Material Crisis of Our Time and the Necessity of Freedom

    In truth, there is no such thing as an objective dialectic of defeat. History is a process of continuity and change, of the negation of the negation, with no possibility of a final ending short of nuclear or environmental oblivion (real possibilities today). Western Marxism inculcated a view that history had reached a resting point, even if it continued to peer out between the bars of the iron cage—most often simply peering about within. The main focus of critical theory was understanding the persuasive power of capital and the capitulation of the working class that this brought about. Class analysis gave way in postmodernist thinkers, like Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guattari, who took this logic to its conclusion, to the treatment of capitalist induced schizophrenia.32

    As Galileo is supposed have said (doubtless apocryphal) as he reached down to the earth, after being compelled by the Church to renounce the Copernican view of the universe: “And yet it moves.”33 Western Marxism’s retreats from the dialectics of nature and from imperialism, along with materialism and class, left it ill-equipped to address actual economic, social, and environmental change on a global level. By rejecting both materialism and the dialectics of nature and thereby natural science, Western Marxists were unprepared to address ecological issues when they arrived. Alfred Schmidt’s Concept of Nature in Marx, a doctoral thesis written under the supervision of Horkheimer and Adorno, published in the same year as Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring, partly recognized the significance of Marx’s notion of metabolism, but missed altogether his theory of metabolic rift, or ecological crisis. Arguing against Bertolt Brecht and Ernst Bloch, who, following Marx, had theorized the revolutionary reconciliation and harmonization of nature and humanity, Schmidt pointed to the inescapable rule of the conquest of nature or the so-called dialectic of the Enlightenment. Nature and natural science were seen as largely alien to any understanding of society as second nature.34 The retrieval of Marx’s ecology was thus delayed, even as the world became aware of the mounting planetary ecological crisis.

    A similar phenomenon happened with respect to class. More and more, Western Marxists, as Ellen Meiksins Wood explained in The Retreat from Class in 1986, dissociated politics from class, moved toward a technological determinism, substituted loosely defined “democratic forces” for the working class, and adopted mass “populist” politics that ignored class relations. In this way, Western Marxists tended to merge with liberal ideology, creating what could be called an Inverted Marxism.35 Today, these arguments have morphed into the position that Marx is better seen as a republican, or as advocating a politics limited to the democratic citizen, than a militant socialist concerned with revolutionary working-class transformation aimed at substantive democracy.36 Even the famous analysis of the “culture industry” of Adorno and others lacked any concrete significance when placed against the critical-realist political economy of communication and the contemporary revolt for control of the cultural apparatus.37

    The ultimate retreat of Western Inverted Marxism was its tendency to see the quintessential modern capitalism as representing “the rational capitalistic organization of (formally) free labour” in Weber’s terms, divorced from the theory of monopoly capitalism/imperialism and even from Marx’s theory of exploitation.38Socialist humanism and radical historical materialism were both roundly criticized by structuralist thinkers such as Louis Althusser, despite their role in all genuine revolutions erupting in the Global South. Peripheral capitalist societies were seen, according to the logic of modernity, as moving inexorably toward developed capitalism, and thus the West—insofar as they could be seen as modernizing at all. As Bill Warren argued, supposedly basing his analysis on the Marx of the early 1850s, imperialism was the “pioneer of capitalism.”39 So indifferent were Western Marxists to Third World struggles, as Domenico Losurdo pointed out, that they saw 1968 in Europe and its defeat as more important than the decades of revolutionary struggle around the globe—from China to Cuba, from Kwame Nkrumah’s Ghana to Salvador Allende’s Chile—associated with what L. S. Stavrianos called The Global Rift.40 Curiously, with revolutions against colonialism, imperialism, and dependency taking place throughout the three continents of the Global South, Western Eurocentric Marxists frequently spoke myopically of the failure of revolution, since this was supposed to take place only in mature capitalist societies in the West.

    Unmoored from history and materialism in this way, the Inverted Marxism of the West, while full of penetrating ideas, can restore its fading place in Marxism as a whole only through a process of rescue and retrieval, putting it on its feet once again. This requires reconnecting with the classical historical-materialist tradition of Marx and Engels, and with the revolutionary struggles against imperialism and capitalism, both past and present, being fought throughout the Global South. Today this coincides with the great antisystemic battle to save the planet as a place of human habitation. These realities have required paradigm shifts in historical-materialist theory to incorporate the ubiquitous new dangers of capitalism’s limitless globalization and the rift that this has created in the biogeophysical flows of the planet—viewed as a place of earthly habitation for humanity and all living species.41 These crucial paradigm shifts require regrounding Marxism in its original materialist, dialectical, and revolutionary bases, with their more universal aims.

    It should be acknowledged today that the development of Marxist theory and praxis, in the present historical context, is today occurring more rapidly in countries such as China, Venezuela, and Cuba than in the so-called “advanced countries” of the West. The former have delinked to some extent from the imperialist world system and are pursuing their own sovereign socialist projects in cooperation with other countries in the Global South. The main contradictions are now planetary: the Earth System crisis, the threat of thermonuclear war, the reality of hyperimperialism, and the necessity of an international labor alliance. All these struggles point to socialism as the only possible alternative.

    Breaking the Adamantine Chains

    Prometheus did not remain in chains for eternity, despite Zeus’s original intentions, but regained his freedom after only 30,000 years. In Aeschylus’s Prometheus Unbound, of which we have only fragments, Prometheus was freed from his unbreakable adamantine chains by Heracles/Hercules, the son of Zeus and the mortal Alcmene, who broke the unbreakable shackles, achieving the impossible. Prometheus was able to use his foresight as leverage on the tyrant Zeus, who needed the farsighted Prometheus to reveal the details of his own possible future so as to prevent his being deposed.42 In the final part of Aeschylus’s trilogy, Prometheus the Firebearer, Prometheus, as George Thomson surmised from the structure of the first two plays, and what little evidence can be derived of the third, comes to be worshiped by humanity as the deliverer.43

    In the late eighteenth and early nineteenth-century, Enlightenment/Romantic figures like Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Mary Wollstonecraft, and Percy Bysshe Shelley wrote of human freedom and the release from adamantine chains, breaking the bonds of fate.44 For the young Engels, an admirer of Shelley, the “adamantine foot” of time, which kicked loose all existing material conditions and created new ones, altered the realm of human possibility and social relations, providing openings for historical change. Marx referred to both “golden chains,” when workers and their potential allies were bought off, and the “chain” of “illusion” in which mysticism, religion, and commodity fetishism constantly constrained (but did not contain) the struggle for human freedom. Nevertheless, he insisted that the fetters represented by the existing relations of production could be broken.45

    In the present day, the alienated material necessity of capitalism in the form of the concentration and centralization of immense wealth and power among a very few, the scaling up of wars of extermination, and the planetary ecological crisis can only be overcome by the revolutionary emergence of a society of substantive equality, ecological sustainability, and social freedom.

    The agent of that change is best conceived today as the global environmental proletariat, the working class in its broadest, most universal materialist form—a new emergent reality of revolt. Just as ecological civilization, as it is conceived at present primarily in China, represents the highest form of the socialist struggle, so the environmental proletariat is the mature form of the material class struggle, directed at sustainable human development. If the capitalist class expropriated both humanity and the earth, the environmental proletariat is the necessary negation of the negation if the world is to free itself from capitalist perdition. The chains of humanity are self-imposed, meaning that the present can be unshackled—but only if the struggle for human freedom is progressively widened.

    Notes

    1. See George Thomson, “Introduction,” in Aeschylus, Prometheus Bound, ed. and trans. George Thomson (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1932), 1–47; George Thomson, “Special Introduction,” in Aeschylus, Oresteia Trilogy/Prometheus Bound, trans. George Thomson (New York: Dell, 1965), 24–26.
    2. See John Bellamy Foster, Breaking the Bonds of Fate: Epicurus and Marx (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2025).
    3. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, Collected Works (New York: International Publishers, 1975), vol. 2, 48.
    4. Paul Lafargue, “Reminiscences on Marx,” in Reminiscences of Marx and Engels, ed. Institute of Marxism and Leninism (Moscow: Foreign Languages Publishing House, n.d.), 74.
    5. Herbert Marcuse, Eros and Civilization (Boston: Beacon Press, 1964), 74–75. See John Bellamy Foster, “Eco-Marxism and Prometheus Unbound,” Monthly Review 77, no. 6 (November 2025): 2–5.
    6. Herbert Marcuse, One-Dimensional Man (Boston: Beacon Press, 1964), 63–64, 255–57.
    7. Perry Anderson, Considerations on Western Marxism (London: Verso, 1976), 42–43.
    8. Marcuse, One-Dimensional Man, 255.
    9. Marcuse, One-Dimensional Man, 253.
    10. Theodor W. Adorno, Philosophical Elements of a Theory of Society, eds. Tobias ten Brink and Marc Phillip Nogueira, trans. Wieland Hoban (Cambridge: Polity, 2019), 38, 49–50.
    11. Adorno, Philosophical Elements of a Theory of Society, 31, 49.
    12. See Martin Nicolaus, “The Theory of the Labor Aristocracy,” Monthly Review 21, no. 11 (April 1970): 91–101.
    13. Martin Jay, The Dialectical Imagination (Boston: Little, Brown, and Co., 1973), 187.
    14. This framework was first introduced in John Bellamy Foster and Gabriel Rockhill, “Western Marxism and Imperialism: A Dialogue,” Monthly Review 76, no. 10 (March 2025): 9.
    15. What Marx called the unity of opposites (or the identity of identity and nonidentity) characterizing capital and labor was here turned into a narrow, one-sided identity of opposites.
    16. Max Horkheimer and Theodor Adorno, Dialectic of Enlightenment (New York: Continuum, 1944).
    17. G. W. F. Hegel, The Philosophy of History (New York: Dover, 1956), 103.
    18. Max Weber, The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism, trans. Talcott Parsons (London: George Allen and Unwin, 1930), 13–17, 181; Max Weber, From Max Weber: Essays in Sociology, eds. Hans Gerth and C. Wright Mills (New York: Oxford University Press, 1946), 181.
    19. G. W. F. Hegel, The Philosophy of Right (New York: Oxford University Press, 1952), 10; Sigmund Freud, Beyond the Pleasure Principle (New York: W. W. Norton, 1989), 53, 59.
    20. Russell Jacoby, Dialectic of Defeat: Contours of Western Marxism (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981).
    21. Theodor Adorno, Negative Dialectics (New York: Continuum, 1973), xix.
    22. Jacoby, Dialectic of Defeat, 120–21.
    23. Marcuse, One-Dimensional Man, 250.
    24. Marcuse, One-Dimensional Man, 25.
    25. Terry Eagleton, “Resources for a Journey of Hope: The Significance of Raymond Williams,” New Left Review I/168 (March–April 1988).
    26. Paul A. Baran and Paul M. Sweezy, Monopoly Capital (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1966), 366–67.
    27. Paul A. Baran, The Political Economy of Growth (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1957, 1962).
    28. Paul A. Baran and Paul M. Sweezy, The Age of Monopoly Capital, eds. Nicholas Baran and John Bellamy Foster (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2017), 430.
    29. Georg Lukács, The Theory of the Novel (London: Merlin Press, 1971), 22.
    30. Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel, Political Writings (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999), 270.
    31. Jacoby, Dialectic of Defeat, 27.
    32. Gilles Delueze and Felix Guattari, Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1983).
    33. Mario Livio, “Did Galileo Truly Say ‘And Yet It Moves?,’” Scientific American (blog), May 6, 2020.
    34. Alfred Schmidt, The Concept of Nature in Marx (London: New Left Books, 1971), 11, 43, 78–79, 88, 154–62, 186–87.
    35. Ellen Meiksins Wood, The Retreat from Class (London: Verso, 1986). On “Inverted Marxism,” see John Bellamy Foster, Comments, “Gabriel Rockhill, Who Paid the Pipers of Western Marxism Book Launch with Ali Kadri and John Bellamy Foster,” posted by Critical Theory Workshop, 1:40:27, December 11, 2025, youtube.com/watch?v=0SOFasECUbg.
    36. Bruno Leipold, Citizen Marx: Republicanism and the Formation of Marx’s Social and Political Thought (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2024); William Clare Roberts, Marx’s Inferno: The Political Theory of Capital (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2018).
    37. Theodor Adorno, The Culture Industry (London: Routledge, 1991). On the critique of the cultural apparatus, see John Bellamy Foster and Robert W. McChesney, “The Cultural Apparatus of Monopoly Capital,” Monthly Review 65, no. 3 (July–August 2013): 1–33. On the contemporary struggle over the political economy of the cultural apparatus, see John Bellamy Foster, “Robert W. McChesney (1952–2025): A Personal and Political-Intellectual Memoir,” Monthly Review 77, no. 7 (December 2025): 1–23.
    38. Weber, The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism, 21.
    39. L. Bill Warren, Imperialism, Pioneer of Capitalism (London: Verso, 1980).
    40. S. Stavrianos, Global Rift: The Third World Comes of Age (New York: William Morrow and Co., 1981).
    41. See John Bellamy Foster, Brett Clark, and Richard York, The Ecological Rift (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2010).
    42. It was foretold that if Zeus had a child with a particular woman, then Zeus’s own offspring, the fruit of this union, would depose him. Only Prometheus, with his foresight, knew who that woman (Thetis) was, and used this as a means against Zeus, and used this information as a means of obtaining his release and readmission to Olympus—but only after Zeus had ended his absolute tyranny over Gods and humans.
    43. Thomson, “Introduction,” Aeschylus, Prometheus Bound; Thomson, “Special Introduction,” Aeschylus, Oresteia Trilogy/Prometheus Bound; Carey Jobe, “Aeschylus’ Prometheus Unbound: Rebuilding a Lost Masterpiece,” Antigone (2024), antigonejournal.com.
    44. Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Aids to Reflection (London: Edward Moxon, 1854); Mary Wollstonecraft, A Vindication of the Rights of Women (New York: A. J. Matsell, 1833) 37; Percy Bysshe Shelley, Prometheus Unbound (Boston: D. C. Heath and Co, 1892), 68.
    45. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 3, 176; Karl Marx, Wage-Labour and Capital in Karl Marx, Wage-Labour and Capital/Value, Price and Profit (New York: International Publishers, 1976), 40; Karl Marx, A Contribution to a Critique of Political Economy (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1970), 21; Erich Fromm, Beyond the Chains of Illusion (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1962).
  • Introduction to the Updated Edition of Aghiri Emmanuel’s Unequal Exchange

    Introduction to the Updated Edition of Aghiri Emmanuel’s Unequal Exchange

    Introduction to the Updated Edition of Aghiri Emmanuel’s Unequal Exchange” (coauthored with Brett Clark, Foster listed first), Monthly Review, vol. 77, no. 8, January 2026), pp. 1-19.

    Unequal Exchange

    Arghiri Emmanuel’s Unequal Exchange: A Study of the Imperialism of Trade was an explosive work when it was first published in French in 1969, not simply due to the depth of its critique of neoclassical economics, but even more because of the enormous challenge that it presented for Marxist economic theory itself.1 This incendiary reception was immediately evident in that the book incorporated an extensive debate between Emmanuel, a Greek economist, who became director of economic studies at the University of Paris-VII, and the French Marxist economist Charles Bettelheim, under whom Emmanuel had written his doctoral thesis on unequal exchange, and whose views departed sharply from those of Emmanuel. Thus, Emmanuel’s Unequal Exchange erupted on the public scene in a storm of controversy, which was already embedded in the book and quickly extended to a wider debate that continued for years, raising the issue of the relation of the working class in the advanced capitalist economies to imperialism. The impact of Unequal Exchange was startling at the time, but it then declined as interest in imperialist theory ebbed in the Western left and as the reality that Emmanuel had pointed to was frequently denied. Meanwhile, the inquiry that he had initiated was taken up by others, such as the Egyptian-French economist Samir Amin, and transformed in other directions. In the twenty-first century, however, the reality of both unequal economic and unequal ecological exchange has come to be regarded as the very crux of the anti-imperialist world struggle, and interest in Emmanuel’s classic work has once again skyrocketed.

    The issue of unequal international exchange goes back to Karl Marx’s critique of classical political economy and indeed was an important question within classical-liberal political economy.2 In his seminal work On the Principles of Political Economy and Taxation(1817), David Ricardo assumed that capital was immobile globally, while the Malthusian iron law of wages meant that labor costs were determined by the requirements of physical subsistence. Hence, the law of value did not apply to international transactions. Although it could be assumed that the wages of workers were equalized since determined more or less by absolute subsistence, profits, due to the immobility of capital across nations, were not. Consequently, Ricardo introduced his famous theory of comparative advantage to explain international trade, as a departure from and inversion of the law of value, relying on supply and demand as the main determinant.3

    Ricardo’s analysis demonstrated that it was always beneficial for countries to engage in trade, by exporting the products for which they had the greatest comparative advantage, relative to other goods they might choose to exchange. Nevertheless, he also acknowledged that due to differing productivities (and labor intensities) some countries would receive more labor for less labor in international exchange, while other countries would receive less labor for more.4 “Even according to Ricardo’s theory,” Marx observed, “three days of labour of one country can be exchanged against one of another country.… In this case, the richer country exploits the poorer one, even where the latter gains by trade, as John Stuart Mill explains in his Some Unsettled Questions.”5 As Amin summed up the Ricardian theory of comparative advantage in international trade, “All that this theory enables us to state is that, at a given moment, the distribution of levels of productivity being what it is, it is to the interest of the two countries to effect an exchange, even if it is unequal.”6

    “Two nations,” Marx explained in the Grundrisse, “may exchange according to the law of profit in such a way that both gain, but one is always defrauded…. One of the nations may constantly appropriate for itself a part of the surplus labour of the other, giving nothing back for it in exchange.”7 In the third volume of Capital, he went on to note that “the privileged country receives more labour in exchange for less,” thereby obtaining “surplus profit,” while, inversely, the poorer country “gives more objective labour than it receives.”8 Related to this was the fact that “the profit rate is generally higher [in underdeveloped countries] on account of the lower degree of development, and so too is the exploitation of labour through the use of slaves and coolies, etc.”9 It was thus possible to see “how one nation can grow rich at the expense of another.”10 Although Marx never managed to write his planned volume on the world economy and crises, it is clear that—building on the reality of unequal exchange already depicted by theorists like Ricardo and Mill—he saw the problem as ultimately lying in inequalities of labor, with poor nations giving more labor for less in the exchange process.11

    Austrian Marxist Otto Bauer is credited with being the first to put unequal exchange on a firmer footing. Writing in 1924, Bauer dispensed with Ricardo’s assumption that profit rates between countries were unequal, replacing the notion of the immobility of capital with one of the mobility of capital and with a tendency for profits to equalize at the international level. Nevertheless, unequal exchange continued to exist, in Bauer’s terms, because of the differing organic compositions of capital and thus differing rates of productivity between the more advanced and less advanced economies, which meant that in the process of equalizing profit rates between countries there was a transfer of value from poorer to richer countries. In Marx’s modified value theory, incorporating prices of production, equalization of profit rates required a transfer of value from industries with a lower organic composition of capital (or invested capital/labor ratio) to those with higher organic composition. The same essential process, Bauer argued, occurred between countries. In the equalization of profit rates internationally, those countries with higher organic composition gained value at the expense of those with lower organic composition. In Bauer’s words, “The capitalists of the more highly developed areas not only exploit their own workers, but [they] also appropriate some of the surplus value produced in less highly developed areas. If we consider the prices of commodities, each area receives in exchange as much as it has given. But if we look at the values involved, we see that the things exchanged are not equivalent.”12

    German Marxist economist Henryk Grossman, writing in the 1930s, carried forward Bauer’s analysis. As he put it, “International trade is not based on an exchange of equivalents because, as on the national market, there is a tendency for the rate of profit to be equalised. The commodities of the advanced capitalist country with the higher organic composition will therefore be sold at prices of production higher than their value; those of the backward country at prices of production lower than value.”13

    The whole approach to unequal exchange focusing on the organic composition of capital and the related higher productivity in developed capitalist countries was designated by Emmanuel as “unequal exchange in the broad sense.”14 Here countries with higher productivity due to a higher organic composition of capital and thus higher rates of productivity drew on surplus value in poorer regions, merely as a product of the equalization of profit rates internationally. In this case, it was true that the richer countries gained at the expense of the poorer countries, but this was a mechanical function of the equalization of profit rates, and did not in itself constitute actual imperialist exploitation.15

    What Emmanuel brought to the concept of unequal exchange, and what gave it lasting importance, was a theory that focused on the international mobility of capital coupled with the international immobility of labor. His analysis did not deny the significance of the “broad basis” of unequal exchange as articulated by Bauer, Grossman, and others. But for Emmanuel, there was a second, and ultimately more significant, form of unequal exchange associated with imperialist exploitation. Namely, core economies in the center of the global capitalist system with high wages in global terms extracted surplus labor from economies in the periphery with persistently low wages, enhancing accumulation at the core at the cost of the periphery.

    Although Ricardo had recognized the existence of unequal exchange, for Emmanuel the causes were reversed. For Ricardo’s unequal rates of profit and standardized subsistence wages internationally, Emmanuel substituted “unequal wages between countries” with profits “tending toward equalization.”16 Emmanuel did not primarily construct his analysis in terms of imperialism theory in V. I. Lenin’s sense. Rather, he assumed in this abstract model not monopoly capital but free competition. Nor did he start his examination with class-based production and accumulation, though both were part of his analysis. Instead, he treated wages as an independent variable, based on Marx’s analysis of their historically determined character.

    Surplus value arises in capitalist production because the value generated by the exercise of a worker’s labor power exceeds the value of labor power or the wages paid to the worker. In core capitalist countries—including not only the old colonial powers but also, according to Emmanuel, the “white settler states” (the United States, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) that had effectively exterminated or removed the original Indigenous inhabitants from the land—wages were comparatively high globally. This promoted internal, autocentric economic development. A “super-wage,” as in the United States, according to Emmanuel, generated a positive “dialectical interaction between the movement of wages and economic development.”17 In contrast, all countries in the periphery had much lower wages, associated with higher rates of exploitation, generating a dialectic of underdevelopment. It was this that constituted the structural basis for unequal exchange. In trade relations between what is now called the Global North and the Global South, the former was able to obtain more labor for less, or a net transfer of value, due to the structural inequality in wages built into the international system (and enforced by immigration laws)—a fact that was concealed by the supposed equality of trade when expressed in terms of price rather than labor value.

    The reason that Emmanuel’s theory of unequal exchange stirred so much controversy within Western Marxism was due less to a departure from Marx, resulting from Emmanuel’s emphasis on wages as opposed to the accumulation of capital as the determining element in capitalist development, than from the direct political implications of his analysis. Frederick Engels and Lenin, in proposing the notion of a labor aristocracy, had argued that an upper stratum of the workers had knowingly been bought off by capital from the largesse of imperialism.18 In contrast, Nikolai Bukharin had seen this less in terms of a labor aristocracy within the advanced capitalist states than an embourgeoisement of the entire working class in the developed economies. Thus, he referred to “the additional pennies” offered to workers in the rich countries from the proceeds of imperialism, leading to their cooperation with capital. Following Bukharin, much more than Engels and Lenin, Emmanuel expanded his critique beyond a mere labor aristocracy to a Western working class as a whole that was seen as gaining from imperialism.19 This pointed to what Oskar Lange had called a “people’s imperialism” dividing the workers in the Global North from the Global South. In Emmanuel’s words, “Lange’s ‘people’s imperialism’ has today become a reality in the big capitalist countries.”20 Emmanuel thus presented this startling view: “Once a country has got ahead, through some historical accident, even if this be merely that a harsher climate has given men additional needs, this country begins to make other countries pay for its high-wage level through unequal exchange. From this point onward, the impoverishment of one country becomes an increasing function of the enrichment of another, and vice versa.”21

    Although not denying that the workers in the core countries were exploited, Emmanuel argued that there was a point where the sense of gains from imperialism could altogether check national struggles, creating a capitalist-worker imperialist bloc, and that this point had been reached. He asked: “Could it be that revolutionary Marxism based on…solidarity has been inhibited by the dreadful implications of such a proposition [unequal exchange leading to a people’s imperialism] in relation to the international solidarity of working people?”22 Writing during the Vietnam War, he pointed to examples of U.S. workers supporting U.S. imperialism against Vietnam (as well as their support of U.S. attacks on Cuba) rather than exhibiting international solidarity. Similar developments had arisen in France (and among the white settlers in Algeria) in the French-Algerian War.23

    Emmanuel went so far as to suggest, against historical reason, that if one could imagine the United States reduced to an underdeveloped country, this would be disastrous for U.S. workers, who would be “hurled into an abyss,” but that such a development would hardly affect the long-term prospects of U.S. capitalists themselves. “Leaving out of account the material losses suffered during and as a result of the event itself, the American capitalist would not find himself any worse off” in such a situation.24 This was a view that denied the larger structure of U.S. monopoly capitalism, including the many ways, apart from unequal exchange, in which surplus was extracted from the Global South by multinational corporations. More significantly, Emmanuel’s argument suggested that it was the working class, not the capitalist class, in the Global North who benefited most from unequal exchange/imperialism.

    Behind Bettelheim’s sharp criticisms of Emmanuel and the volatile debate that ensued, therefore, lay the question of a people’s imperialism, issues that challenged much of post-Second World War Marxist political economy in Europe and North America. Emmanuel’s analysis was directly confronted by Bettelheim and then modified and extended by Amin. In the half-century that has followed the publication of Emmanuel’s book, his analysis has become more, not less, relevant. With all the limitations of his analysis in Unequal Exchange, Emmanuel’s contention that Marx’s value theory was superior to all other approaches in its ability to uncover the realities of the “imperialism of trade” has been strongly confirmed in the context of the global-value chain economy of the twenty-first century.25

    Bettelheim and Emmanuel

    The theoretical and political complexities and divergence of views within Marxism unleashed by Emmanuel’s Unequal Exchange are best seen through the lens of the debate with Bettelheim in the five appendices to the book. Emmanuel’s book appeared in a series edited by his mentor, Bettelheim. Although Bettelheim was strongly supportive of Emmanuel’s critique of the theory of comparative advantage, and their views coincided with respect to their understanding of the “basic theory” of unequal exchange as in Bauer and Grossman, they disagreed on what was the heart of the matter for Emmanuel: unequal exchange arising from the inequality in wages between rich and poorer nations or the “imperialism of trade.” Among the criticisms that Bettelheim raised were that (1) one nation cannot exploit another (a view in which he departed from Marx and Lenin), (2) exploitation could not occur via exchange but could only arise in production, (3) no analysis of unequal exchange could disregard productivity, (4) Emmanuel’s argument reversed Marx’s causality by seeing wage levels as the independent variable determining accumulation, and (5) Emmanuel’s analysis was based on free competition rather than monopoly capitalism.26

    All these criticisms were meant to reinforce Bettelheim’s rejection of Emmanuel’s fundamental argument that not only did the rich nations extract surplus via unequal exchange from poor nations, but also that the workers in the developed capitalist countries, in effect, exploited workers in the underdeveloped countries. In response to Emmanuel, Bettelheim argued that even though workers in the Global South were frequently “superexploited,” in the sense that they were paid less than the value of their labor power (or the cost of its reproduction), these “workers in the underdeveloped countries were [nevertheless] even less exploited than those of the advanced, and so dominant, countries.” Emmanuel referred to this as “Bettelheim’s Paradox.”27

    Bettelheim’s reasoning, which was not accompanied by any empirical analysis, was that since the organic composition of capital in the rich nations was much higher, labor productivity, or output per labor hour, was also much higher, which translated into a higher rate of exploitation (the ratio of surplus labor to necessary labor) in economically advanced countries, as opposed to underdeveloped countries. Since the labor time necessary to produce a good was reduced, while surplus labor was increased proportionately, this represented a higher rate of surplus value. Emmanuel had made the mistake, Bettelheim argued, of failing to account properly for labor productivity.

    Arguing based on the existence of monopoly capital, as opposed to Emmanuel’s reliance in his model on free competition, Bettelheim insisted that there was such a thing as “imperialist exploitation” via multinational corporation investment in the Third World. However, he insisted, this dynamic was enabled by the greater technology, higher productivity, and larger rate of exploitation in the center capitalist economies. Moreover, such monopolistic surplus extraction, he claimed, could not occur through exchange but was the result of international production relations. In contrast, he suggested that Emmanuel had fallen for the fantasy of mere “commercial exploitation” divorced from production.28 Other Marxist political economists in Europe and the United States adopted the same argument as Bettelheim with respect to the higher rate of productivity and higher rate of exploitation in developed capitalist countries, as in the case of figures like Ernest Mandel, Michael Kidron, Geoffrey Kay, and others down to the present day.29

    What was critical in Bettelheim’s view was that Emmanuel’s analysis denied the exploitation and class struggle at the center of the capitalist system, “making the proletarians of the rich countries appear to be the ‘exploiters’ of the poor ones. These proletarians must therefore have ceased to be exploited themselves, which means their labor is no longer a source of surplus value.”30 From this, Bettelheim concluded:

    Emmanuel’s position seems to me to be clearly incompatible with Marxism, since in denying the existence of the class struggle in the industrialized countries (except in the economic form of that struggle, which conforms to the classic trade-unionist position, that is to say, an “economist,” and so non-Marxist, position). It amounts indeed to denying the existence of the political class struggle, and of classes themselves, when one treats the bourgeoisie and the proletariat of the industrial countries as identical, by alleging that the proletariat has “become bourgeois” and so has been integrated into the bourgeoisie.31

    Emmanuel’s thesis, if true, Bettelheim insisted, would point to a break in the “objective solidarity of the workers of the industrialized countries and the dominated countries, while, in truth, that objective solidarity, representing a common class struggle, was as strong as ever.”32 However, capitalists both in the imperialist bourgeoisie and in the national bourgeoisies in the Third World could, Bettelheim argued, use Emmanuel’s notion of a split among workers internationally due to unequal exchange to distract workers from the class struggles in their own countries. The big bourgeoisie in the underdeveloped countries could falsely use the struggle against imperialism to consolidate their own power.33

    Emmanuel’s responses in the debate with Bettelheim further complicated without decisively ending the debate. He argued that, for Marx, wage levels determined productivity (through technological innovation in response to high wages) and that Bettelheim and his other critics had simply reversed Marx’s logic: “To set up the productivity of labor as the determining element in the value of labor power, and also of wages, is an idea that is diametrically opposed to the Marxist, or even to any objectivist, conception of value.”34 There was no contradiction involved in the capitalists of one country obtaining surplus value from the production of workers in other countries via exchange since production and exchange were interconnected. Appropriationof surplus value, if ultimately rooted in production, did not occur solely within the production process.35Ultimately, Emmanuel pointed to the need for a world value theory that transcended merely national conditions that concealed global value relations.36

    Amin and Emmanuel

    As Amin indicated in “End of a Debate” in his Imperialism and Unequal Development (1977), Emmanuel’s approach was vulnerable to criticism since the restrictive assumptions built into his economic model made it impossible to address the most essential questions with respect to unequal exchange relations. Among the limitations of Emmanuel’s analysis were (1) his treatment of the wage as an independent variable, rather than dialectically related to the historical development of production and accumulation; (2) his resulting inability to deal adequately with the question of productivity; (3) the wider historical limitations of his analysis, which, since rooted in the assumption of free competition, was therefore not applicable either to noncapitalist economies or, more significantly, to the conditions of monopoly capitalism; (4) the related lack of a developed historical explanation for the immobility of labor; and (5) the tendency in Emmanuel’s theory to point to the direct exploitation of workers in the periphery by the workers in the core via trade relations, as if such economic transactions were not all mediated by and dominated by capital in its own interest.37 Nevertheless, the genius of Emmanuel’s analysis, in Amin’s view, was that it raised for the very first time the issue of world value, correctly indicating that labor, since it was engaged in producing international commodities, was itself international, subject to a world system of value.38

    The fundamental theoretical problem in Emmanuel’s analysis was how to deal with the differences in the development of productive forces and of productivity in different parts of the world. Here Amin introduced a historically more general and theoretically irrefutable definition of unequal exchange, no longer relying simply on wage differentials, or seeing productivity as dependent on the level of wages. As Amin put it, “The essentialtheory of unequal exchange” points to the reality that “the products exported by the periphery are important,” in purely economic as opposed to natural resource terms, “to the extent that the difference between the returns to labor is greater than the difference between the productivities.”39 This was particularly evident when the production processes and particular use values were the same. But the fact that in the international system of production a labor hour in any part of the system was comparable with a labor hour somewhere else in the system gave the analysis a universal character.40

    Amin departed sharply from Emmanuel’s notion that wage levels were determinant of productive forces, labor productivity, and accumulation. In Emmanuel’s framework there was a tendency to view high wages as directly related to unequal exchange. In contrast, Amin argued that the higher wages in the developed capitalist economies had arisen historically as a counterpart of economic development. Thus, they could not be assigned in the main to unequal exchange but had multiple causes.41 While insisting that workers in the Global North benefited from the imperialist exploitation in unequal exchange, Amin indicated that this was invariably mediated by the reigning monopoly capital, which took by far the lion’s share of the appropriated surplus, worsening its own problems of surplus absorption as a result.42

    Bettelheim had stressed in his criticism of Emmanuel that the comprador elements in the underdeveloped countries could take advantage of the theory of unequal exchange and the struggle against imperialism, focusing on national rather than class conflict, to consolidate their own rule. However, for Amin, this simply pointed, in line with the whole Marxist analysis of imperialism, to the dual struggle of class and nation and the need to develop a strong working-class revolutionary consciousness.43

    Adopting a somewhat more philosophical stance, Eurocentric Marxists sought to combat Emmanuel and other imperialism theorists with what Amin called an “epistemological argument,” charging that focusing on the extraction of surplus value from countries in the periphery via unequal exchange relied on circulation rather than production as the basis of the analysis and thus fetishized the former. In responding to such views, Amin not only emphasized the interrelationship between production and exchange, he also went on to declare forthrightly that “‘unequal’ exchange is nothing more than the mechanism of surplus-value circulation in the imperialist stage of capitalism.” Far from ignoring the importance of circulation, Marx himself, Amin pointed out, had devoted the whole third volume of Capital to it, hardly according to it a minor “epistemological” importance.44

    Where Amin broke most decisively with Emmanuel was in relation to historical analysis. Emmanuel’s model was entirely based on the artificial assumption of free trade, insofar as it assumed the absence of monopoly capital, even though many of the historical factors he considered, such as the international immobility of labor and the international mobility of capital, were less characteristic of the era of free trade (where Ricardo’s assumptions were more realistic) than they were of monopoly capitalism. Hence, Amin took monopoly capitalism/imperialism in the terms laid out by Lenin and subsequent theorists of imperialism as the basis of his approach. Unequal exchange in international trade and the rise of a system of world value had to be viewed through the lens of “generalized monopoly capitalism.”45

    It was in twentieth-century monopoly capitalism that more restrictive immigration laws, designed to control labor internationally, were instituted, enforcing the global immobility of labor and the superexploitation of peripheral labor, while also allowing for the overexploitation of migrant labor within the metropolitan countries.46 Likewise, it was only with the growth of the multinational corporation that the international mobility of capital—prior to that mostly confined to portfolio investment—became an established fact. Moreover, it was monopoly capitalism, Amin argued, in fundamental agreement with Ruy Mauro Marini, that made the “superexploitation” of labor in the periphery a more systematic reality.47

    In an attempt to take full advantage of the fact that the difference between wages was greater than the difference in productivities between the Global North and the Global South, multinational corporations increasingly—once improved communication and transportation technology made this feasible—introduced the same technology and production processes in the export zones of the Third World as existed in the center of the world economy.48 Thus, the transfer of value through the unequal exchange process was greatly enhanced in the age of neoliberal globalization from the 1980s on, leading to the development of global value chains as a dominant reality of global production.

    The Reality of Unequal Exchange

    Amin’s critical elaboration, with greater historical consideration of Emmanuel’s analysis, allowed for the empirical investigation of international trade, while considering differences in wages and productivity. Recent scholarship has clearly revealed how the difference in wages between workers in the Global North and the Global South are much greater than the differences in their productivity. Importantly, this work illuminates how imperialist exploitation plays a central role in the creation and transfer of world value, whereby the surplus is appropriated by monopoly capital in the Global North. Given the limitations of price-based categories, unequal exchange reflects the transfer of value associated with the embodied labor in production that is concealed in standard trade accounts. It thus reveals the often invisible reality of value transfers from poor to rich nations through unequal exchange, in addition to the more visible ways that surplus is transferred through direct monopolistic power relations, as captured in current accounts.

    Emmanuel’s and Amin’s insights regarding unequal exchange greatly enrich global commodity chain research, which studies the economic transfer of value within the numerous extraction, production, distribution, consumption, and financial linkages dominated by multinational corporations. By the twenty-first century, multinational corporations in the center of the world economy had shifted most industrial employment of workers to the Global South, practicing “arm’s length” contracting, whereby production was outsourced to independent suppliers. Here, giant corporations were able to take advantage of the low wages paid to workers, while externalizing some of their direct production costs and reducing their culpability for running sweatshops and for pollution. These conditions kept wages very low in the Global South and helped repress wages in the North. Foreign direct investment, from core nations to periphery economies, accelerated the offshoring process and arm’s length contracting, dramatically reorganizing the latter’s economies while expanding their industrial workforce.

    As a result, developing country exports as a percentage of U.S. imports quadrupled in the last half of the twentieth century. By 2008, 73 percent of all industrial employment globally was located in the Global South, while, by 2013, the majority of total foreign direct investment went to the Global South.49 The South’s global share of manufacturing trade skyrocketed, with the primary export destination as the Global North. Industrialized manufacturing, intensive production practices, and global integration did not alleviate poverty in the South or lead to its convergence with the North. Instead, the relative health and environmental conditions of workers in developing countries worsened.50 Furthermore, value added, within global commodity chains, ended up being attributed primarily to economic activities within the Global North where the goods were marketed and consumed, rather than the Global South where the bulk of labor in production occurred.51

    In “Global Commodity Chains and the New Imperialism,” Intan Suwandi, R. Jamil Jonna, and John Bellamy Foster developed an empirical approach for studying the invisible transfer of value, whereby unequal exchange allows monopoly capital to capture the value produced by labor in the periphery.52 To create the basis for cross-national comparisons from 1995 to 2014, they examined unit labor costs, or the ratio of wages to labor productivity, for the eight countries with the highest participation in the global commodity chains. The Global North countries were represented in this study by the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, and Japan, and the Global South countries by China, India, Indonesia, and Mexico. The authors found that the difference in wages between the North and South were far greater than differences in productivity. Thus, the former were getting much more labor for less in the international exchange, allowing the surplus to be captured by multinational corporations. The average unit labor costs in manufacturing in China, India, Indonesia, and Mexico ranged between 37 percent to 62 percent of unit labor costs in the United States, indicating that higher profit margins could be obtained by producing in the periphery. This trend is only amplified when considering all the other productive linkages of the global commodity chain that include the rest of the Global South.53Thus, the differential rates of exploitation between nations leads to a massive transfer of surplus within the global capitalist system.

    The extent of the ongoing unequal exchange was further captured in an important 2024 study published in Nature Communications by Jason Hickel, Morena Hanbury Lemos, and Felix Barbour. They explained that following the imposition of structural adjustment programs in the 1980s and ’90s on the Global South, which included devaluing currencies, cutting public funding for social welfare and environmental protection, encouraging lower wages to attract investment for manufacturing, and creating export-oriented facilities, the dynamics of unequal exchange intensified. To assess these relationships and conditions, they sought to “track flows of embodied labour between North and South, for the first time accounting directly for sectors, wages and skill levels,” which enabled them “to define the scale of labour appropriation through unequal exchange in terms of physical labour time, while also representing it in terms of wage value, in a manner that accounts for the skill level composition of labour embodied in North-South trade.” They found that 90 to 91 percent of “the labour of production in the world economy, across all skill levels and all sectors” took place within the Global South. However, the value produced was “disproportionately captured” by the North.54

    In 2021 alone, the Global North had a net-appropriation of “826 billion hours of embodied labour from the Global South,” which took place across all skill categories, from low to high, via the “invisible ghost workers’” within this system of generalized commodity production. This translated into the equivalent of $18.4 trillion in wages in the Global North, more than doubling the amount appropriated in 1995. The wage gaps across skill categories significantly increased between 1995 and 2021, resulting in Global South wages being 87 to 95 percent lower than their counterparts of equal skill in the North. Wages in the North over this time period increased eleven times those of workers in the South. Nevertheless, workers’ share of GDP declined by 1.3 percent in the Global North and 1.6 percent in the South, demonstrating the weakening position of labor worldwide.55

    The imbalance was even more dramatic when considering the difference in labor hours contributions to the global economy. In 2021, the Global South contributed 90 percent of the 9.6 trillion hours of labor. This pattern was evident at all skill levels, as the Global South represented 76 percent of high-skilled labor, 91 percent of medium-skilled labor, and 96 percent of low-skilled labor, as far as total labor hours in global production. As a result, from 1995 to 2021, the Global South steadily increased its contribution to total global production in all areas. Hickel, Lemos, and Barbour found that “the South now contributes more high-skilled labour to the world economy [in total labor hours]…than all the high-, medium-, and low-skilled labour contributions of the Global North combined.” Global South workers were as productive as their counterparts in the North, plus they confronted extreme controls to maximize output. Despite these conditions, the Global South received only 44 percent of global income, with workers in these countries receiving “only 21 percent of global income” in 2021.56

    Between 1995 and 2021, the Global North imported over fifteen times more embodied labor than it exported to the South. As far as embodied agricultural labor is concerned, the North imported 120 times more than it exported. “There is no sector,” Hickel, Lemos, and Barbour explained, “in which the North net-exports labour to the South.” The only thing that briefly tempered the exchange ratio during this period was China, given improvements there in wages. This invisible transfer of value increased over the period and was accompanied by the transfer of “embodied land, energy, [and] materials” as part of overall production. There is no evidence of the Global South catching up with the North; in fact, the divergence within the global capitalist economy is deepening, with a larger share of surplus being captured by monopoly capital.57 This point, and the trends highlighted above, are all the more important considering recent arguments that China and other BRICS countries, such as Brazil, Russia, and India, are draining wealth from the United States, reversing the overall direction of imperialism.58

    As Minqi Li demonstrated, in 2017 China experienced a net labor loss in foreign trade of 47 million worker years, while the United States had a net labor gain of 63 million worker years (measured in terms of total labor embodied in exported goods minus total labor embodied in imported goods), due to the production of commodities in China and other countries in the Global South, which were then consumed within the United States. The low unit labor costs in China and in other developing countries exacerbated this difference in net labor loss and gain. Additionally, as Marxist economists Guglielmo Carchedi and Michael Roberts have demonstrated, the BRICS countries are not draining surplus from other countries in the Global South or capital from the North. Instead, the imperialist bloc at the center of the global economy continues to extract surplus from BRICS countries.59

    To gain a better understanding of the overall drain from the Global South, it is necessary to consider not simply the invisible transfers of embodied labor in unequal exchange proper, but also the visible transfers of wealth that accompany colonial and imperialist relations associated with the net flow of capital as part of international trade, recorded in national accounts. These accounts include the balance of trade regarding imports and exports, net payments to foreign investors and banks, insurance and freight payments, and payments for royalties and patents. The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), in a 2020 policy brief, indicated that from 2000 to 2017, for 134 developing countries, there was a net financial transfer “from developing to developed countries.” In 2012 alone, the net resource transfers, due to a “recovery of exports,” hit $977 billion. This has generated a “debt treadmill” in which developing countries in general find themselves “financially exhausted.”60 The system of international debt peonage resulting from the “difference between net capital inflows and net income payments to foreign capital, including net changes to international reserves,” reproduces itself, in part, because “external resources are deemed necessary to fund development, but this in turn generates return flows of interest payments and profit remittances that have to be funded by the developing country and can outweigh any earnings flows.”61

    The underlying reality is one in which there is “a clear and persistent” situation, visible in the international system of accounts, where the Global South persistently experiences a net loss of capital to the Global North. According to UNCTAD, “The returns on external assets received are generally lower than the payments made on external liabilities, resulting in an ongoing net transfer of financial resources from developing to developed countries.”62 This constitutes a reverse flow of capital, from the periphery to the core, quite apart from unequal exchange as such, here arising simply from the monopolistic power relations of multinational capital located in the Global North.63

    The transfer of economic value between nations is intertwined in complex ways with material-ecological flows.64 As Amin pointed out, following Emmanuel in this respect, there are many “other forms of unequal exchange,” which include an array of ecological considerations, especially when associated with the extraction and control of natural resources.65 Within the capitalist system, this gives rise to unequal ecological exchange (the exchange of more natural-physical use values for less), whereby there is a vertical flow of value embodied in energy and matter, which is beyond the value associated with the exploitation of labor from the Global South to the Global North. Additionally, unequal ecological exchange is associated with the North externalizing many of the environmental consequences, such as pollution, of this international production to the South, exacerbating inequalities and the disproportionate using up of the ecological commons, such as the atmosphere and oceans, by the North.66

    Marx noted that real wealth included the contributions of both nature and labor, whereas, under capitalist accounting, value was only associated with the labor. Nature was deemed a “free gift” for capital.67 Thus, nature was part of the “hidden abode” of capital, as its contributions were outside the normal economic categories, constituting “profit upon expropriation.”68 Here, expropriation involved robbery, theft, and plunder. This appropriation without reciprocity undermined the processes that support the regeneration of ecosystems and the conditions of life itself.69 So-called primary accumulation involved the dissolution of previous property forms, the enclosure movement, the alienation of the human population from nature, colonialism, settler colonialism, imperialism, the plundering of resources abroad, enslavement, and genocide, all of which helped establish the polarized capitalist system, as wealth was concentrated in the core countries.70

    This system of robbery is integral to the everyday operations of capital. The second agricultural revolution, between the mid-seventeenth century and the late nineteenth century, involved the despoliation of soil nutrients, as intensive agricultural practices were employed to produce food and fiber for distant urban populations. The nutrients were not returned to the countryside as part of a reciprocal process to restore the land. Agricultural operations became dependent on external inputs to try to maintain production. From 1840 to 1880, guano from Peru was the most prized fertilizer in the world. The Peruvian guano islands were plundered, under de facto slavery conditions, to enrich the soils of Europe and the United States.71

    Colonial and imperial relations have played a central role in establishing and maintaining unequal ecological exchange. In Open Veins of Latin America, Eduardo Galeano provided an extensive account of how for centuries the Global North had robbed this region of the Global South of its natural resources, which included gold, silver, rubber, and a broad array of agricultural goods. “The plantation” system, in particular, he explained, “was structured as to make it, in effect, a sieve for the draining-off of natural wealth.”72 Within this global system, “the more a product is desired by the world market, the greater the misery it brings to the Latin American peoples whose sacrifice creates it.”73 Under the imperial conditions of unequal economic and unequal ecological exchange, Latin America was poor because it was a rich land. As Galeano described, “It continues to exist at the service of others’ needs, as a source and reserve of oil and iron, of copper and meat, of fruit and coffee, the raw materials and foods destined for rich countries which profit more from consuming them than Latin America does from producing them.”74 Amin argued that this process contributed to the “systematic destruction of soils,” “degradation of the environment,” and “impoverishment” of dependent countries.75

    Through unequal ecological exchange, the Global North was overshooting its own resource base, as it utilized “ghost acreage” abroad to supply foods and other natural resources.76 Additionally, the Global North disproportionately utilized the ecological commons, greatly amplifying the ecological crisis. Emmanuel indicated that the developed countries were actively using up the ecological commons by “dispos[ing] of their waste products by dumping them in the sea or expelling them into the air.”77 As global capitalism progressively transgresses the planetary boundaries, threatening ecological destruction of life on Earth, the importance of Emmanuel’s investigation of unequal exchange increases, as does the international movement to confront the death drive of capital.

    The Imperialism of Trade

    Imperialism is a complex phenomenon, which has been imposed differentially, depending on how imperialism originally penetrated the domains of peripheral nations, and by numerous other factors having to do with innumerable other features, such as forms of colonization and semicolonization, the nature of anticolonial struggles, control of natural resources, strategic position as conceived by geopolitics, the exercise of monopoly power, and the role of comprador classes. In all cases, however, imperialism under capitalism has ultimately taken an economic form, in which the drain of the surplus of developing countries is achieved by multifarious means, involving more visible and less visible forms of exploitation and expropriation. Moreover, the robbing of the Global South has extended beyond mere economic transfers to ecological ones, involving the seizure of land and resources. It is a system of open veins, demanding revolutions and delinking.

    Emmanuel’s unequal exchange analysis has played an indispensable role in demonstrating that a value analysis that focuses on the role of labor in production and the exchange of labor reveals the full depth of economic imperialism, inhibiting underdeveloped countries, and holding them back. It thus represents the deepest roots of economic imperialism, traceable to the fact that while labor is relatively immobile internationally (and while migration of workers from the Global South is so structured that they carry their low wages with them), capital is mobile internationally. Any attempts by peripheral countries to delink from international capital and to place limits on capital’s mobility inevitably lead to economic sanctions and military interventions emanating from the imperial core of the system.

    Referring to his analysis in Unequal Exchange, Emmanuel wrote: “If I succeed, I shall have shown that not only is international trade not, as is thought, the Achilles’ heel of the labor theory of value but that it is, on the contrary, [only] on the basis of this theory’s premises that we can understand certain features of international trade that have hitherto remained unexplained.” At bottom, this required “integrating international value in the general theory of value.”78 Emmanuel succeeded to such an extent that his theory of unequal exchange, though modified by later thinkers such as Amin to accord with the reality of monopoly capitalism, has become indispensable to the analysis of the transfer of value within today’s global commodity economy. This uncovered the reality of the global labor arbitrage, revealing the world value system that constitutes its basis. Hic Rhodus, Hic Salta! (Here is Rhodes, leap here!)

    Notes

    1. Arghiri Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange: A Study of the Imperialism of Trade (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1972, 2025).
    2. See Michael Perelman, The Invention of Capitalism: Classical Political Economy and the Secret History of Primitive Accumulation (Durham: Duke University Press, 2000). Analysis in this and the next few paragraphs relies considerably on John Bellamy Foster and Hannah Holleman, “The Theory of Unequal Ecological Exchange: A Marx-Odum Dialectic,” Journal of Peasant Studies 41, no. 2 (2014): 201–5.
    3. David Ricardo, On the Principles of Political Economy and Taxation (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1951), 128–49; Samir Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1977), 184.
    4. Ricardo, Principles of Political Economy and Taxation, 135–36.
    5. Karl Marx, Theories of Surplus Value, Part 1 (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1971), 105–6; John Stuart Mill, Essays on Some Unsettled Questions of Political Economy (London: John W. Parker, 1844), 2.
    6. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 134–35, italics added.
    7. Karl Marx, Grundrisse (London: Penguin, 1973), 872.
    8. Karl Marx, Capital, vol. 3 (London: Penguin, 1981), 345.
    9. Marx, Capital, vol. 3, 345; Ingrid Harvold Kvangraven, “200 Years of Ricardian Trade Theory: How Is This Still a Thing?” Developing Economics, April 23, 2017, developingeconomics.org.
    10. Karl Marx, The Poverty of Philosophy (New York: International Publishers, 1963), 223.
    11. How much Marx’s views remained within the framework of Ricardo and Mill in this respect, and how much they moved beyond their perspectives, is difficult to tell, given the incomplete nature of his work in this area.
    12. Otto Bauer, The Question of Nationalities and Social Democracy (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2000), 200; Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 175.
    13. Henryk Grossman, The Law of Accumulation (London: Pluto Press, 1993), 170.
    14. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 167; Guglielmo Carchedi, Frontiers of Political Economy (London: Verso, 1991), 222–25.
    15. Exploitation in Marxist theory has to do with the appropriation of surplus (value) from the direct producer. Imperialist exploitation is a term used to refer to the net appropriation of the surplus generated in an underdeveloped country by a developed country. For a precise treatment of this, see Amiya Kumar Bagchi, The Political Economy of Underdevelopment (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1982), 15–16.
    16. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 267.
    17. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 126.
    18. Frederick Engels, The Condition of the Working Class in England (Chicago: Academy Chicago, 1982), 33–34; V. I. Lenin, Imperialism, The Highest Stage of Capitalism (New York: International Publishers, 1939), 13–14. Engels did say that the entire working class in England, the focus of his article, could benefit momentarily in rare instances from imperialism, but that the benefits were mostly confined to the upper stratum. On the labor aristocracy theory, see Martin Nicolaus, “The Theory of the Labor Aristocracy,” Monthly Review 21, no. 11 (April 1970): 91–101; Eric Hobsbawm, “Lenin and the ‘Aristocracy of Labor,’Monthly Review 21, no. 11 (April 1970): 47–56.
    19. Nikolai Bukharin, Imperialism and the World Economy (New York: International Publishers, 1929), 164–67; Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 17–79.
    20. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 181; Paul A. Baran, The Political Economy of Growth (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1957), 119.
    21. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 130.
    22. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 177.
    23. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 181.
    24. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 183–84.
    25. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, xlii.
    26. Charles Bettelheim, Appendix I, in Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 300.
    27. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 380–83.
    28. Bettelheim, Appendix I, in Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 271–72, 276, 300–4.
    29. Ernest Mandel, Late Capitalism (London: Verso, 1975), 354; Michael Kidron, Capitalism and Theory(London: Pluto Press, 1974), 95–123; Geoffrey Kay, The Economic Theory of the Working Class (New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1979), 52; Alex Callinicos, Imperialism and Global Political Economy (London: Polity, 2009), 179–81; and Joseph Choonara, Unraveling Capitalism (London: Bookmarks, 2009), 34–35.
    30. Bettelheim, Appendix I, in Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 301.
    31. Charles Bettelheim, Appendix III, in Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 352.
    32. Bettelheim, Appendix I, in Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 309.
    33. Bettelheim, Appendix I, in Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 310.
    34. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 418.
    35. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 328, 380.
    36. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 382–83.
    37. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 185, 194, 205, 210, 212, 219, 222.
    38. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 181, 186, 209.
    39. Samir Amin, “Self-Reliance and the New International Economic Order,” Monthly Review 29, no. 3 (July–August 1977): 6; Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 215–19.
    40. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 189.
    41. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 205, 219–22; Samir Amin, Modern Imperialism, Monopoly Finance Capital, and Marx’s Law of Value (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2018), 193–201.
    42. Amin, Modern Imperialism, Monopoly Finance Capital, and Marx’s Law of Value, 192; Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 207.
    43. Samir Amin, “Capitalism, State Collectivism, and Socialism,” Monthly Review 29, no. 2 (June 1977): 39–41; Samir Amin, Class and Nation (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1980); Bettelheim, Appendix I, in Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, 310.
    44. Amin, “Capitalism, State Collectivism, and Socialism,” 33.
    45. Amin, Modern Imperialism, Monopoly Finance Capital, and Marx’s Law of Value, 162.
    46. Torkil Lauesen, “The Political Economy of Migration,” Monthly Review 75, no. 11 (April 2024): 53–61.
    47. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 222; Amin, “Self-Reliance and the New International Economic Order,” 8; Ruy Mauro Marini, The Dialectics of Dependency (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2022).
    48. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 221; John Smith, Imperialism in the Twenty-First Century (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2016).
    49. United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), World Investment Report, 2013(Geneva: United Nations, 2013), xii; John Bellamy Foster and Robert W. McChesney, The Endless Crisis(New York: Monthly Review Press, 2012), 128.
    50. Smith, Imperialism in the Twenty-First Century, 257–58.
    51. Intan Suwandi, R. Jamil Jonna, and John Bellamy Foster, “Global Commodity Chains and the New Imperialism,” Monthly Review 70, no. 10 (March 2019): 1–24.
    52. Suwandi, Jonna, and Foster, “Global Commodity Chains,” 4–5, 11–21.
    53. Martin Hart-Landsberg, Capitalist Globalization (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2013); Intan Suwandi, Value Chains: The New Economic Imperialism (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2019); Zak Cope, Divided World Divided Class (Montreal: Kersplebedeb, 2015); Foster and McChesney, The Endless Crisis; Smith, Imperialism in the Twenty-First Century.
    54. Jason Hickel, Morena Hanbury Lemos, and Felix Barbour, “Unequal Exchange of Labour in the World Economy,” Nature Communications 15 (2024), article no. 6298: 1–2.
    55. Hickel, Lemos, and Barbour, “Unequal Exchange of Labour in the World Economy,” 2–7.
    56. Hickel, Lemos, and Barbour, “Unequal Exchange of Labour in the World Economy,” 2–3.
    57. Hickel, Lemos, and Barbour, “Unequal Exchange of Labour in the World Economy,” 3–6. See also: Jason Hickel, Christian Dorninger, Hanspeter Wieland, and Intan Suwandi, “Imperialist Appropriation in the World Economy: Drain from the Global South through Unequal Exchange, 1990–2019,” Global Environmental Change 72 (March 2022): 1–13; Phie Jacobs, “Rich Countries Drain ‘Shocking’ Amount of Labor from the Global South,” Science, August 6, 2024; Mateo Crossa, “Unequal Value Transfer from Mexico to the United States,” Monthly Review 75, no. 5 (October 2023): 42–53.
    58. David Harvey, “A Commentary on A Theory of Imperialism,” in A Theory of Imperialism, eds. Utsa Patnaik and Prabhat Patnaik (New York: Columbia University Press, 2017), 169–71.
    59. Minqi Li, “China: Imperialism or Semi-Periphery?,” Monthly Review 73, no. 3 (July–August 2021): 57; Guglielmo Carchedi and Michael Roberts, “The Economics of Modern Imperialism,” Historical Materialism 29, no. 4 (2021): 23–69; Michael Roberts, “Further Thoughts on the Economics of Imperialism,” The Next Recession, April 23, 2024, thenextrecession.wordpress.com.
    60. UNCTAD, “Topsy-Turvy World: Net Transfer of Resources from Poor to Rich Countries,” Policy Brief no. 78 (May 2020), 2.
    61. UNCTAD, “Topsy-Turvy World,” 2.
    62. UNCTAD, “Topsy-Turvy World,” 2–3.
    63. Harry Magdoff, “International Economic Distress and the Third World,” Monthly Review 33, no. 11 (April 1982): 8–13; Robert Lucas, “Why Doesn’t Capital Flow from Rich to Poor Countries?,” American Economic Review 80, no. 2 (May 1990): 92–96.
    64. Foster and Holleman, “The Theory of Unequal Ecological Exchange”; Torkil Lauesen, “Arghiri Emmanuel and Unequal Exchange,” Monthly Review 76, no. 10 (March 2025): 29–42; Alejandro Pedregal and Nemanja Lukić, “Imperialism, Ecological Imperialism, and Green Capitalism,” Journal of Labor and Society 27, no. 1 (2024): 105–38.
    65. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 212.
    66. Stephen Bunker, “Modes of Extraction, Unequal Exchange, and the Progressive Underdevelopment of an Extreme Periphery,” American Journal of Sociology 89 (1984): 1017–64; Andre Gunder Frank, Capitalism and Underdevelopment in Latin America (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1967); Andrew K. Jorgenson, “Unequal Ecological Exchange and Environmental Degradation,” Rural Sociology 71 (2006): 685–712; Andrew K. Jorgenson and Brett Clark, “The Economy, Military, and Ecologically Unequal Exchange Relations in Comparative Perspectives,” Social Problems 56 (2009): 621–46; Andrew K. Jorgenson and Brett Clark, “Footprints: The Division of Nations and Nature,” in Ecology and Power: Struggles Over Land and Material Resources in the Past, Present, and Future, Alf Hornborg, Brett Clark, and Kenneth Hermele, eds. (London: Routledge, 2012), 155–67; James Rice, “Ecological Unequal Exchange,” Social Forces 85 (2007): 1369–92; Alf Hornborg, “Towards an Ecological Theory of Unequal Exchange,” Ecological Economics 25 (1998): 127–36.
    67. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, Collected Works (New York: International Publishers, 1975), vol. 37, 732–33.
    68. Marx, Capital, vol. 1, 728–30; Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 28, 433–34; vol. 29, 163–64, 297–98; vol. 30, 351, 385–86; vol. 32, 253; vol. 33, 13–14, 35, 67, 241, 351; vol. 34, 134; Marx, Capital, vol. 3, 327, 388–89, 448.
    69. John Bellamy Foster and Brett Clark, The Robbery of Nature (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2020); Paul Burkett, Marx and Nature (Chicago: Haymarket, 2014).
    70. Marx, Capital, vol. 1, 873–940.
    71. John Bellamy Foster, Marx’s Ecology (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000); Brett Clark and John Bellamy Foster, “Ecological Imperialism and the Global Metabolic Rift: Unequal Exchange and the Guano/Nitrates Trade,” International Journal of Comparative Sociology 50, no. 3–4 (2009): 311–34; Dolores Loustaunau, Mauricio Betancourt, Brett Clark, and John Bellamy Foster, “Chinese Contract Labor, the Corporeal Rift, and Ecological Imperialism in Peru’s Nineteenth-Century Guano Boom,” Journal of Peasant Studies 49, no. 3 (2022): 511–35; Brett Clark, Daniel Auerbach, and Karen Xuan Zhang, “The Du Bois Nexus: Intersectionality, Political Economy, and Environmental Injustice in the Peruvian Guano Trade in the 1800s,” Environmental Sociology 4, no. 1 (2018): 54–66; Mauricio Betancourt, “Guano and the Rise of the American Empire,” Socius 10 (September 2024): 1–11.
    72. Eduardo Galeano, Open Veins of Latin America (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1997), 60.
    73. Galeano, Open Veins of Latin America, 61.
    74. Galeano, Open Veins of Latin America, 1.
    75. Amin, Imperialism and Unequal Development, 154.
    76. Georg Borgström, The Hungry Planet (New York: Macmillan, 1965).
    77. Arghiri Emmanuel, “The Socialist Project in a Disintegrated Capitalist World,” Socialist Thought and Practice 16, no. 9 (1976): 69–87.
    78. Emmanuel, Unequal Exchange, xxxiv, xlii.
  • Robert W. McChesney (1952-2025): A Personal and Political-Intellectual Memoir

    Robert W. McChesney (1952-2025): A Personal and Political-Intellectual Memoir

    Robert W. McChesney (1952–2025)

    Robert (Bob) Waterman McChesney and I met each other in September 1973, within days of his arrival at The Evergreen State College in Olympia, Washington, where I had been studying for two years. Bob was 21 and I had just turned 20. We immediately became fast friends. Bob had grown up in a conservative environment in suburban Cleveland, where his father, Samuel Parker McChesney, sold advertising for This Week magazine. His mother Edna (Meg) McChesney (née McCorkle) was a nurse but left nursing to become a homemaker before he was born. After attending high school at Pomfret, a private boarding (prep) school in Connecticut, he enrolled in college at Antioch in Ohio, transferring from there to Evergreen.

    At the time we met, Bob and I were both living in the dorms and were both enrolled in an intensive group contract called Revolt In/By Economics.1 I had a wreck of a car—a 1952 Rambler that had been left out in the snow in Minnesota and had rust up both sides—that Bob named Jezebel, which was our main means of transportation in getting around town. Bob named me Duke, which is how I was commonly known for years. He never called me anything else. We would hang out for hours at a local restaurant with a jazz combo, some of them accomplished musicians from the big band era. He and I shared a rundown apartment in downtown Olympia and then moved into a house with two other friends. The two of us were inseparable in those early days. We thought of each other as brothers.

    Bob and I were drawn together personally, intellectually, and politically. I had a left upbringing and had been immersed for years in Karl Marx, G. W. F. Hegel, and classical political economy. Bob was attracted to Marxist economics, as well as economics in general. He had been reading Monthly Review: An Independent Socialist Magazine since mid-1972. On his way to Evergreen, in 1973, he found a copy of The Dynamics of U.S. Capitalism by Monthly Review editors Harry Magdoff and Paul M. Sweezy, which had just been published, in an airport bookstore.2 He read it on the plane, and, by the time he arrived in Olympia, he was convinced that it was by far the best political-economic analysis of contemporary capitalism then available. Soon after we met, Bob introduced me to Monthly Review, of which I had only a very slight awareness before.3 Bob and I devoured everything written by Paul A. Baran, Sweezy, and Magdoff, and the entire MR tradition, along with related Marxist works.

    Revolt In/By Economics was an economics immersion group contract, which included at the start about twenty-eight students, with Charles Nisbet as professor-facilitator. We did nothing but economics all day every day for two quarters, with heavy homework assignments at night. We studied both basic economic theory and intermediate micro- and macroeconomics, both Keynesian and monetarist, up to the graduate level, as well as economic history, and Marxist economics. Among the texts that we used in studying Marxist political economy were Baran and Sweezy’s Monopoly Capital, Howard Sherman’s Radical Political Economy, and Ernest Mandel’s Marxist Economic Theory—and, of course, we studied Marx.4 Some of the class opted for a less demanding course of study part way through, but among the small group that persisted with the original intensive mode were four students who went on to graduate studies in economics directly or explored political economy within other fields. All four became professors. This included Susan Feiner and Geoff Rothwell in economics, Bob in communication, and me in political science/political economy.5 Bob later would say he majored in economics as an undergraduate (even though Evergreen had no majors). But this actually downplayed, rather than elevated, the full extent of his education in political economy.

    At this time, the Vietnam War was still taking place, along with the return of economic crisis in the United States. These things were always on our minds. But a decisive event affecting our thinking was the overthrow in 1973 of Salvador Allende’s democratically elected socialist government in Chile. Nisbet had done research in Latin America, including Chile, and when the coup—carried out with U.S. support and planning—occurred, twelve of us in Revolt In/By Economics, including Bob and me, organized a national conference called the Northwest Symposium on Chile, which brought in top speakers from the United States and Chile, constituting an extraordinary event. Two of the major speakers, James Petras and Maurice Zeitlin, had written for Monthly Review on Chile. Bob encouraged me to write a series of articles for the campus newspaper, the Cooper Point Journal, on the U.S. role in the coup, as a way of getting the community involved.6 That touched off my writing career. I eventually became business manager of the paper. Bob, however, loved broadcasting and worked at the campus/community radio station across the hall.

    Bob listening at a conference circa 2003
    Bob listening at a conference circa 2003.

    After Revolt In/By Economics, Bob and I were both in a group contract, led by history professor Tom Rainey, called Marx and the Third World, in which we did intensive studies of Hegel, Marx, Soviet history and thought, dependency theory, and third world Marxism. Some of the students coming out of Revolt In/By Economics, especially Bob and I, had considerable input in determining the curriculum, under the brilliant guidance of Rainey, who was impressed by our organization of the Chile symposium. The first book we read in class was Paulo Freire, The Pedagogy of the Oppressed. Bob and I went up with some others to Seattle to hear Sweezy, who was giving a lecture there in a massive auditorium on his way back from a trip to China. I remember only vaguely what he had to say about China at the time. But when the rest of the audience had departed after his lecture, the Evergreeners all sat down and talked to him at length about U.S. monopoly capitalism and about China. We also went down to Eugene, Oregon, for the Union for Radical Political Economics meetings there in 1975. Magdoff, together with Sweezy, had just published “Banks: Skating on Thin Ice” in Monthly Review and was to be the main speaker.7However, Magdoff didn’t show due to an illness. Nevertheless, the conference was electrifying. I remember Doug Dowd, another frequent MR author, saying at the time that capitalism was “like a bad compass,” it took you “systematically in the wrong direction.”

    Bob served as a teaching assistant in an economics program at Evergreen. He took on that role since he was so advanced in his studies and because there was no graduate program from which to draw teaching assistants. These were heady days, as Bob and I considered ourselves part of a radical movement for change.

    However, by the mid-1970s, the spirit of 1968 was already on the wane. I went off to graduate school at York University in Toronto, which was a center for radical studies. Bob moved to Seattle, where he worked as a stringer for United Press International covering sports; became the publisher of a weekly newspaper, the Seattle Sun in 1979–1980; and then became the publisher, in 1979, of The Rocket, a free music and culture magazine emphasizing rock and roll, which started out as a supplement to the Seattle Sun and then soon became an independent publication. The Rocket was honored in the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame for having engendered and promoted the Seattle rock scene. Bob sold his interest in The Rocket in 1984 to fund his graduate education.

    Communication Scholar

    As an undergraduate, Bob had planned to pursue graduate studies in economics, following in the footsteps of Sweezy, Baran, and Magdoff. However, he found that the complete dominance of neoclassical economics in nearly all economics departments in the United States—there were only three or four departments that had small coteries of radical economists, and they typically spent the bulk of their time teaching neoclassical theory—made the pursuit of graduate studies in the field “inhospitable.”8 Wanting to stay in Seattle, he entered the graduate program in communication at the University of Washington in 1983. He had taken a couple of communication classes in the department in 1978, and decided that he could engage in critical and interdisciplinary study of the media there. The Department of Communication at the University of Washington had virtually no relation to critical work in the field but had the advantage of being strong in traditional media history and law, as well as in international studies of communication.

    At the time that Bob applied to the graduate program at the University of Washington, he hardly knew that a critical tradition in communication—particularly one adopting a political-economic perspective—existed, something he discovered soon after. Mainstream communication thought in the United States operated on the presumption that the media system as it existed under monopoly capitalism was natural and unchangeable to the point that any thought of questioning it was beyond all consideration. As Bob said, it was generally considered as worthless to question the foundations of the U.S. media system as it would be to ask whether the western United States would be different “if the Rocky Mountains did not exist.”9 Experiences in other countries that were in conflict with the U.S. model were deemed irrelevant in the dominant perspective.

    However, due to the growth of radical political economy and critical theories in the 1960s and ’70s, this seemingly impregnable mainstream view came to be challenged by a relatively small number of thinkers on the left in the United States and Europe. The two most important pioneers of critical political economy of the media in the United States were Dallas Smythe and Herbert Schiller, both of whom taught at the University of Illinois in Urbana. Smythe died in 1992 and Schiller around a decade later. But four British political economy of communication theorists were also of distinct importance: Nicholas Garnham, James Curran, Peter Golding, and Graham Murdock.10 Welsh socialist Raymond Williams was a commanding New Left presence in cultural studies and communication. Outside of the communication field itself, Noam Chomsky and Edward Herman became leaders in the political economy of the media through their rigorous critique of mainstream media practices seen as constituting a de facto “propaganda model.”11 Williams, Chomsky, and Herman all wrote articles for Monthly Review. Finally, Ben Bagdikian, a well-known journalist, published his book Media Monopoly in 1993. Bob, who was naturally aligned with these radical currents within the political economy of communication, found himself in the midst of “an intellectual war zone,” in which such critical scholarship was both harshly rejected by the mainstream and was to be found in the interstices of the U.S. academy at best, while being only slightly more acceptable in Britain.12

    If the political economy of the media was the original basis of the critique of the media system in the United States, the growth of Western Marxism, in the form of critical theory associated with the Frankfurt School, along with the work of Louis Althusser on ideological-state apparatuses, and the emergence later on of postmodernism—all emanating from Europe—were to increasingly dominate discussions in the critical communication community in the 1980s and 1990s. The political-economy-based critique found itself losing ground within the left, even while it offered the most direct challenge to the dominant media system and its capitalist basis.

    Navigating all this while a graduate student in a communication department, where critical views of the media were rarely entertained, was difficult. At one point Bob had contemplated doing a dissertation on Monthly Review as an alternative media organ in the United States.13 He did write a major paper for a history of communications class in his first year of graduate school on “The Monthly Review: 1949–1984,” for which he carried out considerable research, including interviews of the editors.14 Bringing together his seemingly disparate interests in sports, the regime of monopoly capital, and communication history, he did his MA thesis on “Sports, Mass Media and Monopoly Capital: Toward a Reinterpretation of the 1920s and Beyond.” However, he eventually turned his attention to the question of radical reform movements directed against the system of concentrated corporate communications in the United States.

    It was generally assumed at the time that the U.S. broadcast system had arisen as naturally and as irresistibly as a tidal wave, with no serious dissension taking place. Doubting this official history, Bob proceeded to search for a period of conflict over the construction of the media system. He discovered that in the 1920s and early ’30s a movement had emerged against the commercialization and corporate domination of radio broadcasting, constituting a serious debate that had been erased from historical memory. His research led him to explore the many individuals involved in this struggle, which included figures like the Veblenite socialist James Rorty, the father of philosopher Richard Rorty.15

    The arguments of those opposing a commercial-corporate model for radio in the 1920s and ’30s can be seen as directly related to similar arguments today. Indeed, Bob was to draw on many of the insights of this early twentieth-century movement when he was engaged in the early twenty-first century media revolt. A crucial factor in the defeat of the early broadcast reform movement was that the U.S. newspaper industry, unlike in Britain and some other countries, treated the broadcast industry as their “corporate brethren,” and refused to disseminate information on the reform movement, thus leaving the public uninformed. In addition, the Great Depression undermined the nonprofit broadcasters who were crucial to the media reform movement, further weakening the struggle. Although the broadcast reform movement of the day was defeated, its lack of success partly had to do with a matter of historical timing. The issue was finally “resolved” in the Communications Act of 1934 during the First New Deal Era, which had a conservative, corporatist basis, and thus prior to the great revolt from below of the industrial unions and the beginning of the Second New Deal, during which the left gained considerable power. All this was discussed in Bob’s 1989 dissertation, “The Battle for America’s Ears and Minds: The Debate Over the Control and Structure of American Radio Broadcasting, 1930–1935.” His dissertation was then revised as his monumental first book, Telecommunications, Mass Media, and Democracy: The Battle for the Control of U.S. Broadcasting, 1928–1935, published by Oxford University Press in 1993.16 It is clear that this history of a critical debate on the corporate media system, directed at radio broadcasting, was to inspire his own later efforts directed at building a media reform movement for our time aimed at overcoming the extreme commercialization and monopolistic control of communications.

    Robert W. McChesney in 1993
    Bob in 1993.
    Flyleaf photo for Telecommunications, Mass Media, and Democracy(Oxford University Press, 1995). Reproduced with permission of the Licensor through PLSclear.

    In Telecommunications, Mass Media, and Democracy, Bob outlined the long-term factors limiting the broadcast reform movement. He conceptualized this at a more general level in a crucial 1992 article entitled “Off Limits: An Inquiry into the Lack of Debate Over the Ownership, Structure and Control of the Media in U.S. Political Life.” Here he provided three hypotheses as to why any questioning of the structure and control of the advertising supported monopoly-capitalist media system—parading as a system of free speech, free enterprise, and free competition—was seen as off limits at all levels in the society, including communication research itself, and extending to movement activity. First, “the inability to debate the capitalist basis of the media is a function of the general inability to make fundamental criticism of capitalism itself in U.S. political culture.” Second, “corporate media have cultivated, with considerable success, the ideology that the status quo is the only rational media structure for a democratic and freedom-loving society.” Third, “the lack of legitimate debate regarding the ownership, structure, and control of the media in U.S. political life owes much to the nature of the corporate media itself” and its ability to place all such discussions out of bounds.17 This placing of the question of fundamental changes in the system off limits, as Bob later remarked in Rich Media, Poor Democracy, rested on the view, cultivated by all ruling classes throughout history, that “there is no possibility of social change for the better, so it is a notion not even worth pondering, let alone pursuing.” He called this “the biggest lie of them all.”18

    During all of these years, Bob and I stayed in close touch, though usually by phone or correspondence, since we lived far apart. In 1985, I moved back to Olympia to take up a visiting professor position teaching political economy at Evergreen and soon after accepted a position as an assistant professor in sociology at University of Oregon in Eugene, Oregon, where I remained for the remainder of my teaching career. Around this time, Bob met Inger Lisbeth Stole, a Norwegian student taking classes in communication as an undergraduate at the University of Washington. They fell in love and married in 1986. In 1988, the year before he completed his dissertation, Bob and Inger moved to Madison, Wisconsin, where Bob accepted a position as an assistant professor in Journalism and Mass Communication at the University of Wisconsin, and where they were to remain for ten years. They had two daughters Amy (born 1988) and Lucy (born 1995). Inger earned her PhD in the communication department at Madison in 1998, specializing in the history of advertising. Although the geographical distance separating us increased, Bob and I managed to see each other at times. In 1992, we were both in London and visited Marx’s grave together.

    Bob (left) and John (Bellamy Foster, right) at Marx's grave
    Bob (left) and John (Bellamy Foster, right) at Marx’s grave in London, 1992.
    Photo of Bob taken by John, photo of John taken by Bob.

    The Political Economy of Communication

    Bob was hired at the University of Wisconsin at Madison mainly to teach advertising, due to articles he had already written on the subject, and his own extensive experience in advertising as publisher of The Rocket, although he soon branched out into communication as a whole. In the treatment of advertising, he always considered the key work, opening up a critical perspective on the subject, to be Baran and Sweezy’s 1964 “Theses on Advertising,” written for the British Labour Party’s Advertising Commission in 1962. Their report explained the growth of modern advertising in the context of the development of monopoly capital.19

    In his decade at the University of Wisconsin at Madison, Bob was able to develop his foundational ideas in the political economy of communication. Many of the articles he wrote in this period, beginning in 1989, the year he completed his dissertation, were in Monthly Review, where he was able to write more freely and in his own voice—while no less rigorously—than in mainstream publications. Nevertheless, he also published numerous peer-reviewed articles in top communication journals.

    Interwoven in Bob’s analysis was an increasingly sophisticated view of the role of the media in a democracy, which was fundamental to his whole critique of the corporate media system. Here two thinkers played a major role in his thought. Alexander Meiklejohn, whose work on the first amendment as a means for enabling the full participation of the people in democratic governance (not, as it was usually treated in communication studies, as simply a protection for the media), revolutionized Bob’s thinking. C. B. Macpherson, whose treatment of the limits and contradictions of capitalist democracy, particularly his The Life and Times of Liberal Democracy, had a similar effect.20 All Bob’s work on communication had the promotion of genuine democracy at its core. It responded critically to the new threats that media concentration and conglomeration in the United States and globally raised with respect to democratic rule. “Democracy,” he wrote, “requires that there be an effective means of political communication, broadly construed, that informs and engages the citizenry, drawing people meaningfully into the polity…. While democracies by definition must respect individual freedoms, these freedoms can only be expressed in a meaningful sense when the citizenry is informed, engaged, and participating.”21

    In the 1970s, Global South countries, working through UNESCO, had proposed a New World Information and Communication Order to free themselves from the domination of media from the Global North. However, these efforts were successfully blocked by the North and its multinational media corporations. This was reinforced in the 1980s by neoliberalism and the globalization of commercial, advertising-supported media, operating on a U.S. monopoly capital model. In 1997, Ed Herman and Bob wrote a book on the global struggle for democratic communications: The New Global Media: The Missionaries of Corporate Capitalism.22 They argued that the struggle for media reform needed to be revived on a more radical and global basis and directed at the key problem of media commercialization and concentration, if true alternatives were to be sought. As always, the key was noncommercial and nonprofit media, and state-supported public media in those cases where it facilitated free and open communication and the promotion of democratic values.

    By the 1990s, it was clear that a political economy of communication was more important than ever, not simply in the assertion of free speech and democracy in the face of concentrated corporate commercial control, but also, increasingly, for critical analyses of the functioning of the economy as a whole. With the rise of digital technology and the Internet, the communications sector, dominated by high tech, had become the center of capital accumulation, while closely tied to the financialization of capital. At the same time, the public was being force-fed the line that the Internet would lead to free communication, abolishing corporate control and power over the media. Bill Gates, the megabillionaire at the head of Microsoft, promoted the idea of an Internet-based “friction-free capitalism” that would bring into being a true free-market-based democratic order.23 Suddenly, media ownership and control, with the stakes raised, became even more important to both the capitalist class and society as a whole.

    In 1997, Bob, Ellen Meiksins Wood, and I brought out a special issue of Monthly Review, turned into a book the following year, entitled Capitalism and the Information Age: The Political Economy of the Global Communication Revolution. Bob wrote the lead article on “The Political Economy of Global Communication.” His argument, while tracing out the history of the field, focused on two problems dominating the critical juncture of the late 1990s, during the famous high-tech-financial boom of those years.

    First, “by the end of the 1980s,” he pronounced, “the wheels had come off U.S. journalism. In the new world of conglomerate capitalism [fed by financialization and the concentration and centralization of capital in the high-tech sector] the goal of the entire media product was to have a direct positive effect on the firm’s earnings statement,” to the point that journalism’s role in serving the public interest was now effectively negated.24 The kind of research that is necessary for real investigative journalism is expensive. The response of the media moguls was to replace journalism with public relations outputs from corporations and government, with the result that journalists were in most cases no longer necessary, and vast reductions in workforces occurred. Salaries for the remaining journalists were reduced. Media consolidation and digitalization reinforced these tendencies, raising the question (today much more a reality) of the end of journalism. In discussing the Internet, Bob warned of a speeding up, not a diminishing, of the monopolization and commercialization of the media in the Internet Age, threatening democracy. Marshall McLuhan’s famous “media is the message” was turning into the media is the monetization.

    “Second, the commercial media, advertising, and telecommunication markets themselves,” he observed, “are rapidly globalizing, arguably even more so than the balance of the political economy. Indeed, global media and communication are in some respects the advancing armies of global capitalism.”25

    In 1999, Bob and Inger took positions at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Bob received an endowed chair, becoming the Gutgsell Endowed Professor in the Department of Communication. Inger had already published a number of key articles in Communication Review and was to become a leading critical analyst of the history of advertising and commercial propaganda. In 1999, Bob published his extraordinary book, Rich Media, Poor Democracy with University of Illinois Press, placing the issue of democracy at the center of the transformations then occurring in the entire media system with the rise of the Internet. The book focused on “the corporate media explosion and the corresponding implosion of public life,” posing the “rich media/poor democracy paradox.” It argued for four major structural changes minimally necessary to ensure what could reasonably be referred to as a democratic society, even though such changes would leave the private media system still in the dominant position. These were: (1) building a nonprofit, noncommercial media system; (2) establishing strong public broadcasting; (3) creating a viable structure of media regulation; and (4) enforcing antitrust in the entire communications sector.26 Pioneering public broadcasting journalist Bill Moyers wrote of Bob in relation to this book: “If Thomas Paine were around, he would have written this book. If Paul Revere were here, he would have spread the word. Thank God we have in Bob McChesney their equal in his love of liberty and his passion to reclaim it from the media giants who treat the conversation of democracy as their private property.” Ralph Nader declared: “Rich Media, Poor Democracy is more than a profound wake-up call; it shames those who do nothing and motivates those who are trying to build a more democratic media that reflects the all-important noncommercial values which forge a rich society.”27

    Monthly Review: An Independent Socialist Magazine

    In 1989, I had become a member of the editorial committee of Monthly Review and a director of the Monthly Review Foundation. Bob and I frequently discussed MR and its doings. In 2000, MR went into a crisis. Its longtime editors Sweezy and Magdoff were ages 90 and 87, respectively, and were finding it difficult to run the magazine. Ellen Meiksins Wood became a coeditor and added force and insight to the magazine, but she departed in 2000 as a result of an internal dispute. Some solution was needed if the magazine were not to fold. Bob and I together were that solution. Neither of us at the time wished to take on the job because we both were full-time professors with heavy loads. Moreover, we were both engaged in major projects: Bob had just published Rich Media, Poor Democracy, and I had just completed Marx’s Ecology.28 Nevertheless, we signed on in April 2000 as coeditors, next to Harry and Paul, due to our deep commitment to the magazine. In the next few years, we poured our energy into it. We revived MR’s political-economic analysis and its critique of imperialism. The first article that we wrote together as coeditors (along with Magdoff) in May 2000, “Working-Class Households and the Burden of Debt,” examined the statistics on the debt of households in the lower income levels—seven years before the onset of the Great Recession—arguing that the U.S. economy was faced with financial instability rooted in increasing working-class household debt, principally mortgages.29These were years of great productivity. Bob authored and coauthored sixteen articles in MR between 2000 and 2024.

    Bob published his major work, The Problem of the Media: U.S. Communication Politics in the 21st Centurywith Monthly Review Press in 2004.30 A major part of this book was a penetrating analysis of the rise and fall of professional journalism. He argued that for most of the nineteenth century, there was a proliferation of thousands of newspapers in the United States. However, from the Gilded Age in the late nineteenth century to the Progressive Age of the early twentieth century, there was an enormous consolidation of capital in the United States with the rise of giant monopolistic firms. This was the case in the newspaper industry as well. With the growth of advertising and the rise of advertising-supported newspapers—a phenomenon attributable to monopoly capitalism itself—commercialism came to dominate the industry, and innumerable populist and socialist publications were wiped out. Even major cities ended up with just one or two newspapers.

    In this situation, coupled with the “yellow journalism” of the time, which had undermined the reputation of newspapers, professional journalism came in as the savior. Professional schools would train journalists, and a separation of “church and state” would exist in which owners would not interfere with journalistic content. From the standpoint of democratic theory, journalists safeguarded democracy by fulfilling three functions: (1) as a watchdog of power, (2) ferreting out truth from lies, and (3) providing a wide range of informed input on issues.

    In theory, professional journalism would ensure political neutrality and the representation of the views of all segments of society. In reality, the major media organs from newspapers to broadcasting to telecommunications were capitalist institutions. Increasing concentration and centralization of communications and the turning of the media into vehicles of accumulation had the negative effects that (1) the existing system was treated as natural, (2) there was ever greater reliance on official sources as unquestioned information, (3) advertising was ubiquitous and penetrated into content, and (4) media were ever more dependent on the corporate “public relations” industry to manage content. All of this served to undermine professional journalism, marking its rise and fall. The book ended with the “Uprising of 2003,” examining the growth of perhaps the most serious media reform movement in U.S. history.31

    Bob’s historical work on The Problem of the Media was complemented by the analysis of other media historians such as Inger Stole and Ben Scott showing how major revolts of the populace over communications, such as the consumer movement emerging in the 1930s that challenged the advertising system, had at times contributed to significant media reform but had generally failed to confront the increasing dominance of corporate control and the capitalist structure and content of the U.S. media system. Inger’s book, Advertising on Trial: Consumer Activism and Corporate Public Relations in the 1930s, was published by University of Illinois in 2006. This was a startling and pioneering look at how the great consumer movement of the time had fought against the growing dominance of advertising and of the related PR industry. She later followed this up with Advertising at War (2012) on the struggle in the 1940s.32

    The years in which Bob was coeditor of MR coincided with the U.S. invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq. In 2004, Bob and I coedited the book Pox Americana: Exposing the American Empire.33 The following year saw the publication of John Nichols and Bob’s New Press book, Tragedy and Farce: How American Media Sell Wars, Spin Elections, and Destroy Democracy.34

    Not long after the death of Sweezy in February 2004, and due to the heavy demands imposed on Bob by the new media reform movement in which he was playing a major role through the founding of Free Press, he reluctantly resigned as a coeditor of Monthly Review. In his letter to MR readers published in the Notes from the Editors in June 2004, he wrote:

    In 2000, I agreed to become coeditor of Monthly Review along with my dear friend John Bellamy Foster. I had been reading MR since mid-1972 when I was a teenager and had been educated, enlightened, and inspired by it, and the work of editors Paul Sweezy and Harry Magdoff. I had introduced John to it soon after I discovered it. By the 1990s I had become a regular contributor to MR. When John and Harry asked me to join them as a coeditor I initially balked. I already had a very full schedule and there was no sign that it would abate. Plus, I was a media historian and critic; not an economist. But John, in particular, insisted that my involvement was necessary to bring MRthrough a difficult transition editorially and financially. He promised me that he would do most of the work. I agreed with an understanding that I would have to revisit the situation in due time.

    That time has come. MR’s subscriptions are now at the highest level that they have been in more than two decades, and we are in sight of the peak reached in the early 1970s. John Bellamy Foster has kept his promise to me and then some. He, along with Harry and an exceptional editorial committee, have done virtually all of the heavy lifting with respect to editorial labor on the magazine. My own career has veered off into media activism in a manner I did not anticipate in 2000 or 2001. Last year I took what was in effect a leave of absence as editor of the magazine in response to the meteoric rise of the media reform movement and the enormous demands it placed upon me as a political organizer and writer. These demands have only grown over the past year, however, and by 2004 my editorial contribution to MR has become almost nonexistent. As a result, I have ceased to function as an MR editor in anything but name and my initial leave of absence has stretched into a situation that can only be regarded as permanent.

    Accordingly, I will no longer be listed as an editor in the MR staffbox. Yet, my actual labor for the magazine—which throughout has been less that of editing than writing periodically and serving as a member of the MR [Foundation] Board—will remain pretty much the same. Only my title (which will now be designated as a director of the MR Foundation) will change to better reflect what I actually do. In all of this I want to stress that MR is a family and that it remains my family. We are in this together and for the long haul, though my title is changing to reflect my actual contribution. I hope and trust you will continue to join me in supporting MR.35

    Although no longer a coeditor of the magazine, Bob continued to write for MR and Monthly Review Press in the years that followed and remained a director of the Foundation for the rest of his life. In 2006, right-wing influencer David Horowitz published The Professors: The 101 Most Dangerous Academics in America, and listed both Bob and me as two of the “most dangerous professors” in the country. In Bob’s case, the reasons given were his time as editor of Monthly Review, his founding of Free Press, and his role in the media reform movement.36 Bob won many awards over the course of his career, but he was proudest of this designation from the right.

    Communication Revolution

    It is impossible to capture the full extent of Bob’s efforts during the first two decades of this century. From 2000–2012 he was the host of Media Matters, a long interview program on Sundays from 1:00–2:00 P.M., on WILL-AM radio in Urbana, Illinois, a National Public Radio affiliate. His interviewees encompassed a broad sweep of the left, including such figures as Tariq Ali, Gar Alperovitz, Bill Ayres, Dean Baker, David Barsamian, Max Blumenthal, Mary Jo Buhle, Paul Buhle, John Cassidy, Alexander Cockburn, Noam Chomsky, Michael Copps, Roger Ebert, Barbara Ehrenreich, Tom Engelhardt, Laura Flanders, Thomas Frank, Al Franken, Amy Goodman, Glenn Greenwald, Tom Hayden, Chris Hedges, Seymour Hersch, Jim Hightower, Molly Ivins, Janine Jackson, Sut Jhally, Chalmers Johnson, Naomi Klein, Paul Krugman, Saul Landau, Ralph Nader, John Nichols, Greg Palast, Michael Perelman, Frances Fox Piven, Robert Pollin, Robert Reich, Matt Rothschild, Bernie Sanders, Juliet Schor, Norman Solomon, Joseph Stiglitz, Inger Stole, Katrina vanden Heuvel, Gore Vidal, Mark Weisbrot, Howard Zinn, and many others (including myself). Over the course of his career, Bob made over 1,000 conference presentations and guest lectures, as well as 1,100 radio and television guest appearances, weighted heavily toward the first two decades of this century. He was the subject of some two hundred profiles and guest interviews.

    Bob saw the 1996 Telecommunications Act, which replaced the 1934 Communications Act, as a low point for genuine media reform. In the face of the technological changes that were shaping the industry, the new Telecommunications Act was aimed at deregulating the entire communications industry. This was presented as leading to the breakup of monopolies and the development of a freely competitive information highway. Yet, Bob correctly recognized that it would lead to waves of mergers and acquisitions and the rapid acceleration of monopolization in the communications sector. Most discouraging at the time was the fact that, as he emphasized, there was virtually no public debate worthy of being considered as such when the Telecommunications Act was coming into being. The exchanges that took place existed only within the accepted range of legitimate debate, extending all the way from Al Gore, the corporate centrist advocate of the new information highway on the left, to Newt Gingrich, the extreme Reaganite technophile on the right. The news media refrained from presenting the Telecommunications Act as a public policy issue at all, giving it very limited coverage, which was consigned almost entirely to the business pages of newspapers. One could have reasonably concluded from this that a media reform movement in the United States neither existed nor could exist.37

    However, at the beginning of this century one of the great revolts from below that punctuate U.S. history occurred in the realm of democratic media reform, which gained enormous ground by 2003, in the context of public opposition to the Iraq War. Bob was at the movement’s forefront. Around the time that the Telecommunications Act was passed, Nichols moved to Madison to take up a position as the editorial page editor of the afternoon daily, the Capital Times. They immediately hit it off. “Nichols,” Bob wrote in Communication Revolution, had “a love of journalism” and “a command of politics, past, present, and future, that was encyclopedic, and, as far as I could tell, unrivaled.” They soon began working together, writing around two dozen articles for The Nation and a string of books. In 2002–2003, the two of them teamed up with Josh Silver to found the Free Press advocacy group in Washington, DC dedicated to media reform. The key organizational strategy for Free Press was developed by Nichols, who suggested modeling their efforts after the environmental movement, which purposely did not take an explicit political party form, but aimed at drawing mass support across the social spectrum, viewing the issue as essentially nonpartisan, or above politics as usual. In the case of media reform, it was approached as a democratic struggle, not a left struggle, though this opened up certain contradictions by placing self-imposed limits on the movement’s critique. Bob and Nichols were invited by Moyers to appear on his PBS program NOW with Bill Moyers in February 2003 for the longest segment in the show’s history up to that time. The result was electrifying. Their book, Our Media, Not Theirs, published by Seven Stories Press in 2002, climbed from five thousand on the Amazon bestseller list to end up in the top ten.38

    What led to the mushrooming of a mass movement against media consolidation, emerging almost overnight in 2003, was a Republican Congressional plan to relax or eliminate ownership rules for media and communications in general. Some three million people across the nation sent emails and letters, made phone calls, and signed petitions. Free Press played a strategic role in this movement, but the muscle came from large established democratic pressure groups, such as the Consumer Union, the Center for Digital Democracy, the Media Access Project, and the Consumer Federation of America. Even bigger guns became involved, such as MoveOn.org and Common Cause. The National Rifle Association joined in the fight against the new media ownership rules. Media reform became one of the leading issues in Washington, second perhaps only to the Iraq War. Under enormous political pressure, the Republican-controlled Congress was forced to abandon some of the new media rules, and the federal courts threw out the FCC’s corporate-friendly ownership rules altogether. All this showed what a mass, organized, democratic movement could accomplish. At a time when capital accumulation was increasingly focused on the communications sector, this revolt from below undoubtedly struck fear in the hearts of the media/communications giants and the new tech billionaires.

    Bob, Russell Newman, and Ben Scott edited The Future of the Media, published by Seven Stories Press in 2005, with a foreword by Moyers, and including a chapter by Federal Communications Commissioner Copps. This was intended as a how-to-do-it book for the media reform movement. It included as an appendix the “Free Press Media Reform Action Guide.”39

    The next big battle was launched by Free Press itself: the battle for net neutrality. In 2006, Free Press rallied the media reform movement around the question of net neutrality, calling it the “First Amendment of the Internet.” Net neutrality would mean that Internet Service Providers would have to treat all net content equally, without creating fast lanes for some content and slow lanes for others based on financial or political criteria. Within months of the launching of Free Press’s campaign, the SavetheInternet.com coalition included hundreds of organizations across the nation, and almost a million individual members. A million people wrote or called their members of Congress to kill the COPE Act of 2006, which would have overhauled the Telecommunications Act of 1996 without net neutrality (common carriage) provisions. The 2015 Open Internet Order of the FCC in the Barack Obama administration was a victory for the net neutrality movement. These victories were overcome, however, when Donald Trump first attained the presidency in 2017, and the Open Internet rules were thrown out. There is no doubt that the mass movement for net neutrality scared the billionaires of Silicon Valley, who shifted sharply to the right, funding the creation of a neofascist alliance between monopolistic tech, finance, and energy capital and the lower-middle class, thus constituting the basis of the Trump regime.40

    In the midst of this struggle Bob wrote Digital Disconnect: How Capitalism Is Turning the Internet Against Democracy, published by the New Press in 2013, undoubtedly the most penetrating treatment of the Internet and the struggle for democracy that exists today. The core of the book (“The Internet and Capitalism,” published in two parts, chapters 4 and 5), as Bob explained in its preface, was based on an article that the two of us wrote in Monthly Review in March 2011, titled “The Internet’s Unholy Marriage to Capitalism.” But what Bob brought out more fully in his book was how increasing monopoly power was producing a classic cartel in the communications sector centered on economic and political dominance of the Internet by a handful of giant tech players, who increasingly loomed over society.41 In 2013, the same year as Digital Disconnect, Nichols and Bob published Dollarocracy with Nation Books, inducing Naomi Klein to write: “No two people are more dedicated to the transformative, democratizing power of journalism.”42 Having stepped down from Media Matters in 2012, and taking a less active role in Free Press, Bob’s productivity as a writer only seemed to increase.

    The most ambitious and the most politically vital attempt of Bob and Nichols to confront the challenges facing the United States was People Get Ready: The Fight Against a Jobless Economy and a Citizenless Democracy, published in 2016 by Nation Books. The work was replete with charts and data and contained a statistical appendix by R. Jamil Jonna, associate editor of communications and production for Monthly Review. Bernie Sanders wrote of this book that “John Nichols and Robert W. McChesney…call us, as Tom Paine did more than two centuries ago, to turn knowledge into power.”43 No other political work so captured the state of the nation in the period just prior to the first Trump presidential term, backing this with powerful empirical support. Importantly, People Get Ready carried a warning in the form of a detailed treatment of fascism and of its growing threat to the U.S. polity. It made it clear that, as in the past, “a powerful democratic media” is “mandatory” in the United States “to prevent the weakening of democracy and the rise of fascism.”44 In 2017, Bob wrote a foreword to my Monthly Review Press book, Trump in the White House: Tragedy and Farce, in which he extended his initial analysis of the growing neofascist trend in the United States.45

    Blowing the Roof Off the Twenty-First Century

    Bob was what is commonly referred to in the academy as that rare case of a “public intellectual.” In his view, the role of intellectuals within the social science and humanities, as well as, in a somewhat different way, within the natural sciences, was to serve the public. Yet, this has never been the dominant reality in the academy. Indeed, the term public intellectual is applied to only a relatively tiny part of the higher education faculty—and not the part most esteemed within the university system—designating those organic intellectuals, primarily on the left, who defy the deep-seated tendency of academics to remove themselves from the real world. In effect, this dominant ivory tower stance treats the fundamental characteristics of the given society as natural and inviolable.46 Attention then is directed at more discrete and highly abstract issues, or at minor policy adjustments to the existing order. Most scholars thus refrain from publicly challenging the system. For the most part, academics simply write for other academics within a careerist track, engaged in an insular discourse.

    In contrast, Bob was inspired early on by Baran’s article, “The Commitment of the Intellectual,” which insisted that the responsibility of the intellectual was “the confrontation of reality with reason.”47 Even though he wrote many peer-reviewed academic articles and presented at numerous academic conferences, his work was always aimed at the broader public and the concrete issues of historical change. He took seriously the young Marx’s notion of “the ruthless criticism of all that exists,” even using this as the basis of the title of an edited volume on U.S. communication history that he did with William S. Solomon in 1993 for the University of Minnesota Press.48 This whole attitude of the radical public intellectual, engaged not simply with theory but also practice, made his existence in the academic world a difficult one.

    Nevertheless, Bob understood that the question of the public intellectual posed a contradiction that had two sides, not simply one of the academic disdain for praxis. The pragmatic goal of making change at an immediate tactical level within real politics ran up against its own internal limitations, since it often missed the larger strategic context, or what Baran had called “the longer view.”49 Too often those seeing themselves as devoted simply to practice failed to perceive the wider historical context. It was this historical and political-economic perspective that Bob brought to all of his efforts to construct a new media politics. Ironically, this led to the frequent assessment of him within the media movement—by those who paid little attention to the actual bases of his thought—as remarkably farsighted, even clairvoyant, a modern day Nostradamus. In reality, he brought to bear a theoretical perspective derived from Marx, and modern Marxist political economists, such as Baran and Sweezy, as well as the best of democratic theory.

    The clearest manifestation of the historical-materialist method in Bob’s work was his book Communication Revolution: Critical Junctures and the Future of the Media, published by the New Press in 2008, which was seen as a complementary volume to his The Political Economy of Media, published by Monthly Review Press the following year.50 The two of us had contracted out some time before to do a book on communication theory for The New Press. However, I was unable to fulfill my end of the commitment due to unforeseen events in my life at the time. This turned out to be fortunate in a way, since Bob went on to write in Communication Revolution an extraordinary book that brought together both the various theoretical and historical strands of his analysis and how they were woven into the movement for radical media transformation. Here we have his most straightforward discussions of the impact on his thought of Marx and Baran and Sweezy as well as that of numerous other critical thinkers.51 What he was trying to accomplish in this book was to establish the common theoretical ground that would merge the best critical work of the academy with the best instincts of the movement, bringing the strategic and tactical dimensions of the struggle over communications together for the first time.

    It was no mere coincidence that Bob (with the editorial help of Brett Clark, then director of Monthly Review Press) simultaneously put together his book The Political Economy of the Media. It included twenty-three chapters, a considerable number of which were drawn from articles that Bob had written for Monthly Review. If Communication Revolution was a theoretical memoir and methodology on how to work as a public intellectual in the communication field, The Political Economy of Media presented Bob’s concrete intellectual engagements in this respect as they had developed over time in the form of a running critique. It was this work, as right-wing figures like Horowitz, Charlie Kirk’s mentor, realized, that made Bob one of the most “dangerous professors” in the United States. (It should be noted that the role of a public intellectual on the political right, normally designated by the media as that of an official “expert”—defined by Henry Kissinger as someone who expresses the consensus of those in power—has never been considered a liability for the conservative scholars concerned. Such establishment thinkers are not dangerous to the powers that be, but only to the great majority of people that those powers rule.)52

    The 2007–2009 Great Financial Crisis/Great Recession was a historical turning point. Suddenly the financial instability hypothesis of left economist Hyman Minsky and the stagnation and financialization thesis of Magdoff and Sweezy, arising from the theory of monopoly capital, began to attract increased mainstream economic attention.53 In 2009, I published The Great Financial Crisis with Fred Magdoff.54 As the Great Recession ended—albeit in the context of a very slow recovery pointing to secular stagnation—Bob and I decided to do a major economic analysis of the whole situation, based on the framework that Baran and Sweezy had introduced in Monopoly Capital, updated for our more global times. This resulted in The Endless Crisis: How Monopoly-Finance Capital Produces Stagnation and Upheaval from the USA to China, published by Monthly Review Press in 2014.55 Most of the book appeared as articles previously published in Monthly Review, although designed expressly for the book. The statistical analysis was done by Jonna in cooperation with me and Bob. Our intention was to show that the conditions of stagnation and financialization were products of the underlying logic of monopoly-finance capital now operating within a global orbit. The key chapter, “Monopoly and Competition in Twenty-First Century Capitalism,” first appeared in the April 2011 issue of Monthly Review (coauthored with Jonna, who worked on the charts in the article, using the data sets). It definitively disproved the ingrained assumption within orthodox economics that monopoly power was not growing in the U.S. economy. This article had an enormous impact on the international political-economic debate at the time, and was referred to favorably in such places as the New York Times and Industry Week. The Economist replicated some of the analysis. Jonna worked with Bob in subsequent work such as People Get Ready, helping with the overall economic and statistical analysis, particularly as related to unemployment.56

    Over the years, Bob and I returned again and again to Baran and Sweezy’s Monopoly Capital, which was at the center of our understanding of the historically specific contradictions of capital in the current era. Monopoly Capital was from its inception an incomplete work. Baran had died in 1964 when the book was still being written. Sweezy decided not to include in the book two chapters that Baran had drafted but had not yet been fully worked out by both authors together. In 2010, I discovered these draft chapters in Baran’s papers. It was decided to publish these chapters in two separate special issues of Monthly Review. The first missing chapter, titled “Some Theoretical Implications,” dealing with the deeper significance of their analysis for economics at the level of value analysis, was published in the July–August 2012 issue of Monthly Review.57 The second missing chapter, drafted by Baran, was on “The Quality of Monopoly Capitalist Society: Culture and Communications” and raised the question of “the cultural apparatus.” Bob and I wrote a long introduction to the July–August 2013 issue of MR, centered on this second missing chapter, which we titled “The Cultural Apparatus of Monopoly Capital.” Here we examined the development of the concept of the cultural apparatus within the Marxian tradition, as seen in the work of Bertolt Brecht, Erich Fromm, Max Horkheimer, Herbert Marcuse, Ralph Milliband, Raymond Williams, C. Wright Mills, and Baran and Sweezy. We saw this as a powerful political-economic critique of the cultural realm that had been lost in subsequent Western Marxism.58

    In the following year, a special July–August issue of Monthly Review was published on Surveillance Capitalism, a term coined by Bob and me in our introduction to the issue, titled “Surveillance Capitalism: Monopoly-Finance Capital, the Military-Industrial Complex, and the Digital Age.”59 The argument was structured around the organic development of surveillance capitalism within the three areas that had been most historically important in the absorption of economic surplus, as understood in Monopoly Capital: the sales effort, military-imperial production, and finance. We put all of this in the context of the increasing digitalization of the economy. The object was to provide a much wider political-economic and historical understanding of the structural changes that had led to the regime of surveillance capitalism in the age of monopoly-finance capital.

    Bob and I (with the help at times of Jonna, and of Hannah Holleman, then my MR research assistant, who soon completed her PhD in sociology at the University of Oregon and was hired as an assistant professor of sociology at Amherst College) had been working on and off for a few years on a book that was to address all the major aspects of monopoly capitalism, including such topics as: stagnation/financialization, the sales effort, the imperial-military-industrial complex, the ruling-class state, the penal system, class inequality, race and gender oppression, health, the cultural apparatus, media reform, and the future of democratic communication. Baran and Sweezy’s analysis had never been simply about the economy and the state as such, but had encompassed society as a whole. Our goal was to replicate this in our analysis of the current contradictions of the capital system. We wrote quite a number of pieces spaced out over years, but we kept on pivoting toward other matters (in my case, ongoing ecological debates), and the book did not jell. Bob eventually decided to incorporate four of these cowritten MR articles, and an additional article of his written for MR, together with other work that he had done elsewhere, thereby producing his important book, Blowing the Roof Off the Twenty-First Century: Media, Politics, and the Struggle for Post-Capitalist Democracy, published by Monthly Review Press in 2014.60

    Inger, Bob, and John (Bellamy Foster) circa 2015
    (Left to right) Inger, Bob, and John (Bellamy Foster) circa 2015.
    (Photo taken by Carrie Ann Naumoff.)

    In this book, he argued that the political experience and changing conditions in the last two decades showed that the entire social movement struggle in the United States, including the media reform movement, needed a “sharp turn to the left” in the direction of a “post-capitalist democracy,” if it were to succeed at all.61 Trying to work within the accepted boundaries of an increasingly conservative, corporate-dominated monopolistic system, which was fielding ever more extreme right-wing movements, would no longer work in the current juncture, where the most urgent threat was resurgent right-wing reaction. Some of these themes were later taken up by Bob and Nichols in People Get Ready.

    Around 2016, Bob suffered from a heart-related illness that forced him to slow down, and hence his intellectual productivity declined at that point. He retired from the University of Illinois in 2020. A silver lining was that he had more time to talk. In the last few years of his life, we met on Zoom for a couple of hours every week or two, exchanging ideas and conversing about world developments. It was during these discussions that I learned about Bob’s Local Journalism Initiative. This was his creative response to the almost complete collapse of journalism, best described by Bob and Nichols in The Death and Life of American Journalism, published by Nation Books in 2010 (with charts and a statistical appendix by Jonna), and by numerous authors in the 2011 New Press book Will the Last Reporter Please Turn Out the Lights, edited by Bob and Victor Pickard.62 Bob’s solution, the Local Journalism Initiative (dealt with in detail in Pickard’s article in this issue), was to have people vote at the local level on a plan that would allocate a small amount of funding to each individual via tax deductions to support the local nonprofit media of their choice. The idea was concretized by Bob and Nichols in their article, “The Local Journalism Initiative: A Proposal to Protect and Extend Democracy,” published in the Columbia Journalism Review in November 2021.63

    During our talks, we naturally considered ways the two of us might go forward in response to the growing crises of our time. Our article on “Surveillance Capitalism” and the question of extending the analysis came up several times. But Bob felt strongly that carrying on the work that we had begun with our article on “The Cultural Apparatus of Monopoly Capital” was the key since it provided a more powerful materialist, political-economic, and cultural analysis seen as a totality. In fact, he intimated that it was particularly important, in his mind, because he had underestimated the scope of the structural problems faced by the media reform movement. Our conversation did not get further than that, however. The next time we talked, the subject was the onset of Bob’s fatal illness. When my wife Carrie Ann Naumoff and I visited Bob and Inger in Madison a few weeks before he died, I asked him about his comments on the cultural apparatus, thinking that he might somehow offer a clue to his thinking. But it was too late.

    Bob was very excited about my book on the ancient philosopher Epicurus (the subject of Marx’s dissertation) and Marx, which I completed in summer 2024, and we talked a lot about it while it was being written.64 What sparked his interest the most was the fact that at the center of Epicurus’s philosophy was friendship as the supreme principle. When Inger asked him in his last days how he wanted to be remembered, he said: “as a good friend.” I can attest that Bob was the best friend that one could ever imagine.

    Yet, there was something more, beyond mere personal relations for him. Like Epicurus, for whom “the world is my friend,” Bob believed one had to struggle relentlessly on behalf of humanity and the earth, and he strove to move mountains to that end.65 In that sense, he was a genuine hero of our time.

    Notes

    1. A group contract at The Evergreen State College is a full-time intensive study program, typically with one faculty member and around twenty-five students, meeting on a seminar basis, aimed at the systematic study—at an intermediate or advanced level—of a distinct theme or field.
    2. Harry Magdoff and Paul M. Sweezy, The Dynamics of U.S. Capitalism (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1972).
    3. My father revered Sweezy because of his principled resistance in the McCarthy Era. Monthly Reviewand the Guardian (New York) were publications that some of us drew on, indirectly, for evidence in high school debate, when arguing over “Should Congress Prohibit Unilateral United States Intervention in Foreign Countries?” a topic that was mainly directed at the Vietnam War. But MR was at best in my peripheral vision, and I had no real knowledge of the magazine and what it stood for until Bob introduced me to it in 1973.
    4. Paul A. Baran and Paul M. Sweezy, Monopoly Capital (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1966); Ernest Mandel, Marxist Economic Theory, vols. 1 and 2 (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1968); Harry Braverman, Labor and Monopoly Capital (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1974).
    5. See the tribute by Geoffrey Rothwell in this issue.
    6. John Foster, “History of the Symposium,” Cooper Point Journal (January 21, 1974): 14.
    7. Harry Magdoff and Paul M. Sweezy, “Banks: Skating on Thin Ice,” Monthly Review 26, no. 9 (February 1975): 1–21.
    8. Robert W. McChesney, Communication Revolution: Critical Junctures and the Future of Media(New York: New Press, 2007), 38.
    9. McChesney, Communication Revolution, 40.
    10. See especially Nicholas Garnham, Capitalism and Communication: Global Culture and the Economics of Information (London: Sage, 1990).
    11. Edward S. Herman, “The Propaganda Model Revisited,” in Capitalism and the Information Age, eds. Robert W. McChesney, Ellen Meiksins Wood, and John Bellamy Foster (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1998), 191–206; Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass Media (New York: Pantheon, 1988).
    12. Ben Bagdikian, Media Monopoly (Boston: Beacon Press, 1983); McChesney, Communication Revolution, 40.
    13. Conversation with Inger Stole.
    14. Robert W. McChesney, “The Monthly Review Story: 1949–1984,” Department of Communication, University of Washington (1984, published on MR Online, 2007), mronline.org.
    15. Thorstein Veblen is viewed in the Monthly Review tradition, particularly in the work of Sweezy, as a foremost early theorist of monopoly capitalism in the United States. James Rorty had done research on advertising with Veblen, and emerged as a leading critic of the role of advertising, its relation to big capital, and its impact on both the media system and democratic culture. This was integrated with his commitment to socialist environmentalism. Bob and I once examined the Rorty papers in the University of Oregon archives together, and we were fascinated by all the connections in this respect.
    16. Robert W. McChesney, Telecommunications, Media, and Democracy: The Battle for the Control of U.S. Broadcasting, 1928–1935 (New York: Oxford University Press, 1993).
    17. Robert W. McChesney, The Political Economy of Media (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2008), 342–50, 69–70.
    18. Robert W. McChesney, Rich Media, Poor Democracy: Communication Politics in Dubious Times(Urbana, Illinois: University of Illinois, 1999), 3.
    19. Paul A. Baran, The Longer View (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1969), 223–35; McChesney, Communication Revolution, 69–70; Hannah Holleman, Inger L. Stole, John Bellamy Foster, and Robert W. McChesney, “The Sales Effort and Monopoly Capital,” Monthly Review 60, no. 11 (April 2009): 1–23.
    20. McChesney, Communication Revolution, 67–68, 73–77; C. B. Macpherson, The Life and Times of Liberal Democracy (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1977); Alexandre Meiklejohn, Political Freedom(New York: Harper, 1960).
    21. Robert W. McChesney, Corporate Media and the Threat to Democracy (New York: Seven Stories Press, 1997), 5–6.
    22. Edward S. Herman and Robert W. McChesney, The New Global Media: The Missionaries of Corporate Capitalism (London: Cassell, 1997).
    23. See Michael Dawson and John Bellamy Foster, “Virtual Capitalism,” in eds. McChesney, Wood, and Foster, Capitalism and the Information Age, 59–63.
    24. Robert W. McChesney, “The Political Economy of Global Communications,” in eds. McChesney, Wood, and Foster, Capitalism and the Information Age, 1–26.
    25. Marshall McLuhan, Understanding Media (New York: McGraw Hill, 1964), 23.
    26. McChesney, Rich Media, Poor Democracy, 3, 304–14.
    27. Moyers and Nader endorsements for McChesney, Rich Media, Poor Democracy, flyleaf, back cover.
    28. John Bellamy Foster, Marx’s Ecology (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000).
    29. John Bellamy Foster, Harry Magdoff, and Robert W. McChesney, “Working-Class Households and the Burden of Debt,” Monthly Review 52, no. 1 (May 2000): 1–11.
    30. Robert W. McChesney, The Problem of the Media (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2004).
    31. McChesney, The Problem of the Media, 58–88.
    32. Inger L. Stole, Advertising on Trial: Consumer Activism and Corporate Public Relations in the 1930s(Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2006); Inger L. Stole, Advertising at War: Business, Consumers, and Government in the 1940s (Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 2012); Ben Scott, “Labor’s New Deal for Journalism,” PhD diss., University of Illinois, 2007).
    33. John Bellamy Foster and Robert W. McChesney, eds., Pox Americana: Exposing the American Empire (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2004).
    34. John Nichols and Robert W. McChesney, Tragedy and Farce: How American Media Sell Wars, Spin Elections, and Destroy Democracy (New York: The New Press, 2005).
    35. Robert W. McChesney in “Notes from the Editors,” Monthly Review 56, no. 2 (June 2004), inside front cover.
    36. David Horowitz, The Professors: The 101 Most Dangerous Professors in America (Washington, DC: Regnery Press, 2006), 180, 260–62.
    37. McChesney, Corporate Media and the Threat to Democracy, 41–44; McChesney, The Problem of the Media, 51–54; McChesney, Rich Media, Poor Democracy, 206–9.
    38. Robert W. McChesney and John Nichols, Our Media, Not Theirs: The Democratic Struggle Against Corporate Media (New York: Seven Stories Press, 2002); McChesney, Communication Revolution, 155.
    39. Robert W. McChesney, Russell Newman, and Ben Scott, The Future of Media: Resistance and Reform in the 21st Century (New York: Seven Stories Press, 2005).
    40. Timothy Karr, “Free Press and the History of the Net Neutrality Fight,” January 17, 2024, freepress.net. On the MAGA regime, see John Bellamy Foster, Trump in the White House (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2017); John Bellamy Foster, “The MAGA Ideology and the Trump Regime,” Monthly Review 77, no. 1 (May 2025): 1–24.
    41. Robert W. McChesney, Digital Disconnect: How Capitalism Is Turning the Internet Against Democracy (New York: The New Press, 2013), xii–xiii, 109–20; John Bellamy Foster and Robert W. McChesney, “The Internet’s Unholy Marriage to Capitalism,” Monthly Review 62, no. 10 (March 2011): 1–30.
    42. John Nichols and Robert W. McChesney, Dollarocracy: How the Money and Media Election Complex Is Destroying America (New York: Nation Books, 2013). Klein statement on back cover.
    43. Bernie Sanders, endorsement on the back cover of Robert W. McChesney and John Nichols, People Get Ready: The Fight Against a Jobless Economy and Citizenless Democracy (New York: Nation Books, 2016).
    44. McChesney and Nichols, People Get Ready, 39–42, 180.
    45. Robert W. McChesney, foreword in Foster, Trump in the White House, 7–13.
    46. One of the best books on this subject, which adopted a materialist perspective, influencing Bob and me, and that was notable for its discussion of Monthly Review was Russell Jacoby, The Last Intellectuals: American Culture in the Age of Acadame (New York: Basic Books, 1987), 134, 176–79.
    47. Paul A. Baran, The Longer View (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1969), 3–15, 35.
    48. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, Collected Works (New York: International Publishers, 1975), vol. 3, 142; William S. Solomon and Robert W. McChesney, eds., Ruthless Criticism: New Perspectives in U.S. Communication History (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1993).
    49. Baran, The Longer View.
    50. McChesney, The Political Economy of the Media.
    51. McChesney, Communication Revolution, 38, 46–58, 67–71, 80–81. Bob’s treatment of Marx in his book drew on John Bellamy Foster and Robert W. McChesney, “Marxism and Communication: Some Preliminary Observations,” presented at the Annual Conference of the Union for Democratic Communications, Eugene, Oregon, October 17, 1999. We had meant to develop this analysis further but did not do so, and it was never published.
    52. Henry Kissinger, American Foreign Policy (New York: Norton, 1969), 28.
    53. See John Cassidy, How Markets Fail (New York: Farrar, Straus, and Giroux, 2009), 205–27, 216–17, 332–33.
    54. John Bellamy Foster and Fred Magdoff, The Great Financial Crisis (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2017).
    55. John Bellamy Foster and Robert W. McChesney, The Endless Crisis: How Monopoly-Finance Capital Produces Stagnation and Upheaval from the USA to China (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2012).
    56. John Bellamy Foster, Robert W. McChesney, and R. Jamil Jonna, “Monopoly and Competition in Twenty-First Century Capitalism,” Monthly Review 62, no. 11 (April 2011): 1–39; Nancy Folbre, “Who Rules the Economy?,” New York Times, November 7, 2011; Michael Collins, “Is Manufacturing Industry Consolidation Stifling Competition and Innovation?,” Industry Week, June 3, 2015; Paul Krugman, “Barons of Broadband,” New York Times, February 16, 2014; “Too Much of a Good Thing,” Economist, March 26, 2016; Paul Krugman, “Robber Baron Recessions,” New York Times, April 18, 2016. Jonna was hired as to do much of this research out of Bob’s funds associated with his endowed chair, and had a close relationship with Bob through MR, where Jonna was associate editor for communications and production. He brought to the work a strong background in the critical analysis of unemployment. See R. Jamil Jonna, “Toward a Political-Economic Sociology of Unemployment: Renewing the Classical Reserve Army Perspective,” PhD dissertation, Department of Sociology, University of Oregon, June 2013.
    57. Paul A. Baran and Paul M. Sweezy, “Some Theoretical Implications,” Monthly Review 64, no. 3 (July–August 2012): 24–59.
    58. John Bellamy Foster and Robert W. McChesney, “The Cultural Apparatus of Monopoly Capital,” Monthly Review 65, no. 3 (July–August 2013): 133; Paul A. Baran and Paul M. Sweezy, “The Quality of Monopoly Capitalist Society,” Monthly Review 65, no. 3 (July–August 2013): 43–64.
    59. John Bellamy Foster and Robert W. McChesney, “Surveillance Capitalism: Monopoly-Finance Capital, the Military-Industrial Complex, and the Digital Age,” Monthly Review 66, no. 3 (July–August 2014): 1–31.
    60. Robert W. McChesney, Blowing the Roof Off the Twenty-First Century: Media, Politics, and the Struggle for Post-Capitalist Democracy (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2014).
    61. McChesney, Blowing the Roof Off the Twenty-First Century, 22, 219.
    62. Robert W. McChesney and John Nichols, The Death and Life of American Journalism: The Media Revolution that Will Begin the World Again (New York: Bold Type Books, 2011).
    63. Robert W. McChesney and John Nichols, “The Local Journalism Initiative: A Proposal to Protect and Extend Democracy,” Columbia Journalism Review, November 30, 2021, cjr.org.
    64. John Bellamy Foster, Breaking the Bonds of Fate: Epicurus and Marx (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2025).
    65. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 5, 141.
  • Ecological Marxism and Prometheus Unbound: Capitalist versus Socialist Ecomodernism

    Ecological Marxism and Prometheus Unbound: Capitalist versus Socialist Ecomodernism

    Eco-Marxism and Prometheus Unbound

    In the West, ecological modernization as a model for addressing environmental problems has long been the subject of critique by ecosocialists and by radical ecologists in general. In contrast, in China, ecological modernism as a way of redressing environmental problems has the strong backing of ecological Marxists. The primary reason for these differing approaches should be obvious. In the West, the notion of ecological modernization, while unobjectionable in itself as part of a comprehensive process of environmental change, has come to stand ideologically for the restrictive model of capitalist ecological modernization. Here it is suggested that environmental problems can be addressed by technological means alone within the established social relations of capitalism in a purely reformist context. Distinct from this, socialist ecological modernization, as envisioned in China and in a few other postrevolutionary states, is substantively different. It requires a break with the social relations of capital accumulation, facilitating changes in the human relation to nature that are of a revolutionary character, aimed at the creation of an ecological civilization geared to sustainable human development.

    A parallel problem arises with respect to the notion of “Prometheanism,” an ambiguous term ostensibly based on the ancient Greek myth in which Prometheus, a Titan, gave fire to humanity. In the contemporary capitalist view, the Promethean myth has been transformed in such a way that it is seen as standing for technology and power, even for industrial revolutions.1 Yet, in the original Greek myth as presented by Aeschylus in Prometheus Boundand later adopted by Enlightenment thinkers, including Percy Bysshe Shelley and Karl Marx, Prometheus, chained to a rock by Hephaestus on the command of Zeus, stood for the revolutionary defiance of the gods, and was the source of human enlightenment and self-consciousness.2 Capitalist Prometheanism therefore is not the same as revolutionary humanist Prometheanism. The former is about technology and power and has little relation to the Greek myth itself; the latter is about revolutionary enlightenment, the development of social individuals, and the human accord with nature.

    In the ruling capitalist ideology of the West/Global North, the issue of the impact of the capital accumulation process on the environment, including the Earth System crisis itself, is either avoided altogether or is seen as subject to pure technological solutions, with no need to alter class, property, capital, and consumption relations. Ecological modernization as a theory and a practice has thus come to stand principally for an anti-ecological stance in that it puts capitalist social relations before issues of humanity and nature, insisting that nothing needs to change but the machines, while the accumulation of capital remains the supreme object of the system. It is ecological modernization in this narrow ecotechnic sense that is meant when mention is made of the “greening of capitalism.” In its absolute rejection of ecological limits to unrestrained accumulation, capitalist ecological modernization is a manifestation of a fatal incapacity to address the needs of humanity and nature.

    Within Chinese ecological Marxism, in contrast, ecological modernization is not about preserving capitalism and opposing environmentalism. Instead, it is conceived as socialist ecological modernization, part of the process of creating a new ecological civilization. This does not mean that the ecological contradictions of development and modernity magically disappear. But the task here is viewed differently, aimed at explicitly building a more environmental consciousness and reality. As Xi Jinping says, “clear waters and green mountains” are worth as much or more than “mountains of gold,” and ultimately this means that choices have to be made to sustain the former, even at the expense of the latter.3

    Ecosocialism and the Promethean Myth

    What makes it so difficult to disentangle the ecological debate in the West is that the alienated, dualistic consciousness that has historically characterized the hegemonic ideology has penetrated the ecosocialist movement itself. This has generated all sorts of contradictions, arising not simply out of capitalism but also emanating from the legacy of the Cold War and its antisocialist ideology. Western Marxism often played an ambiguous role in the Cold War, critical of both capitalism and state socialism, while falling prey to the four retreats (from materialism, the dialectics of nature, class, and imperialism).4 Hence, it is not surprising that the rise of ecosocialism as a defining concept in the 1980s was closely tied to Cold War ideology. Leading ecosocialists of the period, such as Ted Benton in England and John P. Clark in the United States, took the position that Marx’s work and that of Marxism generally was “Promethean” in the hyperindustrialist sense and thus opposed to ecology. For Benton, writing in New Left Review, Marx stood accused of having a mechanistic “Promethean, ‘productivist’ view of history” that militated against an environmental perspective.5

    For Marx, Epicurus was “the true radical Enlightener of antiquity.”6 In his praise of Epicurus in his dissertation, Marx compared him to Prometheus (as depicted by Aeschylus)—the revolutionary Titan who had defied the gods of Olympus by bringing fire—standing for light and knowledge­—to humanity, and who was punished by being chained to a rock for eternity on the orders of Zeus.7 Here Marx replicated Lucretius’s famous eulogy to Epicurus in De rerum natura, which had formed the basis for Voltaire’s use of the term “Enlightenment” in eighteenth-century France.8 This, and a contemporary lithograph on the censorship of the Rheinische Zeitung, of which Marx was editor, depicting Prometheus chained to a printing press, engendered the common identification of Marx with Prometheus.9

    Breaking with the dominant millennia-long conception of Prometheus as a bringer of light/Enlightenment—though Joseph Pierre-Proudhon in the nineteenth century had promoted a mechanical Prometheanism and Mary Shelley had referred to “The Modern Prometheus” in the subtitle to her Frankenstein—Cold War warriors in the West, many of them disaffected leftists writing for CIA-funded publications like Encounter, began presenting Marx as an advocate of extreme Prometheanism.10 This was a code name for the advocacy of unlimited instrumentalism, as the chief aim of society, used to identify Marx with Russia under Joseph Stalin, with its rapid industrialization and seeming emphasis on gigantism. Biography after biography of Marx touted his reference to Prometheus in his dissertation, with no attempt to explain the context—that is, his praise of Epicurus as a Prometheus-like figure in the sense of Aeschylus’s Prometheus Bound. Epicurus was known for being the leading materialist philosopher of the ancient Greek world and for his humanistic commitment to a self-conscious sustainable community, all of which led Marx to compare him to the Prometheus of myth, none of which had anything to do with instrumentalism, hyperindustrialism, or gigantism.11

    Notably, in his famous 1918 biography of Marx, Franz Mehring had characterized Marx as a “second Prometheus both in struggle and in suffering.”12 This was adopted and distorted early on by critics of Marx. In To the Finland Station (1940), Edmund Wilson presented Marx as a mechanistic Prometheus with production as his only object, behind whom stood the ominous shadow of Lucifer.13 One of the earliest and most influential Cold War works to portray Marx as a Promethean instrumentalist was Robert C. Tucker’s Philosophy and Myth in Karl Marx (1961), which saw both G. W. F. Hegel and Marx as promoting philosophies “whose very own confession was that of Prometheus.”14 This general view was taken over by Cold Warriors like Lewis Feuer in Marx and the Intellectuals (1969) and Daniel Bell in his The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism (1976), with the former accusing Marx of a Promethean “mythopoeic compulsion” devoted to technological absolutism.15

    Cold War propagandists who attacked Marx and Marxism for its so-called mechanistic Prometheanism were mainly concerned with presenting Marxism as antihumanist, instrumentalist, and hyperindustrialist, in line with their conception of Soviet Communism. Yet, true to their capitalist vision, such critics of Marxism were neither enemies of productivism nor on the side of the environment. Thus, Bell, in The Coming of Post-Industrial Society, was one of the chief critics of the Club of Rome’s Limits to Growth study (1972). He argued that ecological limits to growth simply did not exist and that resource scarcity was impossible in the new postindustrial world.16

    Although Cold War criticism of classical Marxism for its supposed mechanistic Prometheanism was thus originally aimed at claiming that Marxism was inherently antihumanistic, this was to metamorphose into the charge that historical materialism was anti-environmentalist through the work of figures like British sociologist Anthony Giddens, who contended in 1981 in A Contemporary Critique of Historical Materialismthat Marx had a “Promethean attitude” in which nature was reduced to instrumental terms.17 This was seconded by a number of prominent ecosocialists, who claimed that Marx was a “Promethean” productivist, and thus an anti-environmentalist, thinker.18 What is now commonly referred to as first-stage ecosocialism, in the 1980s and ’90s, thus came to stand mainly for a view that represented a break with classical Marxism on environmental grounds, often comparing Marx unfavorably to Thomas Malthus and modern neo-Malthusianism in this respect.19

    In the late 1990s, however, a second-stage ecological Marxism emerged, beginning with the work of the present author and Paul Burkett. Here the object was to uncover Marx’s own ecological critique, while countering charges that Marx had advocated a so-called hyperindustrialist “Prometheanism.”20 Emphasis was placed on Marx’s ecological critique of capitalism in his theory of metabolic rift and his conception of sustainable human development.21 This led to the rapid development of Marxian ecology or of second-stage ecosocialism, fully integrated with the critique of capitalism as a whole and with Marxian dialectics. A very substantial body of work, consisting of hundreds and hundreds of books and articles, has been published, utilizing the general metabolic rift analysis arising from Marx’s ecological critique of capitalism to address nearly every aspect of the modern planetary ecological crisis, historically and in the present.22

    Marx and ecological Marxism can be accurately viewed as Promethean only in the sense of the ancient Greek myth of Prometheus itself, as described, in particular, in Aeschylus’s Prometheus Bound, as this had been understood for millennia. Marx depicted Epicurus via Prometheus as a protorevolutionary figure who brought Enlightenment to antiquity while defying the whole “pack of gods.”23 It was in this very same spirit that Rachel Carson, in the modern environmental movement, was to defy what she called “the gods of profit and production.”24

    Capitalist Ecological Modernization as Ideology

    If numerous first-stage ecosocialists in the 1980s accused Marx and Frederick Engels of mechanistic Prometheanism or hyperindustrialism, and thus branded historical materialism as productivist and anti-ecological, the reality was that many of the most radical struggles over the environment from the 1950s on were led or inspired by socialist ecologists, including figures like Scott Nearing, Barry Commoner, Virginia Brodine, Shigeto Tsuru, K. William Kapp, Raymond Williams, Charles H. Anderson, Murray Bookchin, Allan Schnaiberg, Richard Levins, Richard Lewontin, Nancy Krieger, and Rudolf Bahro. In the 1970s, socialist ecology was already a potent force at the movement level, particularly in the United States. Socialist environmentalists were particularly noteworthy for their rejection of neo-Malthusianism, or the notion that ecological problems could be traced principally to population rather than the system of production.

    The broad socialist ecological critique was heavily influenced by Marx’s historical materialism and Engels’s Dialectics of Nature. It arose first in the natural sciences, beginning in the 1950s, in response to nuclear weapons testing, in the work of critical scientists like Commoner, and gained further impetus in the United States in the late 1960s and early ’70s, in response to a host of problems, manifested in Science for the People(both the publication and the organization).25

    Within the social sciences, radical and Marxist ecological analysis predominated in the Environmental Sociology section of the America Sociological Association (ASA), which first emerged in the early 1970s.26Among the leading figures in environmental sociology were radicals William Catton, author of Overshoot: The Ecological Basis of Revolutionary Change (1982), and Riley Dunlap, who, in the context of the limits to growth debate being waged then mainly by economists, introduced (together with Catton) the distinction between the human exemptionalist paradigm and the new ecological paradigm. The human exemptionalist paradigm, as critically defined by Catton and Dunlap, stood for the hegemonic perspective of capitalist modernity. It was the view that humanity was largely exempt from natural constraints, and that there were ultimately no natural or ecological limits to human advance, which was seen as reliant simply on human ingenuity and technology.27

    The foremost representatives of human exemptionalism in the debates over the limits to growth in the 1970s and ’80s were resource economist Julian Simon, author of The Ultimate Resource, and economic growth theorist Robert Solow, winner of the (so-called) Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences. Simon, denying all ecological constraints on capital accumulation, pronounced that “there is no meaningful physical limit [or limits]…to our capacity to keep growing [the economy] forever” within the earth environment.28 Solow wrote: “If it is very easy to substitute other factors for natural resources, then there is in principle no ‘problem.’ The world can, in effect, get along without natural resources, so exhaustion is just an event, not a catastrophe.”29 It was this dominant exemptionalist paradigm that had been challenged by Limits to Growth, which pointed to growing environmental (mainly resource) constraints as the world economy expanded and passed critical thresholds—a perspective that was later extended to address both the problem of increased natural resource constraints or the “tap” and the problem of overflowing ecological wastes or the “sink.”30

    The new ecological paradigm was closely linked to the limits to growth perspective, and thus represented a frontal attack on the human exemptionalist paradigm. It formed the initial common ground of the Section on Environmental Sociology of the ASA. Originally articulated by Catton and Dunlap, it was later codified in terms of five tenets: (1) limits to growth, (2) non-anthropocentrism, (3) fragility of nature’s “balance,” (4) untenability of human exemptionalism, and (5) ecological crisis.31 While the new ecological paradigm was in many ways the starting point, this came to be integrated by the late 1970s and early ’80s in the Environmental Sociology Section of the ASA, with Marxist critiques of monopoly capitalism, the treadmill of production/accumulation, and ecological waste, which joined in the critique of the human exemptionalist paradigm. Theoretically, environmental sociology in the United States prior to the second decade of the present century was dominated by the Marxian critique of capitalism and its ecological degradation. This included not only those, like Schnaiberg, who subscribed to the treadmill of production framework, but also those associated with second-stage ecosocialism, many of whom were identified with the Environmental Sociology Section of the ASA.32

    However, the strong critique of capitalism that formed the basis of the Environmental Sociology Section of the ASA began to break down in 2003. In October–November 2003, a conference was organized at the University of Wisconsin in honor of Schnaiberg and the treadmill of production perspective, constituting a neo-Marxist tradition central to U.S. environmental sociology that depicted the conflict between capitalism’s accumulation tendencies and the environment. Yet, the conference as it turned out had a dual agenda, since Dutch ecomodernists Arthur P. J. Mol and Gert Spaargaren were also invited.33 These thinkers set about criticizing neo-Marxist approaches to the environment and defending capitalism’s ability to solve environmental problems simply by technological means—in effect offering a new, more nuanced human exemptionalism, which had emerged out of the environmental reform movement in Europe. The debate persisted for years. Ecological modernization—though widely recognized as theoretically and empirically weak compared to radical ecological and ecosocialist analyses—eventually gained considerable prominence due to its greater conformity to the system, with the official prestige and support that this provided. For Mol and Spaargaren, it was necessary to move away from “the ecologically inspired strand of environmental sociology.” The new ecological paradigm was accused of “coquetting with ecology,” representing an unacceptable “hybrid of sociology and ecology.” Mol and Spaargaren contended that there was no “key obstruction” to environmental reform under capitalist relations of production.34

    At their best, capitalist ecological modernists advanced the notion that technology and markets could meet environmental challenges within the capitalist system through mild, light-green reforms without changes in social relations; at their worst, they denied all need for radical ecological strategies and movements. In 2010, Mol, the leading representative of ecological modernization theory, was given the Distinguished Contribution (or lifetime) Award from the Environmental Sociology Section of the ASA, indicating that ecological modernization theory, despite its opposition to the radical ecological critique, and its general anti-environmentalist stance, was now considered within the proper purview of the discipline. This reflected a general growth of anti-environmentalism, with the percentage of Americans who considered themselves environmentalists dropping from 76 percent in 1989 to 41 percent in 2021.35

    Academic ecological modernization theory had its roots in Cold War modernization theory. In attacking the red-green theories of thinkers like Bahro and Commoner, Spaargaren argued that they were wrongly opposed to the “industrial society theory” developed by “Daniel Bell and others,” celebrating capitalist modernization and industrialization. Modernization, in this sense, was associated with conservative sociologist Talcott Parsons’s structural functionalism, and even more with a conception that identified modernity with the West, which was characterized as constituting the “universal” culture in the Weberian sense.36 As leading Cold War sociologist and anti-Marxist Edward Shils argued, modernization meant the West. In his own words, “‘Modern’ means being western without the onus of following the West. The model of modernity is a picture of the West detached in some way from its geographical origins and locus.”37 Naturally, “the West” in this sense also stood for capitalism, which was seen as uniquely Western.

    Western ecological modernization theory is thus procapitalist and Eurocentric. Nevertheless, a key proposition of both Spaargaren and Mol was that ecological modernization is entirely independent of social and economic relations. As Mol put it, “the ideology of ecological modernisation” consisted of the view that “an environmentally sound society” could be created without reference to “a variety of other social criteria and goals such as the scale of production, the capitalistic mode of production, workers’ influence, equal allocation of economic goods, gender criteria, and so on. Including the latter set of criteria might result in a more radical programme (in the sense of moving further away from the present social order), but not necessarily a more ecological radical programme.”38 The implication was that the advent of socialism would not materially improve matters ecologically. Or, as he wrote elsewhere, “ecological modernisation theorists believe…that the environment can be protected within the logic and rationality of capitalism….’Green’ capitalism is seen as possible, and in some respects even desirable.” This means “redirecting and transforming ‘free market Capitalism’ in such a way that it less and less obstructs, and increasingly contributes, to the preservation of society’s sustenance base.” More broadly, he stated, ecological modernization means “the incorporation of nature as a third force of production [after labor and capital] in the capitalist economic process.”39 For the ecological modernist Maarten Hajer, it was possible to see “ecological modernisation as the perception of nature as a new and essential subsystem” of industrial capitalism.40 How the entire Earth System could become a “subsystem” of industrial society in spatial and temporal terms was not explained.

    Capitalist Ecological Modernization and the Western Left

    In 2007, ecomodernists Michael Shellenberger and Ted Nordhaus, who in 2004 published the essay “The Death of Environmentalism,” brought out their book Breakthrough: From the Death of Environmentalism to the Politics of Possibility, launching at the same time the Breakthrough Institute, a procorporate, procapitalist, ecomodernist, and anti-environmentalist think tank.41 Constituting an attempt to bring ecomodernism into the limelight, the Breakthrough Institute stands for a program of supposedly solving ecological problems via market-based technology, subsidized by the capitalist state, while keeping existing social relations intact. This approach is anti-environmentalist in the sense of rejecting the environmental movement and promoting the myth of the greening of capitalism. In 2015, the Breakthrough Institute initiated An Ecomodernist Manifesto: From the Death of Environmentalism to the Birth of Ecomodernism, which argued that the only solution to environmental challenges was “accelerated decoupling” of the economy from the environment by more intensive forms of production requiring “accelerated technological progress.” Although arguing that their approach could not be reduced to the system of capital accumulation or free market conservatism, it went against any changes in existing social relations. The best answer to climate change, the Ecomodernist Manifesto affirmed, was nuclear power, billed as “the only present-day zero-carbon technology with the demonstrated ability to meet most, if not all, of the energy demands of a modern economy.”42

    In its many accounts of ecomodernism, the Breakthrough Institute presents capitalism as the only pathway to a green solution. In his book Green Delusions (1992), attacking radical environmentalism and ecosocialism, Breakthrough senior fellow Martin Lewis advocated a mechanistic “Promethean environmentalism,” which he identified with the human-exemptionalist, “technocratic” approach of Simon in The Ultimate Resource.43Breakthrough senior fellow Patrick Brown has argued against all logic and evidence that “climate adaptation has been a resounding success in the modern era of rapid capitalistic economic growth.” According to Brown there is “no coherent trend in global floods” or global droughts or global wildfires. The “carbon budget” has not been “breached.” He flatly denies the criticism that capitalism is changing the climate “much faster than we are adapting to it.”44 Breakthrough Institute senior fellows Nordhaus and Alex Smith, writing for the “democratic socialist” journal Jacobin, argue that corporate-style agribusiness is the most efficient way in which to address agriculture ecologically, and is the model for a decoupling ecomodernism.45

    Ecomodernist strategy is often presented as “progressive” and has increasingly been openly celebrated by liberal and social democratic thinkers as “Promethean” in the hyperindustrialist sense.46 Here “Prometheanism” as a propagandistic Cold War term introduced to characterize Marxism as a form of instrumentalism and extreme productivism, and, thus, antihumanist—and then later adopted by first-stage ecosocialists to criticize Marx as anti-environmentalist—has been turned into a badge of honor in social democratic circles. Thus, so-called “democratic socialist” ecomodernists Matt Huber and Leigh Phillips, writing for Jacobin, proudly present themselves as belonging to a long tradition of mechanistic “‘Promethean’ Marxists.” Consistent with the hegemonic notion that the ecological problem is manageable without fundamental changes in social relations, they reject Marx’s metabolic rift theory. Following Simon’s human exemptionalism, Huber and Phillips insist that the only truly “insuperable limits” to economic expansion are “the laws of logic and physics.”47 In Phillip’s words, mimicking Simon’s anti-environmental human exemptionalism, which he praises, “you can have infinite [economic] growth in a finite planet.” He goes on: “The Socialist…must defend economic growth, productivism, [hyperindustrial] Prometheanism.”48 The planet we are told has a carrying capacity that can support “282 billion” people—or more. “Energy is freedom. Growth is freedom.” The goal of society is “more stuff.”49

    Economic expansion, in this view, comes first, humanity and the planet last. The ecological program of such thinkers, ostensibly on the left, does not differ materially from that of the neoliberals of the Breakthrough Institute, with whom they are closely aligned.50

    Huber and Phillips do not entirely ignore social relations. Yet, they refrain from challenging unlimited capital accumulation or infinite exponential economic growth. All that is needed to address climate change, we are told, is “socialist” (that is, social democratic) planning based on organized labor, particularly electrical workers.51 Huber strongly opposes what he calls the “anti-system environmental radical” and offers as his solution an “anti-carbon democracy.” In line with erstwhile leftist Christian Parenti, he argues that an ecosocialist “revolutionary overthrow of capitalism” is not a viable option on a reasonable timescale. Hence, the strategy adopted must conform to the internal logic of the capitalist system itself. If capitalism were “decarbonized” and the fossil fuel industry were “euthanized” as part of a capitalist Green New Deal, Huber contends, anthropogenic climate change would simply cease to exist and there would be no need for “aggregatereductions in energy consumption” or reductions in capital accumulation, even in the developed capitalist countries.52 Accumulation of capital could presumably go on as before, reaching ever greater heights, but on a decarbonized basis.

    The argument that conceives endless economic growth/accumulation as the driving force in a Green capitalist solution to climate change is tied to the reduction of the Earth System emergency to climate change alone. This is backed up by Huber and Phillips’s remarkable assertion, in defiance of all contemporary Earth System science, that the other eight planetary boundaries represent no obstacle to human advancement.53 Such planetary boundaries as the loss of biological integrity (including mass species extinction), the rift in the biogeochemical flows (disruption of the nitrogen and phosphorus cycles), land-system change (including deforestation), freshwater loss, novel entities (chemical, radionuclide, and plastic pollution), and ocean acidification—all of which natural scientists say have now been crossed—are simply wished out of existence.54Democratic socialist (or social democratic) ecomodernism, conceived in this way, “attains adequate expression when, and only when, it becomes a mere figure of speech,” belying any rational relation to ecology.55

    What is clear in all of this is that a socialist approach to the planetary ecological emergency is either revolutionary in scope, or it is a contradiction in terms: at best a strategy of making the current accumulative society work better, while denying the dialectical totality of the Earth System crisis.

    It is worth emphasizing that there are virtually no ecological thinkers on the left who actually oppose a process of ecological modernization altogether when conceived as part of a comprehensive strategy of promoting ecological sustainability, including changes in both social relations and productive forces. Ecosocialist opposition rather is directed at capitalist ecological modernization as a theory and practice that includes such regressive views as: (1) the refusal to recognize that the fundamental ecological problem is related to capitalism and requires revolutionary changes in social relations; (2) the irrational human-exemptionalist postulate that technology—in accord with the so-called “free market” and the “environmental state”—constitutes the total solution to environmental contradictions, irrespective of prevailing social relations; (3) the belief that exclusive reliance on machine technology makes a purely reformist approach to ecological crises possible; and (4) the denial of critical planetary boundaries and critical ecological limits, the crossing of which creates rifts in the biogeochemical cycles of the planet, endangering humanity and innumerable other species.

    China and Socialist Ecological Modernization

    The concept of modernity in bourgeois ideology in the West has always stood for the broad economic, political, and cultural developments of capitalism and the West, often equated with one another. The roots of modernity, for Max Weber, lay in the formal rationality that established “Western civilization and…Western civilization only” as the “universal” culture, represented by its science, technology, religion, historical method, music, art, architecture, law, politics, and above all capitalism.56 In David Landes’s The Unbound Prometheus: Technological Change and Industrial Development in Western Europe from 1750 to the Present (1969), Western capitalism and the Industrial Revolution were simply seen as products of a larger process of modernization in which the West had excelled.57 Modernization, in the Eurocentric conception, ultimately has no meaning other than the domination of nature and of the global periphery via institutions, particularly of a technological and economic nature, supposedly originating (and culminating) in the West.58 As Latin American thinker Enrique Dussel wrote, “‘Modernity’ [or at least the European conception of modernity] appears when Europe affirms itself as the ‘center’ of a World History that it inaugurates; ‘the periphery’ that surrounds this center is consequently part of its self-definition.”59 Ecological modernization is viewed in the Western imperial core of the world system, as simply a further addition to this conception, a technocapitalist, modernist, reformist solution to environmental problems, seen as reflecting another stage of the Western imperial core’s rich maturity. It denies what Marx saw as the metabolic rift inherent in the capitalist accumulation process.60

    But if in Western ideology it is held that there is only one modernity, based in European culture and capitalism, the actual historical origins of modernity, as a break with more traditional views of the human relation to the world, it can be argued, went much further back, arising in the recognition that humanity was homo faber. The view that human beings were capable of changing the world and thus makers of their own history, independently of the “pack of gods,” was never—as Marxist critics of Eurocentrism such as Joseph Needham and Samir Amin declared—a unique innovation of the Western Enlightenment. Rather it was a product of worldwide cultural development arising during the long Axial Age, in which a similar centering of human self-development could be seen as emerging in many different civilizations.61 This was evident in Epicurus’s materialist philosophy in the Hellenistic world, and in the emergence of Daoism (and Confucianism) in the Warring States period in China. Modernity, viewed in this deeper historical sense, becomes a product of universal civilization tendencies operating globally with the emergence of human self-consciousness in the Hegelian sense. Socialist, as opposed to capitalist, conceptions of modernity are a product of this more worldwide conception, extending back over millennia, where the object, as in Marx’s analysis, is sustainable human development and the full realization of elemental human needs.

    It is here that socialist modernization, and specifically socialist ecological modernism, has to be considered, particularly in relation to its development in China. China is a 5,000-year-old civilization, with a strong traditional ecological heritage stemming from Daoism and Confucianism, but that now, under “socialism with Chinese characteristics,” is introducing a revolutionary ecological modernism tied to its concept of ecological civilization that transcends anything envisioned in the West. Socialist ecological modernization, despite the familiarity of some of its basic forms—for example, the attempt to develop green technology and its concern with economic welfare—is best conceived as the inverse of capitalist ecological modernization in its underlying logic. As Chen Yiwen wrote in “The Dialectics of Ecology and Ecological Civilization“:

    Modernization in harmony with nature is part of the overall conception of Chinese modernization, which means that it requires: (1) prioritizing the coordination of the population with the resources and carrying capacity of the environment; (2) ensuring public ownership of natural resources and social sharing of ecological welfare in the process of advancing common prosperity; (3) producing ecological products and cultivating ecological culture in the context of pursuing coordination between material and cultural-ethical advancement; (4) opposing any form of ecological imperialism and extractivism; and (5) promoting the creation of a clean and beautiful world while adhering to the path of peaceful development.62

    Nothing could be more opposed to the conception of capitalist ecological modernization in the West, which has its roots in the expropriation of nature. Ecological modernization is generally seen in Europe and the United States as an extension of the technological domination of nature aimed at ensuring human exemptionalism. It envisions a world of unlimited capitalist accumulation that by virtue of technology is free from environmental constraints, with the economy simply decoupled from the biogeochemical processes and elemental conditions of the Earth System. In contrast, as Xi explains regarding China’s ecological civilization, “Nature provides the basic conditions for human survival and development. Respecting, adapting to, and protecting nature is essential for building China into a modern socialist country in all respects,” one synonymous with ecological civilization. He writes: “To fundamentally improve our ecosystems, we must abandon the model based on an increase in material resource consumption, extensive development, high energy consumption, and high emissions.”63

    Socialist ecological modernization, which avoids the delusions of “green capitalism,” makes the building of an ecological civilization a direct object. This is counterposed to capitalist ecomodernism, which is intended to maintain the dominant social relations and the anti-ecological logic of the unrestrained capital-accumulation system, while simply attempting to ameliorate some of its worst effects—in the midst of a planetary ecological emergency!—via second-order regulations and new technology. In U.S. monopoly capitalism, for example, the development of solar technology has always been hindered by the threat it poses to the dominant fossil fuel system, and therefore is intended, at best, to supplement the latter. Here ecological modernization means the continued subordination of environmental to economic goals.64

    Under its socialist ecological modernization China has surpassed the West in nearly every category of renewable energy development. In 2023, China accounted for 83 percent of world solar panel production, while the United States accounted for only 2 percent. China’s high-speed rail system is larger, faster, and more efficient than that of Europe, and China also accounts for 90 percent of the world bus market. Electric vehicles sales in China now exceed those of internal combustion engines. Within the next three years, according to the Financial Times, China will be obtaining more than half its energy from low-carbon sources, and “is on its way to becoming the world’s first ‘electrostate,’” with a growing portion of its economy supported by electricity and clean energy. As a result, China’s carbon emissions have begun to fall, even with strong economic growth and its continuing heavy, if diminishing, reliance on coal-fired plants. China is the leader in increase in forests globally, with forest coverage nearly doubling since the 1980s.65

    Yet, it would be a mistake, based on such achievements, to see Chinese ecological modernization as simply entailing a kind of green productivism, which is the meaning of capitalist ecological modernization in the West. Rather, socialist ecological modernization aimed at building an ecological civilization is, in Xi’s words, “the modernization of harmony between humanity and nature.”66

    Crucial to the Sinicization of Marxism is the goal of the formation of a “community of life” in all of its dimensions, from ecosystems to human-nature relations to the human metabolism with the Earth System itself. “It is essential to differentiate,” Chen has written, socialist ecological modernization in China “from the notion of ‘ecological modernization’ that emerged in Europe in the mid- to late 1980s…prevalent in developed capitalist nations, [which] seeks to enhance gradually environmental quality through economic and technological improvements and public administration adjustments (including the increasing application of market instruments) often without challenging the fundamental tenets of capitalism.”67 Instead, the emphasis of socialist ecological modernization is on “the socialist reconstruction of social relations alongside a fundamental ecological transformation of humanity’s existing methods of production.” In this, “the ultimate goal is the realization of communism, which entails the liberation of both humanity and nature.”68

    Unbound Nature and Humanity

    We only have fragments from Aeschylus’s lost play Prometheus Unbound on Prometheus’s liberation from his chains.69 Percy Bysshe Shelley, in his own work, Prometheus Unbound, written in the early nineteenth century, ends his epic poem with the reunification of Prometheus with nature. Mary Shelley observed in her notes on his poem: “When the benefactor of man is liberated, Nature resumes the beauty of her prime.” As ecosocialist Walt Sheasby wrote, “There could scarcely be a more dynamic image of the romantic [revolutionary] celebration of nature and freedom as intertwined.”70

    The Cold War manipulation of the ancient Greek Promethean myth, appropriating out of context Marx’s quotation from Aeschylus in the foreword of his dissertation, was a device used to disparage Marxism, characterizing it as a philosophy of instrumentalism, extreme productivism, and anti-humanism. What has been called “first-stage ecosocialism” turned the Cold War myth of an instrumentalist, mechanistic Prometheanism supposedly embedded in classical historical materialism, into a charge of anti-environmentalism, while ignoring or downplaying Marx’s own ecological critique. Second-stage ecosocialism demonstrated that this characterization of classical Marxism as a instrumentalist, mechanistic Prometheanism was false in every respect—both with regard to the ancient Greek Promethean myth, and the classical historical-materialist relation to the environment. Meanwhile, capitalist ecological modernization theory, in its polemic against radical environmentalism and ecological Marxism, was itself openly to embrace an instrumentalist/mechanistic Prometheanism as a symbol of its own outlook. The full irony was evident in the reemergence in social-democratic circles of a supposedly left ecomodernism under the false flag of Promethean Marxism, wrongly claiming that for classical Marxism, the object was simply economic growth, rather than sustainable human development.71

    The inverted, alienated world of capitalist ecomodernism with its mechanistic “Prometheanism” is a flight from the possibility of socialist ecomodernism and a revolutionary humanist-ecological Prometheanism. Capitalist ecological modernism, with its distorted, mechanistic version of the Prometheus myth, vainly seeks to change the productive forces while keeping existing social relations of accumulation and expropriation of nature intact. In contrast, socialist ecomodernism, or humanist-ecological Prometheanism, as developed in Chinese ecological Marxism today, in line with China’s own humanist-environmental traditions, represents a revolutionary stance. Here the object is to change social, productive, and environmental relations in such a way that acquisitive society is abandoned and both nature and humanity are unbound and in mutual accord—as envisioned, in different ways, by such humanistic thinkers as Laozi, Aeschylus, Epicurus, Shelley, and Marx. As Marx states in his Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts of 1844, communism is at one and the same time “the perfected unity in essence of man with nature, the true resurrection of nature, the realized naturalism of man and the realized humanism of nature.”72

    Notes

    1. When “Prometheanism” is criticized by ecosocialists in the West, what is invariably meant is mechanistic Prometheanism, a product of Cold War modernist and ecomodernist ideology, having no direct relationship to the ancient Prometheus myth, which was not about industrialization.
    2. Aesch, PV, 965–75; Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, Collected Works (New York: International Publishers, 1975), vol. 1, 29–31; John Bellamy Foster, “Marx and the Environment,” Monthly Review 47, no. 3 (July–August 1995), 108–23; Walt Sheasby, “Anti-Prometheus, Post-Marx: The Real and the Myth in Green Theory,” Organization and Environment 12, no. 1 (March 1999): 5–44.
    3. Xi Jinping, quoted in “Green Waters and Green Mountains,” China Media Project, April 16, 2021, chinamediaproject.org; Xi Jinping, The Governance of China, vol. 3 (Beijing: Foreign Languages Press, 2014), 419–20; Chen Yiwen, “The Dialectics of Ecology and Ecological Civilization,” Monthly Review 76, no. 11 (April 2025): 35–36; Xi Jinping, Selected Readings From the Works of Xi Jinping, vol. 1 (Beijing: Foreign Languages Press, 2024), 51.
    4. It should be noted that some Marxists have employed the notion of Prometheanism in relation to Marx in the original sense of humanism, enlightenment, and creativity, rather than standing for instrumentalism and hyperindustrialism as in Cold War ideology. See, for example, Hal Draper, “The Principle of Self-Emancipation in Marx and Engels,” The Socialist Register (London: Merlin, 1971), 81–109.
    5. Ted Benton, “Marxism and Natural Limits,” New Left Review 178 (November–December 1989), 82; John P. Clark, “Marx’s Inorganic Body,” Environmental Ethics 11, no. 3 (Fall 1989): 258.
    6. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 5, 141.
    7. Marx read Aeschylus every year in the original in Greek and listed him as his favorite ancient poet. This had to do not only with Prometheus Bound but also with the young Marx’s fascination with Epicurus, whom he compared to Prometheus. Karl Marx, “Confessions,” in Late Marx and the Russian Road, ed. Teodor Shanin (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1983), 140; Paul Lafargue, “Reminiscences of Marx,” in Reminiscences of Marx and Engels, ed. Institute of Marxism-Leninism (Moscow: Foreign Languages Press, no date), 74.
    8. Peter Gay, The Enlightenment (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1966), vol. 1, 102–3.
    9. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 1, 30–31, 374–75. Although the editors of the Collected Works correctly say that the image is meant to be Prometheus tied to the printing press, there has been a tendency for some interpreters to see it as an image of a bearded Marx as Prometheus, since he at the time was editor of the Rheinische Zeitung.
    10. Marx was a strong critic of Proudhon’s introduction of a mechanistic Prometheanism. See John Bellamy Foster, Marx’s Ecology (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000), 126–33. On the CIA-funded left publications, see Frances Stoner Saunders, The Cultural Cold War: The CIA and the Congress for Cultural Freedom in the Early Cold War (New York: Routledge, 2016).
    11. John Bellamy Foster, Breaking the Bonds of Fate: Epicurus and Marx (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2025), 52–63.
    12. Franz Mehring, Karl Marx (Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1979), 31.
    13. Edmund Wilson, To the Finland Station (Garden City, New York: Doubleday, 1940), 111–19.
    14. Robert C. Tucker, Philosophy and Myth in Karl Marx (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1961), 77–78, 81.
    15. Lewis Feuer, Marx and the Intellectuals (Garden City, New York: Doubleday, 1969), 9–10, 29; Daniel Bell, The Cultural Contradictions of Capitalism (New York: Basic Books, 1976, 1996), 160.
    16. Daniel Bell, The Coming of Post-Industrial Society (New York: Basic Books, 1973), 463–66.
    17. Anthony Giddens, A Contemporary Critique of Historical Materialism, vol. 1 (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1981), 59–60.
    18. Even many of those who remained sympathetic to historical materialism in this period saw Marx as lapsing into a crude instrumentalization of nature. See Stanley Aronowitz, The Crisis in Historical Materialism (London: Palgrave MacMillan, 1990).
    19. John Bellamy Foster, foreword to Paul Burkett, Marx and Nature (Chicago: Haymarket, 1999), viii–x.
    20. Foster, “Marx and the Environment”; Burkett, Marx and Nature.
    21. Foster, Marx’s Ecology, 141–77; Paul Burkett, “Marx’s Vision of Sustainable Human Development,” Monthly Review 57, no. 5 (October 2005): 34–62.
    22. See John Bellamy Foster and Paul Burkett, Marx and the Earth (Boston: Brill, 2016), 3–4, 10–11; “The Metabolic Rift: A Selected Bibliography,” MR Online, October 16, 2013.
    23. Aesch, PV, 975; Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 1, 30.
    24. Rachel Carson, Lost Woods (Boston: Beacon Press, 1998), 210.
    25. See John Bellamy Foster, The Return of Nature (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2020), 502–26.
    26. Riley E. Dunlap, “A Brief History of the Environment and Technology Section,” Environment, Technology, and Society, ASA Section Newsletter, no. 100 (Winter 2001): 1, 4–5, envirosoc.org/Newsletters/Winter2001.pdf.
    27. William R. Catton, Overshoot: The Ecological Basis of Revolutionary Change (Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1982); William R. Catton and Riley E. Dunlap, “Environmental Sociology: A New Paradigm,” American Sociologist 13, no. 1 (1978), 41–49; Riley E. Dunlap and William R. Catton, “Struggling with Human Exemptionalism: The Rise, Decline, and Revitalization of Environmental Sociology,” American Sociologist 25 (1994): 5–30.
    28. Julian Simon, The Ultimate Resource (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981), 346.
    29. Robert Solow, “The Economics of Resources or the Resources of Economics,” American Economic Review 64, no. 2 (1974): 11. Solow went on to consider the opposite case where substitutability was bounded. But the thrust of his argument was to emphasize very high levels of substitutability. Thus, he referred to “[William] Nordhaus’s notion of the inevitability of a ‘backstop technology,’” in which, “at some fine cost, production can be freed from exhaustible resources altogether”—a view that Solow treated not as absurd, but as somehow much closer to the truth than its opposite.
    30. Donella H. Meadows, Dennis L. Meadows, Jørgen Randers, and William Behrens III, The Limits to Growth (New York: Universe Books, 1972); Donella H. Meadows, Dennis L. Meadows, and Jørgen Randers, Beyond the Limits (White River Junction, Vermont: Chelsea Green Publishing, 1995).
    31. On the prominence of radical ecology and neo-Marxian ecology, see Part I of the “Special Issue on the Environment and the Treadmill of Production in Environmental Sociology,” Organization and Environment 17, no. 3 (September 2004), and Part II, Organization and Environment 18, no. 1 (March 2005).
    32. Those associated with second-stage ecosocialism include figures such as the present author, Richard York, Brett Clark, and, later, Hannah Holleman.
    33. Arthur P. J. Mol and Gert Spaargaren, “From Additions and Withdrawals to Environmental Flows: Reframing Debates in the Environmental Social Sciences,” Organization and Environment 18, no. 1 (March 2005): 91–107.
    34. Gert Spaargaren and Arthur P. J. Mol, “Sociology, Environment, and Modernity,” Society and Natural Resources 5 (1992): 325–26; Gert Spaargaren, The Ecological Modernization of Production and Consumption, doctoral dissertation, University of Wageeningen, Netherlands, 1997, 65–66, edepot.wur.nl/138382; Arthur P. J. Mol and Gert Spaargaren, “Ecological Modernisation Theory in Debate: A Review,” Environmental Politics 9 (2000): 22–23.
    35. Gallup, “Environment,” news.gallup.com/poll/1615/environment.aspx.
    36. Spaargaren, The Ecological Modernization of Production and Consumption, 9–11.
    37. Edward Shils, Political Development in the New States (London: Mouton & Co., 1965), 7–10.
    38. Arthur P. J. Mol, “Ecological Modernisation and Institutional Reflexivity: Environmental Reform in the Late Modern Age,” Environmental Politics 5 (1996): 302–23; Spaargaren, The Ecological Modernisation of Production and Consumption, 20–22; see also John Bellamy Foster, “The Planetary Rift and the New Human Exemptionalism: A Political-Economic Critique of Ecological Modernization Theory,” Organization and Environment 25, no. 3 (2012): 219–20.
    39. Arthur P. J. Mol, The Refinement of Production: Ecological Modernisation Theory and the Chemical Industry (Utrecht, Netherlands: International Books, 1995), 41–42; Arthur P. J. Mol and Martin Jänicke, “The Origins and Theoretical Foundations of Ecological Modernisation Theory,” in The Ecological Modernization Reader, eds. Arthur P. J. Mol, David Sonnenfeld, and Gert Spaargaren (London: Routledge, 2009), 24.
    40. Maarten Hajer, “Ecological Modernisation as Cultural Politics,” in Risk, Environment, and Modernity: Towards a New Ecology, eds. Scott Lash, Bronislaw Szerszynski, and Brian Wynne (London: Sage, 1996), 252.
    41. Michael Shellenberger and Ted Nordhaus, “The Death of Environmentalism” (2004); Ted Nordhaus and Michael Shellenberger, Break Through: From the Death of Environmentalism to the Politics of Possibility (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2007).
    42. John Asafu-Adjaye et al., An Ecomodernist Manifesto, April 2015, ecomodernism.org.
    43. Martin Lewis, Green Delusions: An Environmentalist Critique of Radical Environmentalism(Durham, North Carolina: Duke University Press, 1992), 7, 15.
    44. Patrick Brown, “Defending Economic Productivity and Capitalism for Climate Adaptation and Mitigation,” Breakthrough Institute, September 16, 2024, thebreakthrough.org; Patrick Brown, “Forget Adapting to Climate Change: We Must First Adapt to the Climate We Have,” Breakthrough Institute, July 17, 2024.
    45. Ted Nordhaus and Alex Smith, “The Problem with Alice Waters and the ‘Slow Food’ Movement,” Jacobin, December 3, 2021.
    46. See, for example, William B. Meyer, The Progressive Environmental Prometheans: Left-Wing Heralds of a “Good Anthropocene” (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2016).
    47. Matt Huber and Leigh Phillips, “Kohei Saito’s ‘Start from Scratch’ Degrowth Communism,” Jacobin, March 9, 2024; Leigh Phillips, Austerity Ecology and the Collapse-Porn Addicts: A Defense of Growth, Progress, Industry and Stuff (Winchester, UK: Zero Books, 2015), 217–34. Readers can find their profiles on the Breakthrough Institute website; see Huber: thebreakthrough.org/people/matt-huber; Phillips: thebreakthrough.org/people/leigh-phillips. Phillips frequently contributes articles to the Breakthrough Institute and to the MAGA-hegemonic publication Compact Magazine, as well as Jacobin.
    48. Phillips, Austerity Ecology and the Collapse-Porn Addicts, 59, 255, 259.
    49. Phillips, Austerity Ecology and the Collapse-Porn Addicts, 63, 89, 263.
    50. See the profiles of Huber and Phillips on the Breakthrough Institute website.
    51. Huber and Phillips, “Kohei Saito’s ‘Start from Scratch’ Degrowth Communism”; Leigh Phillips, “Hurrah for 8 Billion Humans,” Compact Magazine, December 2, 2022; Leigh Phillips and Michal Rozworski, The People’s Republic of Walmart: How the World’s Biggest Corporations are Laying the Foundation for Socialism (London: Verso, 2019).
    52. Matthew T. Huber, Climate Change as Class War (London: Verso, 2022), 159, 201–4.
    53. Huber and Phillips, “Kohei Saito’s ‘Start from Scratch’ Degrowth Communism”; Phillips, “Hurrah for 8 Billion Humans.”
    54. Cristen Hemingway Jaynes, “‘Ticking Time Bomb’ of Ocean Acidification Has Already Crossed Planetary Boundary, Threatening Marine Ecosystems Study,” EcoWatch, June 9, 2025.
    55. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, The Communist Manifesto (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1964), 54.
    56. Max Weber, The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism (London: Unwin Hyman, 1930), 13–17.
    57. David S. Landes, The Unbound Prometheus: Technological Change and Industrial Development in Western Europe from 1750 to the Present (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1969).
    58. On the concept of the domination of nature and its complexities, see William Leiss, The Domination of Nature (Boston: Beacon Press, 1972).
    59. Enrique Dussel, “Eurocentrism and Modernity (Introduction to the Frankfurt Lectures),” boundary 220, no. 3 (Autumn 1993): 65.
    60. On Marx’s theory of metabolic rift, see John Bellamy Foster, Capitalism in the Anthropocene (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2022), 41–61; John Bellamy Foster and Brett Clark, The Robbery of Nature: Capitalism and the Ecological Rift (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2020), 12–34.
    61. See Joseph Needham, Within the Four Seas: The Dialogue of East and West (Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1969), 69, 91–93, 106; Samir Amin, Eurocentrism (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2009), 13, 109, 115, 121, 143–46, 212–13; Foster, Breaking the Bonds of Fate, 25–26.
    62. Chen, “The Dialectics of Ecology and Ecological Civilization,” 36.
    63. Xi Jinping, Selected Readings, vol. 1, 51, 638.
    64. Daniel M. Berman and John T. O’Connor, Who Owns the Sun?: People, Politics, and the Struggle for a Solar Economy (White River Junction, Vermont: Chelsea Green Publishing, 1996).
    65. Debby Cao, “Why Is China, and Not the US, the Leader in Solar Power?,” SolarCtrl, April 24, 2024; Danny Kennedy, “U.S. Petrostate Versus China’s Electrostate,” Climate and Capital Media, January 23, 2025; Nassos Stylianou et al., “How Xi Sparked China’s Electricity Revolution,” Financial Times, May 12, 2025; Laurie Myllyvirta, “Clean Energy Just Put China’s CO2 Emissions into Reverse for the First Time,” Carbon Brief, May 15, 2025; Yaotong Cai et al., “Unveiling Spatiotemporal Tree Cover Patterns in China: The First 30m Annual Tree Cover Mapping from 1985 to 2023,” ISPRS Journal of Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing 216 (October 2024): 240–58.
    66. Xi, Selected Readings, vol. 1, 23.
    67. Chen Yiwen, “Marxist Ecology in China: From Marx’s Ecology to Socialist Eco-Civilization Theory,” Monthly Review 76, no. 5 (October 2024): 41–42.
    68. Chen, “Marxist Ecology in China,” 40.
    69. Carey Jobe, “Aeschylus’ Prometheus Unbound: Rebuilding a Lost Masterpiece,” Antigone, February 10, 2024, antigonejournal.com.
    70. Mary Shelley, “Notes on ‘Prometheus Unbound,’” in Percy Bysshe Shelley, The Complete Poetical Works (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1914), 268; Sheasby, “Anti-Prometheus, Post-Marx,” 18.
    71. Huber and Phillips, “Kohei Saito’s ‘Start from Scratch’ Degrowth Communism.”
    72. Karl Marx, Early Writings (London: Penguin, 1974), 349–50.
  • Ecological Marxism in the Anthropocene

    Ecological Marxism in the Anthropocene

    Ecological Marxism in the Anthropocene,Monthly Review, vol. 77, no. 5 (October 2025), pp.1-19.

    Ecological Marxism in the Anthropocene

    Xu Tao and Lv Jiayi: You have a broad influence in the field of ecological Marxism. Your texts are references for Marxist researchers worldwide. However, as far as we know, your early research focused on Marxist political economy and the theory of capitalist development, particularly the monopoly capital theory of Paul M. Sweezy and Paul A. Baran. What led you to shift your research focus to ecological Marxism? Do you still have further concerns and research in Marxist political economy today?

    John Bellamy Foster: You are right that my work has increasingly focused on ecology, though this shift was more a question of adding another layer to my previous research in political economy than an actual reorientation. I was drawn to the ecological issue by the recognition that capitalism was generating a planetary ecological crisis rooted in the class-based system of accumulation that was increasingly endangering all humanity. But, at the same time, I have continued to publish major works in political economy. Political economy and ecology are not really distinct questions. Marx’s critique of the political economy of capital is fundamental to all Marxist ecological analysis, and his ecological critique—now known as the theory of metabolic rift—is crucial to our understanding of today’s economic malaise. In my view, they cannot be separated, although we often have to do so for the sake of analysis. Rather they constitute different sides of the material crisis of our times.

    In many ways, much of the economic analysis that has been associated with Monthly Review, addressing the relation of Stagnation and the Financial Explosion—the title of a 1986 book by Harry Magdoff and Sweezy—has now been widely accepted, since the Great Financial Crisis of 2007–2010. But since these problems are clearly endemic to accumulation under monopoly-finance capital, the system itself has no answers, and it constantly seeks to divert attention from the core contradiction: capital itself. At present, issues of militarism, imperialism, and the planetary environment, which together present an existential crisis for humanity, often take precedence over the direct analysis of economic crisis, though they are all intrinsically related.

    XT and LJ: In the study of ecological Marxism, many scholars, including yourself, believe that humanity is now living in the Anthropocene Epoch. Could you please elaborate on the origin and development of the concept of the Anthropocene? How does this concept help us understand the capitalist ecological crisis? Furthermore, many scholars (such as Andreas Malm) argue that the concept of the Anthropocene implies a narrative logic dominated entirely by natural science, attributing ecological issues to humanity as a whole, thus obscuring political and ideological positions. Therefore, they prefer the term “Capitalocene” (that is, the idea that capital is destroying the ecological environment). How do you view this perspective?

    JBF: The term Anthropocene actually has a long history. The word first appeared in English as far back as 1973 in the English-language translation of the article “The Anthropogenic System (Period)” by E. V. Shanster in The Great Soviet Encyclopedia. Here, “Anthropocene” was used as an alternate term for “Anthropogene,” the name that the Soviets had given to the geological period now called the Quaternary (encompassing the Pleistocene and Holocene Epochs). This usage was introduced by the Soviet geologist Aleksei Petrovitch Pavlov in 1922 and influenced Vladimir I. Vernadsky, author of The Biosphere (1926). Vernadsky’s understanding of the biosphere provided a proto-Earth System analysis. The introduction of the concept of “Anthropogene” or “Anthropocene” at this stage was meant to suggest that somehow humanity was now affecting the geology and environmental system of the entire planet. Both Pavlov and Vernadsky strongly emphasized the dominant role of anthropogenic factors in the biosphere.

    To be sure, Pavlov and Vernadsky introduced this shift in the way we looked at the human relation to the biogeochemical cycles of the earth in the context of a geological period, instead of the shorter geological epoch, thus relating their concept to the entire period in which human beings and their hominin ancestors have existed. Moreover, their framework was connected to the concept of the biosphere. In contrast, the recognition of anthropogenic factors as the main force in changes in the entire Earth System (beyond the biosphere and including the climate), outweighing nonanthropogenic factors in this respect, dates back only to the beginning of this century. The Anthropocene itself, in its most developed scientific conception today, is seen as having replaced the earlier Holocene Epoch in the 1950s at the time of what is called the Great Acceleration in global material and resource use, affecting the entire Earth System metabolism.

    Still, while our geological/environmental understanding has broadened, it would be a mistake on mere technical grounds to downplay the forerunners of this holistic-dialectical kind of thinking prior to emergence of the contemporary concepts of the Earth System and the Anthropocene. In 1911, E. Ray Lankester, the foremost British zoologist of the late nineteenth-century, the protégé of Charles Darwin and Thomas Huxley, and a close friend of Karl Marx, published his Kingdom of Man. In this work, an argument was put forward, similar to that of Frederick Engels in The Dialectics of Nature, that human beings had gained a power in relation to the earth that could lead to their own civilizational destruction, metaphorically referred to as the “revenge” of nature, if the conditions of the environment were not sustained. (The conflict between human domination of nature and “nature’s revenge” was symbolically depicted on the cover of The Kingdom of Man. Under the title was an image of the first species of the trypanosome blood parasite [genus Trypanosoma] to be discovered, in 1843, and rediscovered by Lankester, in 1871. A species of the trypanosome parasite carried by the tsetse fly was responsible for killing untold numbers of people in Africa in the sleeping sickness, due to the environmental effects of capitalism and colonialism—symbolizing for Lankester “nature’s revenge.”) The main enemy of nature for Lankester was capital. In effect, he was arguing, like Marx and Engels before him, that only a change in social and scientific relations could prevent global environmental degradation and epidemics, threatening life, including human life itself.

    It was Nikolai Bukharin, one of the leading figures of the October Revolution, who declared at the Second International Conference on the History of Science and Technology in London, in 1931, that, “Living and working in the biosphere, social man has radically remoulded the surface of the planet.” Bukharin, following Marx, saw this in terms of a portentous alteration in the “metabolism” of humanity and nature. The unifying concept of the biosphere, however, was for many years largely excluded from Western thought, though included somewhat surreptitiously in scientific circles, until it appeared on the cover of Scientific American in April 1970, at the time of the first Earth Day. It is no coincidence that the author of the cover story in that issue was the prominent Yale ecologist G. Evelyn Hutchinson, a former student of leading British Marxist biologists Joseph Needham (also the lead author of Science and Civilization in China) and J. B. S. Haldane. Moreover, Hutchinson’s shift to ecology was induced by another leading British Marxist biologist, Lancelot Hogben. Both Needham and Hogben had been present during Bukharin’s 1931 talk in London. The whole discussion around the biosphere was thus largely associated for years with Soviet and Marxist thought.

    What changed this in the late 1950s and ’60s was not only the growth of the environmental movement, but also the rapid growth of climate science, first in the Soviet Union and then the United States. This led to the discovery of accelerated global warming, first raised by Mikhail Budyko in the USSR. In the 1970s and ’80s, the growth of climatology, together with the notion of the biosphere, led to the emergence of Earth System analysis. Out of this arose the current notion of the Anthropocene, as articulated by Paul Crutzen and Eugene Stoermer—later taken up by the Anthropocene Working Group—indicating a whole new geological epoch, breaking with the Holocene of the last 11,700 years, such that anthropogenic forces were now the major determinants of Earth System change.

    The previous history of the Anthropogene/Anthropocene concept in Soviet science is downplayed in the dominant Western view. The notion that the term was first coined in the 1980s by Stoermer (in a way largely devoid of systematic scientific meaning) and later by Crutzen is presented as the official history—if only because the concept could then be presented as an American one.

    The origins of the concept of the Anthropocene aside, the widespread adoption of the term, which was directly associated with the planetary ecological crisis, is of enormous significance from a scientific standpoint, because it underscores that human society, due to its economic and technological advances, now has the responsibility for sustaining the planet as a place of human habitation (and with respect to innumerable other species as well), and that failure to do so would invite (metaphorically) Nature’s Revenge.

    The term Capitalocene was coined by Malm from a social-scientific standpoint. He argued that simply to attribute the new geological epoch to human beings (through the use of anthro) served to deemphasize the principal cause of planetary environmental change, namely capitalism as a specific historical mode of production. However, there were a number of problems here. The natural-science concept of the Anthropocene in no way prevents a social-scientific analysis of this in terms of the role of capitalism. Moreover, attempting, with no real understanding of the construction of the Geological Time Scale, to foist the concept of the Capitolocene onto natural scientists, whose domain is not social science, was a somewhat imperious attempt to disregard the complexity of the problem from the standpoint of natural science.

    Those natural scientists advocating the notion of the Anthropocene Epoch were already making a revolutionary breakthrough motivated by a need to deal with the planetary ecological crisis. To question this realization on the basis of imposing a narrow social-science perspective, as if this was all that was at issue, only served to make their task more difficult. In fact, the conservative view prevailed in the end and in 2024 the International Commission on Stratigraphy and the International Union of Geological Sciences rejected the proposed designation of the Anthropocene as a new geological epoch within the Geological Time Scale, a decision that was clearly in part politically motivated. Needless to say, this does not end the question, but it places a further obstacle before attempts to educate the world’s population on the nature of the transformation in the human relation to the Earth System that has taken place.

    In Marxist ecological theory, it is necessary to see nature and society as dialectically related, with human society as an emergent form within the universal metabolism of nature. This means that it is a mistake simply to subsume the more naturalistic description within a social-scientific one focusing on capitalism, lest the nature of the dialectical interaction be lost. (By the same logic, a narrow natural-scientific perspective eliminates the essential social aspect of the problem, and the nature of the interaction.) Although capitalism is the main culprit in the degradation of the Earth System, the Anthropocene Epoch will persist within any conceivable socialist system as well, even in the context of a more sustainable relation to the planet. That is, once humanity becomes the main force in Earth System change, this is irreversible as long as industrial society continues. We will remain on the knife’s edge, with a sustainable relation to the planet constituting a core responsibility and constant concern from that point forward. The only issue in this respect is how we govern our relation to the planet now and into the future.

    XT and LJ: In the study of ecological Marxism, the concept of degrowth has been widely discussed. Japanese scholar Kohei Saito even proposes that Marx ultimately points to a “degrowth communism.” How do you evaluate “degrowth” and “degrowth communism”? Does this concept represent progress in the study of ecological Marxism?

    JBF: I have some reservations about the concept of “degrowth communism,” and especially in relation to Saito’s development of it. There are two issues here. One is the question of Saito’s particular claims with respect to Marx, and the other is the general notion of degrowth, along with the more specific concept of “degrowth communism.”

    In his first book, Karl Marx’s Ecosocialism (2016), Saito sought to extend the metabolic rift tradition, developed by numerous earlier thinkers, including myself. This analysis had rejected the charge of some first-stage ecosocialists that Marx himself could be understood as a “Promethean” thinker, or extreme productivist. (Such a definition of Prometheanism as instrumentalism or hyper-industrialism, it should be noted, had little relation to the original Promethean myth, as depicted particularly in Aeschylus play Prometheus Bound.) In this respect, Saito made significant contributions. However, in his two most recent books, Marx in the Anthropocene and Capital in the Anthropocene (the latter retitled Slow Down in its English translation), Saito has reversed his argument, now claiming that Marx was a Promethean/hyper-industrialist thinker up to the late 1850s. Even when he wrote Capital, we are told, Marx was a transitional “ecosocialist”—representing a perspective that Saito views negatively—who still believed in the necessity of economic growth (at least under socialism) and thus retained in large part a productivist perspective. In Saito’s framework, Marx finally abandoned productivism in the last decade and a half of his life and emerged as a “degrowth communist” who unequivocally rejected the expansion of productive forces and economic growth.

    Thus, in his two most recent works, Saito, contradicting his own previous analysis, reinterprets the black-bearded Marx of the 1850s as a strong “Promethean” who supported the expansion of production as an end in itself. In contrast, the gray-bearded Marx of Capital in 1867 is criticized as a transitional ecosocialist, who has taken on some ecological values recognizing the metabolic rift, but still retains Promethean elements in his thought, and thus is still a productivist in overall orientation. Only in his final years do we find the white-bearded Marx who, according to Saito, has metamorphosed into a “degrowth communist.” Here Marx is seen as taking on a fully ecological stance by rejecting aggregate economic growth, both under capitalism and socialism.

    The trouble is that both parts of Saito’s argument—his reintroduction of a Marx depicted as a Promethean hyper-industrialist for the better part of his life, and his description of Marx’s metamorphosis into a “degrowth communist” in his final years—are wrong. There is no evidence (Saito’s references to G. A. Cohen notwithstanding) that Marx was ever an extreme productivist, which would mean seeing the expansion of production in and of itself as the beginning-and-end-all of human development. The notion that Marx became a “degrowth communist” in his last years, is so lacking in any substance that Saito is unable to find a single sentence in Marx’s work that in any way presents such a view. In fact, the whole argument in this respect is textually insupportable.

    Those statements that Saito takes as suggesting that Marx had adopted a degrowth perspective are all connected to Marx’s much broader, lifelong commitment to sustainable human development, as emphasized for decades in Marxist ecological theory. Marx’s approach was certainly ecological in this sense. But the notion of growth vs. degrowth was unthinkable in his time, and thus its application to Marx in Saito’s argument is historically anachronistic. Marx did not live in a full-world economy, but in the early stages of the Industrial Revolution, where industrialization still had not developed in most of the world. Even in England, local transport was still in the horse-and-buggy stage.

    Although figures like Engels and Lankester warned of global environmental depredations in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, this did not translate in their minds into a notion that economic growth in the abstract was the problem, and degrowth as a solution would certainly never have crossed their minds. Rather, they saw the ecological contradiction as lying in the nature of capitalism as a society geared simply to short-run profit, and thus necessarily failing to protect the environment. The issue was sustainable human development.

    Still, setting aside Saito’s whole claim that Marx was a degrowth communist, there remains the question of the concepts of “degrowth” and “degrowth communism” themselves, as viewed in our own time. I think that a concept of planned degrowth is a necessary strategic perspective in the critique of the wasteful, destructive, unequal, and irrational world of monopoly capitalism in the Global North. Per capita energy use in the United States is sixty times that of Nepal. If all the world had the per capita ecological footprint of the United States, we would, at the present time, need three or four planet Earths. The United States and Europe account for the bulk of the historical carbon dioxide emissions, while their per capita emissions still exceed those of China, even though their role in world production is diminishing. The United States is the most automobile-dependent country in the world. In the Global North, we see a system geared to maximizing capital accumulation for a very few by means of the exploitation and expropriation exercised by multinational corporations, while generating a habitability crisis for the earth itself. Obviously, these conditions demand an ecological revolution in the twenty-first century.

    All of this means that, in ecological terms, the rich countries need to reduce their per capita energy use, while the poorest countries need to increase theirs, so that we reach a sustainable global equilibrium. The wealthy countries of the capitalist core are also the historic imperialist countries, expropriating surplus from the Global South to benefit the apex of the world system in the Global North. A July 2024 study by Jason Hickel and his coauthors in Nature Communications shows that labor in the South provides 90 percent of the world’s labor contribution to production, while receiving only 21 percent of the income in return. This inequality lies at the center of the entire imperialist world system.

    What is essential in the Global North then is not simply “degrowth” in the negative, purely quantitative sense, but also in a positive sense: the creation of a society of substantive equality and ecological sustainability. This requires a focus on qualitative development; income, wealth, and resource redistribution; meeting basic human needs for the entire population; production for use, not exchange; rational distribution of resources; cultivation of social use and communal values; and so on. To say that limits to growth and even degrowth are necessary in the wealthiest, most globally exploitative, and wasteful parts of global monopoly-finance capital, is not to make degrowth into an absolute principle, any more than it is to make economic growth itself one. The governing principle of Marxist ecology is always sustainable human development. Moreover, it would be wrong to claim that the poorest countries do not need growth in the means of production. To be a socialist today means to stand for the building of a society of substantive equality and ecological sustainability, measured in global terms.

    A definitive, detailed critique of Saito’s work in all of these respects can be found in Brian Napoletano’s article, “Was Karl Marx a Degrowth Communist?,” in the June 2024 issue of Monthly Review.

    XT and LJ: For young students and scholars who focus on and study ecological Marxism, what are some cutting-edge issues and research directions worth delving into? In what aspects does Marx’s ecological thought still need further exploration?

    JBF: Your question breaks down into a distinction between research, on the one hand, into Marx’s ecological thought and classical Marxist ecology more broadly, and, on the other hand, the further development of this analysis to address the present-day ecological crisis. In terms of Marx’s analysis, we have only just scratched the surface because the answers lie in the nature of his materialism, which was ecological at the roots, that is, connected to a materialist conception of nature, out of which Marx’s materialist conception of history arose. The failure to recognize the depth of his materialism, which, in Western Marxism, was reduced simply to a set of narrowly economic propositions oddly excluding nature itself, left Marxism impoverished. Closely related to this was the rejection in what is known as the Western Marxist philosophical tradition of the dialectics of nature of classical Marxism. I have just completed a book titled Breaking the Bonds of Fate: Epicurus and Marx(2025). A central goal of this analysis, already dealt with in part in my book Marx’s Ecology (2000), was to explore the roots of Marx’s materialism, understanding it in a more holistic way. To look at Marx’s development in this way, then, creates a massive project, requiring the deepening of Marxist theory and its organic bases.

    Other projects I have in mind, some of which I have pursued, but only partially, involve an exploration of Marx’s aesthetics and ecology, the ecological bases of Marx’s anti-Eurocentrism, further research into the metabolic rift analysis in areas like epidemiology, investigations into the theory of ecological imperialism, and exploration of the relation of ecology to communal production. More attention needs to be given to Marx’s lifelong critique of the expropriation of nature (tied to his analysis of the expropriation of the commons), and the conception of the dialectics of nature as a dialectical naturalism or dialectical ecology. The Marxist notion of the labor theory of culture, that is, the whole anthropological origins of humanity, is closely related to an ecological conception of the origins of human beings, which needs to be revived and pursued. Engels’s “The Part Played by Labor in the Transition from Ape to Man” is crucial here. There is also the question of classical Marxism’s relation to evolutionary theory. Most important in the development of Marxian dialectics is the theory of emergence or integrative levels, which is vital in any ecological perspective.

    In exploring our contemporary ecological situation with the tools and methods of Marxian ecology, we have to be clear about our own methods, allowing us also to draw on the best that science and culture have to offer in the search for sustainable solutions. Marx’s critique of the political economy of capital remains crucial, but it has to be integrated with his ecological critique (as in his theory of metabolic rift) if we are to penetrate to the core of the contemporary ecological problem. We also need to turn our attention to a long history of ecological Marxism after Marx, which I explored in my book The Return of Nature (2020)—though much more is needed on this score. The recognition, first made, by Brett Clark and Richard York in 2005, that the whole problem of the carbon metabolism and thus climate change could be understood at its core in terms of Marx’s theory of metabolic rift, opened up an area of critique of contemporary capitalism that continues to expand in manifold areas.

    The dialectics of nature, which insists on the organic interrelationship of all things, is crucial in the Marxian perspective and requires continual application. For example, it is a mistake to fall into the reductionistic trap of seeing the current planetary ecological crisis in terms of climate change alone, however all-encompassing that may appear to be, since it is crucial to recognize that we have crossed or are in the process of crossing most of the other planetary boundaries as well. All ecological problems today need to be addressed, including conditions of human survival (and the survival of living species in general), along with the conditions of living well on the earth. The most important area of research, I believe, is ecological civilization, or the conditions of sustainable human development beyond capitalism. We are struggling to generate a whole new era of human development. Ecological Marxism is central here.

    Ecology and the Multiple Crises of Capitalism

    XT and LJ: The infinite expansion of capitalist production has destroyed the carrying capacity of the natural environment, causing a global ecological crisis. You have restored the original character of Marxist ecological thought with a large amount of factual evidence, especially your “metabolic rift” theory, which has gained wide recognition in the academic community. How does the metabolic rift theory reveal the relationship between the capitalist system and environmental crisis? Have you had any new thoughts on the “metabolic rift” theory in recent years?

    JBF: I do not regard the theory of metabolic rift as my theory. My 1999 article in which I introduced the subject was titled “Marx’s Theory of Metabolic Rift.” I have always regarded it at root as Marx’s theory, the ecological side of his theory of alienation. In numerous works, I have tried to provide what Marx in his own work termed a “genetic exposition,” which then has been elaborated in various ways and applied to concrete problems. The concept of the metabolic rift itself has limitations. Marxian ecology has a broader base in a materialist and dialectical understanding of the human relation to both nature and society that cannot easily be encompassed in its entirety in the theory of metabolic rift as such, which mainly relates to the question of ecological crisis. Thus, Marxian ecology as a whole needs to be seen in terms of the broader issues of the metabolism of humanity and nature and Marx’s organic materialism, which permeates all of his thought.

    The dialectical construction of Marx’s metabolic rift theory was not brought out fully in Marx’s Ecology, though it was implicit there. It is elaborated in some of my later work, for example, The Return of Nature(2020), The Robbery of Nature (with Brett Clark, 2020) Capitalism in the Anthropocene (2022), and The Dialectics of Ecology (2024). Here it is important to recognize that Marx had three concepts: “the universal metabolism of nature” (also sometimes referred to as the “natural metabolism”), the “social metabolism,” and the metabolic rift (or “the irreparable rift in the interdependent process of social metabolism, a metabolism prescribed by the natural laws of life itself”). The social metabolism, which Marx equated with the labor and production process, was the ecological side of production, the specifically human relation to the universal metabolism of nature. The metabolic rift arises when an alienated social metabolism ruptures the human connection to the universal metabolism of nature in such a way as to create an ecological crisis for social reproduction. The metabolic rift concept continues to be developed as we delve into various aspects of Marx’s analysis. For example, we now know that Marx’s theory here was impacted by the work of his friend Roland Daniels in the latter’s Mikrokosmos, a study that remained unpublished until the late 1980s. In recent years, the connection that Marx himself, inspired by Engels, drew between the metabolic rift and periodic epidemics in capitalism has been explored. Thinkers such as Rob Wallace in his Dead Epidemiologists (2020) and Sean Creaven in his Contagion Capitalism (2024) have applied the metabolic rift analysis to COVID-19.

    It is true, as you note, that the contemporary ecological crisis can be seen in terms of the issue of carrying capacity, but to express it simply in this way is to reduce the whole problem to the question of scale. However, it is not only scale that is involved but also system, which more directly relates to the question of the metabolic rift. Crossing planetary boundaries is therefore not simply a matter of the scale of production, but also the way in which production is organized, the particular technologies used, the ends of production, and so on. Metabolic rift theory is thus concerned with system as well as scale, which raises all sorts of qualitative issues. For example, the production of toxics is not simply a matter of scale, it is a question of the production of toxics at all.

    There are all sorts of ways in which the essential irrationality of the capitalist mode of production, particularly in its monopoly stage, generates ruptures in the biogeochemical cycles of the planet that are not simply a question of carrying capacity, but relate to the structure of production itself. In its attempt to expand itself in more and more irrational forms under global monopoly capitalism, capital intensifies the ecological problem. Metabolic rift analysis thus allows us to address the full complexity of the ecological problem in this respect, not reducing everything to a notion of carrying capacity—as if what we produce, how we produce, and for whom we produce were not also essential elements of the problem.

    XT and LJ: Besides the ecological crisis, do you think capitalism is facing other crises? (For example, economic and financial crises, imperialist war crises, cultural and ideological crises, and so on.)

    JBF: Production and financial crisis are endemic to capitalism as a class-based system of exploitation. Imperialism too is endemic to capitalism, and in its mature, monopolistic stage becomes all-encompassing, which means not only globally unequal economic (and ecological) exchange, but also constant tendencies to global war, which are heightened today, in the period of decline of the United States as the hegemonic global power of the capitalist system. Ideology is primarily about how a ruling class justifies its rule and how other classes resist—in the realm of ideas. Culture arises from forms of human kinship and community, and from the way in which use values are generated and absorbed in society, which affects “structures of feeling” (Raymond Williams’s term), characterizing different historical epochs. Ideological and cultural conflict is inherent in a global capitalist system defined by class and imperialism and rooted in inequalities and the attendant global appropriation of value.

    All of these contradictions of capitalism dialectically feed into the ecological crisis, which has elevated the entire field of the crisis of capital to a planetary scale. The British Marxist historian E. P. Thompson saw preparation for nuclear war and environmental destruction as together posing a new historical reality of “Exterminism, the Last Stage of Civilization.” If we alter Thompson’s phrase here to refer to “Exterminism, the Last Stage of Capitalist Civilization,” we get at the reality of today’s planetary crisis engendered by the social relation of capital. This represents the fundamental irrationality of our age. Everything in the globalized monopoly-capitalist system of today points toward exterminism—evident in the genocide that Israel (and the United States) are now imposing on the Palestinian population in Gaza. This is because the barrier to addressing the ecological crisis, along with all the other crises of capitalism/imperialism, is the barrier of capital itself. The accumulation of capital without constraint, according to its own inner logic, has turned into the accumulation of catastrophe on a planetary scale. All solutions, therefore, point to the need to go against the logic of capital.

    A dialectical approach means seeking constantly to fight against reductionism even while addressing the question of totality. If capitalism threatens to draw the whole world into its negative ecology of exterminism, this is a product ultimately of the class-centered system of social exploitation and expropriation that constitutes the mode of capital accumulation itself. Fighting these oppressions at every level and the crises they engender is at one with the struggle against capitalist exterminism. It is no accident that fascism has returned in most capitalist societies. Monthly Review thus deals continually with economic crisis, the crisis of the state, imperialism, war, and oppressions based on racial and gender (and transgender) identities. This means combatting cultural/ideological impositions from above, reactionary movements, and, above all, capital itself.

    XT and LJ: Digital capitalism, formed by the combination of capital and digital technology, has become a new form of contemporary capitalist exploitation. Academic research on digital capitalism is also on the rise. Do you think digital capitalism will cause ecological problems? Will digital capitalism face ecological crises?

    JBF: The notion of “digital capitalism” now covers a wide ground. Digital technology is, of course, here to stay. It is not in itself of course a bad thing, but represents the expansion of human capacities. In the 1950s, Sweezy, a Marxist economist and one of the founding editors of Monthly Review, wrote a report in which he said there would come a day when it would be commonplace for people to walk around with computers in their pockets. The problem is not the technology itself but the way in which it is shaped by the social relations. The social relations of capitalism are class-based relations aimed at the accumulation of capital and the enrichment of the capitalist class as practically the sole end of society. In such circumstances, the development and use of technology, and even the limitations on technology imposed by society, are largely determined by class relations of accumulation.

    Digital capitalism—which includes of course surveillance capitalism (a term first introduced in Monthly Review), AI capitalism, drone capitalism, and so on—poses serious problems, largely due to the way that the technology is utilized in the class war of capital against workers. Indeed, the operative word in all of this is capitalism. I do not think we can properly define any phase or stage of capitalism in terms of technology, though that necessarily plays a part. Rather, it has to be defined in terms of the latest, dominant phase of accumulation, focusing on social-class relations. Otherwise, it is too easy to fall into the trap of a kind of technological determinism.

    It is crucial to scrutinize the social relations of technology, not technology in isolation. With regard to technology and the environmental crisis, one has to avoid all kinds of fetishisms. It is true that the digital revolution offers new ecological problems—just look at the astronomical amounts of energy needed for the new massive computer complexes. Yet, the real contradiction is not the technological mode, which of course is affected by the system, but rather the nature of the social relations of capitalism itself. Digital technology could be a much greater boon to society. But in the context of existing social relations of production, it is caught up in the contradictions of the system and its exploitative, crisis-prone, and exterminist tendencies that now embrace the entire planet. Digital technology is thus primarily being used by the accumulation system to further divide and control people, rather than to meet individual, social, and environmental needs. As a result, it is heightening all the contradictions of capitalism, including ecological ones. A very prophetic article on this titled “Imperialism in the Silicon Age” was written more than four decades ago by A. Sivanandan in the July–August 1980 issue of Monthly Review.

    XT and LJ: Many scholars, including yourself, believe that capitalist countries exploit and control global ecological resources through political, economic, and military means, leading to ecological degradation and inequality, thereby forming ecological imperialism. How is ecological imperialism, as a new form of imperialism, related to and different from classical imperialism? Additionally, does ecological imperialism have its limits and might it encounter crises?

    JBF: Ecological imperialism is not a new form of imperialism, but the foundation of all imperialism, making economic imperialism possible and always accompanying it. From the beginning, capitalism developed in large part from the colonial looting of the periphery of its resources and its labor, a process carried out by force with no pretense of equal exchange. Such expropriation was the direct expropriation of resources, including the expropriation of land and bodies. In Marx’s view, it was not exchange, but robbery. He argued that the Industrial Revolution was preceded by a process of “original expropriation” (a term that he said he preferred to “original [or primitive] accumulation,” since it better captured the actual nature of the process at work), in which the commons were forcibly expropriated from the population, creating the mass of the industrial proletariat. This same process of original expropriation also took place in the colonies, but there, as Marx explained, it was even more openly violent and brutal, involving extirpation (genocide) of Indigenous populations and slavery. If economic imperialism, as Marx wrote, involves a process of expropriation in which more labor is received for less, ecological imperialism involves a process where more nature is received for less. Colonialism was all about the robbing of nature/resources/bodies to benefit the “mother country.” The economic exchange aspect of this was often only the surface level.

    A lot of study has been devoted in the metabolic rift tradition to the nineteenth-century guano trade in Peru (particularly on the Chincha Islands). The early to mid-nineteenth-century soil crisis, which was the focus of Marx’s theory of metabolic rift, arose out of industrialized capitalist agriculture, in which key soil chemicals, including nitrogen, potassium, and phosphorus, were removed from the soil in food and fiber sent hundreds and even thousands of miles to the new urban manufacturing centers (also concentrated centers of population), where they ended up polluting the cities, rather than being returned to the soil. The result was the loss of soil fertility. To repair this capital turned at first to natural fertilizers, the most productive of which was guano from the Chincha Islands off of Peru. This led to a huge guano trade. Many of the guano diggers were Chinese indentured workers, referred to by the British as “coolies,” and in fact were subjected to a form of slavery. The workers who dug the guano on the Chincha Islands, under conditions of extreme exploitation and de factoslavery, invariably died on the job. In this, we find a classic case of ecological imperialism. The Opium Wars on China, which had their basis in the British creation of poppy plantations in India for the export of opium by force to China, were, arguably, a case of ecological imperialism of another type and can be studied in that context. These historical examples help us to understand the nature of ecological imperialism today.

    Just as there have been frequent attempts to provide an accounting of unequal economic exchange, in a literature that grew out of the work of Marxist theorist of imperialism, Arghiri Emmanuel—whose book on Unequal Exchange has now been republished by Monthly Review Press in a new edition—so there have been growing attempts in recent years to account for unequal ecological exchange. Measuring imperialism of trade with respect to ecological resources, however, is much more difficult, since it cannot be done in terms of money, and thus raises issues of incommensurability. Nevertheless, significant progress has been made in delineating ecological imperialism. The most important work in this respect, in my opinion, is the model constructed by the great ecological systems theorist, Howard T. Odum, who synthesized his approach with that of Marx. Hannah Holleman and I wrote an article on Odum’s critique of ecological imperialism for the Journal of Peasant Studies in 2014.

    The Ecological Future of Socialism

    XT and LJ: In your book, Capitalism in the Anthropocene: Ecological Ruin or Ecological Revolution, you wrote: “We need to create a more sustainable future: a healing of the metabolic rift and the construction of a new realm of social freedom.” How can we bridge the metabolic rift? Is it through the struggle of the “environmental proletariat”? Does establishing new realms of freedom point to ecological socialism?

    JBF: In his discussion of the metabolic rift in the first volume of Capital, Marx insisted on the need for the “restoration” of social metabolism in line with the universal metabolism of nature—something that was possible in its entirety only in the higher society of socialism. Obviously, the socialist movement would need to strive for that in the present as part of the movement toward the future. Marx clearly thought this would be a primary task in the construction of a socialist society. He insisted on the need to create sustainable conditions for “the chain of human generations.” For Marxism, the dialectic of necessity and freedom has always involved recognizing those material conditions that are objectively necessary at any given time, including both those imposed by nature and society. In order to promote social freedom in a socialist society a level of material development allowing for enough for all, and conditions of substantive equality and ecological sustainability, are required. It is only in this context that the development of a society characterized by what Marx called “freedom in general” is possible.

    Today, the objective force for change is what can be called an “environmental proletariat,” that is, a working-class milieu that reflects a revolutionary materialism in the deepest and widest sense and is not restricted to the narrow economic sphere related to factory labor in which this is often conceived. We can see this as emerging globally in the context of today’s material crisis, which is also a struggle for survival. Movements of the dispossessed (including struggles of exploited workers, the Indigenous, the racially oppressed, the gender-oppressed, peasants, landless workers, and the like) are cohering. It matters little in the end whether we call these “environmental movements” or “workers’ movements,” they are necessarily both and represent an objective tendency in response to capitalist exterminism. Marx and Engels in The Holy Family, it will be remembered, stated that the proletariat is that class in modern society that is “compelled by absolute and compulsory need (the practical expression of necessity) to revolt against [the] inhumanity” of a system of production that seeks to alienate humanity from itself, from society, from nature, and from the possibility of human freedom.

    XT and LJ: As you mentioned, the struggle of the environmental proletariat is an important aspect. However, many people today believe that the proletariat has lost its revolutionary nature and is gradually disappearing. How should we understand the environmental proletariat as a tangible existence in capitalist countries? Will the environmental proletariat lose its revolutionary nature as some people claim?

    JBF: The concept of the environmental proletariat is meant to return to the conception of the proletariat in classical historical materialism, which has been largely lost, and, at the same time, to utilize these insights to examine the objective conditions and tendencies of our time. The notion of the proletariat got more and more reduced in Western Marxism to just the industrial proletariat and even to a factory proletariat, often to the narrow realm of organized labor (and sometimes merely to white organized labor). In the United States, it was often seen as simply consisting of “blue collar” workers. Hence, the proletariat was reduced merely to economic relations, which were themselves interpreted in narrower and narrower terms. In many respects the concept of the proletariat (and the working class) came to be interpreted in conformity not with socialist theory, but with a dominant capitalist economic ideology that relegated it to a minor mechanical role, a view that was unfortunately mirrored in much of Marxist theory.

    Marx and Engels themselves, however, approached the issue differently. The original work on the proletariat in classical historical materialism was Engels’s Condition of the Working Class in England. What is immediately apparent when one reads Engels’s work is that his orientation to the working class is more environmental and more holistic in its conception than today’s view in which the working class is simply an economic category. Writing shortly after the so-called Plug Plot Riots and during the Chartist movement, Engels was concerned first and foremost about the living conditions of the proletariat in the new industrial city, although he had separate chapters on the agricultural proletariat and the mining proletariat. He focused on the urban environment, including housing, pollution of all kinds, availability of clean water, the quality of food (and its adulteration), disease, mortality and life expectancy by class and age, disability, child labor, chemicals, urban segregation, and the ethnic division between the English and the Irish.

    Of course, Engels was also concerned with the conditions of factory labor, exploitation, the reserve army of labor, and the conditions of industrial labor. But industrial work took second place in his analysis to the entire environment of the proletariat. His analysis revolved around the notion of “social murder,” the fact that the working class has a much lower life expectancy due to its overall living conditions. Not only Engels, but Marx as well, saw the proletariat primarily in this way. This was reflected throughout Capital, notwithstanding the fact that the more abstract economic analysis centered on exploitation and the production of surplus value.

    To abstract a purely economic conception of the working class tends to weaken rather than strengthen the philosophy of praxis. Among other things, it downplays the whole area of social reproduction, including the domestic sphere, the reproduction of the working class, and gender relations, all of which played critical roles in classical historical materialism. But it also leaves out the wider environmental perspective with respect to the conditions of the working class. It substitutes for a materialist conception of history—Marx and Engels’s own perspective—a much narrower economic interpretation of history.

    There is no doubt that isolation of the economic factor alone made a certain sense originally in the development of the socialist movement, concerned as it was primarily with capitalism as a system of exploitation and the need for the working class to organize economically and politically in response. Nevertheless, it is clear that in the most radical revolutionary periods, the working-class struggle is geared to material conditions in a much broader sense, beyond the merely economic, but also addressing those material conditions that we would classify as “environmental.”

    The whole idea of the emergence of an environmental proletariat today has to do with the dissolving in the age of planetary crisis of any clear distinction between material conditions that are economic and those that are environmental, and a merging of the two so that the movement itself is objectively thrust in a more revolutionary direction. We can already see this happening throughout the Global South, and it is also happening in the Global North as well, especially in what we call frontline communities. Environmental justice movements that are class- and race-based, and that tie together the ecological and the economic, are most prominent in the United States in Black, Latinx, and Indigenous communities. Today it is an objective reality that the struggles to come will be more materialist, in the broad sense, reflecting a struggle not just for social justice, but also for survival.

    XT and LJ: Marx pointed out: “No social order ever perishes before all the productive forces for which there is room in it have developed; and new, higher relations of production never appear before the material conditions of their existence have matured in the womb of the old society itself.” Marx’s premise for discussing future rational social systems is based on the development of productive forces and relations of production. However, ecological socialism does not seem to have centered on the conditions for the emergence of new relations of production. How should we understand the relationship between ecological socialism and Marx’s assertion? Does achieving ecological socialism require a high level of productive forces?

    JBF: Marx, in his famous discussion of the forces and relations of production—part of his base-superstructure metaphor in 1859—was providing not a deterministic perspective, but what he called the “guiding thread” of his studies. Today things present themselves to us differently. The fetters imposed by social relations are still there, but the principal problem under monopoly-finance capital is not the development of productive forces as such, but rather, from an economic standpoint, the inability to absorb within the capital accumulation process the enormous productivity or surplus-generating capabilities of the system within the narrow class parameters of the existing order. The resulting overaccumulation tendencies in the capitalist core have made economic waste and destruction of all kinds formally “rational” for the system, even though it is substantively irrational. The problem of the forces of production then becomes one of the utilizations of productive forces and, in some cases, their redundancy.

    In today’s monopoly-finance capitalist order, the enemy is any kind of conservation. In fact, in the United States, where the conservation movement was a major force in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the very word, given the fetish of conspicuous consumption, has almost disappeared. Every kind of wasteful irrationality that will generate profits is promoted in order to enhance wealth at the top of society. The result is a system of economic stagnation, financialization, and the proliferation of wasteful and irrational commodities, while basic human needs, even the protection of the earth as a place of human habitation, are systematically neglected. A key element is the inability of capitalism to engage in planning (except in times of war), and hence an absolute discrepancy between the pattern of development and the needs of the population. Such irrationality and lack of socioeconomic planning is crucial to the preservation of monopoly capital itself. The system constantly generates bigger and bigger contradictions, which are now enveloping the entire earth. In terms of the ecological problem, we know exactly what to do to solve the problem. But the fetters of capitalist social relations block the necessary changes at every point, and even create opposing or counterrevolutionary forces that are not only irrational, but now exterminist in nature. It is not simply a question of the quantitative expansion of the productive forces, but rather their qualitative development and rational use that are fettered by present-day capitalist social relations.

    XT and LJ: As a major country, China has made great efforts in protecting the ecological environment. How do you evaluate China’s efforts and contributions in environmental protection? For developing countries like China, could you provide some suggestions for environmental protection?

    JBF: China is not only a major country, but even more significantly in the present world context, a country committed to “socialism with Chinese characteristics.” Like all countries, China has huge environmental problems. But Xi Jinping Thought has linked the goal of developing a great modern socialist society between 2035 and 2050 to the building of an ecological civilization and an aesthetically beautiful China. He insists that mountains of green are more important and more valuable than mountains of gold. These are not just words, but represent principles that have been put into practice, constituting a coordinated effort that has already made China the leader worldwide in alternative energy technologies addressing climate change, in reforestation and afforestation, in the speed of pollution reduction, and in other areas. China is at present the leading emitter of carbon dioxide globally, but on a per capita basis is well behind countries such as the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, and Japan. The main issue here is China’s dependence on coal-fired plants, which, however, is now considerably below its peak. Beijing is making strenuous efforts to reduce its overall emissions and its dependence on coal and is introducing hard emissions targets, no longer simply carbon intensity targets, beginning in 2026. Moreover, there are signs that China’s carbon emissions have now peaked and are decreasing ahead of schedule. With all the difficulties and contradictions, there is no doubt that China’s very serious efforts in this respect offer hope to humanity as a whole in this critical area. These efforts, moreover, are not simply top-down, as is often supposed. Not only are these struggles motivated by the Communist Party of China, but they are also in part responses to Chinese on-the-ground mass environmental movements.

    The notion of an “ecological civilization” first arose as a systematic historical concept in the early 1980s in the Soviet Union. However, it was soon adopted, developed, and put into practice in China. Needless to say, the very idea of building an ecological civilization goes against the principal logic of capitalism. Although the contradictions are huge, China presently is charting a distinctive path toward sustainable human development, remarkable in a developing country. It has resurrected the mass line and is rebuilding the worker-peasant alliance with its rural revitalization and dual circulation models. I do not think China’s path is the only path, even in the Global South. We see other socialist-oriented countries making enormous strides based on their own conditions. Here I would point especially to Cuba and Venezuela. All paths toward sustainable human development by definition go against the logic of capitalism. Still, it is to be hoped that the connection between ecological Marxism and ecological civilization in China will inspire similar struggles worldwide.

  • Trump, the MAGA Movement, and the New Right Wing Thought in the United States Today

    Trump, the MAGA Movement, and the New Right Wing Thought in the United States Today

    “Trump, the MAGA Movement, and the New Right Wing Thought in the United States Today,” interview of Foster by Zhao Dingqi, World Socialism Review (China, no. 10 (2025). 40-46. [Published on MROnline as “Deciphering the MAGA Ideology,” August 8, 2025.

    Deciphering the MAGA Ideology

    This interview was conducted by Zhao Dingqi for the journal World Socialism Studies.

    Zhao Dingqi: You once pointed out that the MAGA movement is essentially an alliance between the monopolistic capitalist right wing and the lower middle class. How do you understand the reasons behind the formation of this alliance, and how does it reflect the class contradictions in contemporary capitalism? Why are the demands of the “forgotten working class” being exploited by capital and right-wing forces?

    John Bellamy Foster: Political movements that fall within the fascist genus are not all the same. However, they share certain common characteristics. The antonym of fascism is liberal democracy, not socialism. That is, fascism is a particular political movement/state form within capitalism opposed to liberal democracy. It arises when the capitalist class and its state are in structural crisis. The object of the fascist movement is to annihilate the liberal democratic state through a process of ensuring that the various institutions of the state and civil society fall into line with the requirements of the fascist/neofascist requirements. In Hitler’s Germany this synchronization process was called Gleichschaltung. Under fascism the ruling class has a more direct hold on the state, while the political/constitutional order is one of permanent emergency governed by a leadership (Führer) principle.

    All of this is the product of specific class alliance. In Marxist theory, which formulated the classical analysis of fascism in the 1930s and ’40s, fascism is a class formation consisting of an alliance mainly between a section of monopoly capital and the lower middle class or petty bourgeoisie, also encompassing some of the more privileged sectors of the working class. The lower middle class in capitalist society occupies a contradictory class relation in that it includes small business owners, low-level managers, small rural property owners, and exurban/rural populations. It is predominantly white and in the United States includes the most nationalist, revanchist, racist, misogynist sectors of the population, often connected to evangelical Christian fundamentalism. People in this sector of the population see themselves as a step below the professional managerial class or upper middle class above them, in terms of class, status, and power, and a step above the mass of the working class, a much more racially diverse population and less affluent population below. Consequently, they perceive both the upper middle class and the working class as their enemies. It is the lower middle class that historically has been the basis of all movements in the fascist genus. Fascism typically comes into being when elements at the very top of monopoly capital actively mobilize the lower middle class, the rearguard of the system, based on its own nationalist, revanchist, and racist ideology, thus achieving a mass base for a rightwing turn in the society. But this mobilization of the lower middle class is in some ways dangerous to big capital because these forces often oppose the international interests and even the accumulation interests of the capitalist class. Such mobilization of the lower middle class based on a revanchist ideology (such as Make America Great Again) only occurs when key sectors of the dominant capitalist interests perceive the situation as increasingly desperate, requiring desperate efforts and the recourse to fascist rule. Liberal theories generally obscure the class basis of fascism, trying to associate it simply with its ideological forms such as racism and militant nationalism.

    In response to the latter part of your question, it is not a “forgotten working class” that is the basis of fascism but the lower middle class. This has been obscured by liberal media in the United States, which once the neofascist movement arose first in the Tea Party and then in relation to Trump, suddenly pronounced that its basis was the “white working class.” This, however, is a distortion of the class basis and ideology of the Make America Great Again (MAGA) movement.

    ZD: What is the core logic of the MAGA ideology? Trumpism consolidates power by inciting racism, xenophobia, and sexism. How does this strategy serve capital accumulation?

    JBF: MAGA ideology is aimed primarily at the lower middle class, which is Trump’s base. But it is a product of a number of key think tanks such as the Claremont Institute, the Heritage Foundation, the Center for Renewing America, American Compass, the Marathon Institute, and others. These various think tanks are all funded by billionaires and are so structured as to promote an ideology and forms of propaganda designed to influence primarily the lower middle class and privileged elements of the working class. The ideology is directed at exploiting the extreme nationalism, militarism, racism (including of course hatred toward immigrants), patriarchal-misogynist views, and evangelism of this sector of the population. The MAGA ideology is particularly geared to promoting lower middle-class rage against the upper middle class and working-class elements of society (not the capitalist class). The professional managerial class/stratum is irrationally presented in this ideology as the “ruling class” (as if the capitalist class did not rule the society) because of their supposed influence within the “administrative state,” Hence, the professional-managerial class, which of course includes the bulk of the intelligentsia, is blamed for the economic effects of neoliberalism, which had a devastating effect on the lower middle class, along the working class. The working class is presented in MAGA propaganda as increasingly nonwhite, with low income and poverty, and full of those “undeserving” sectors of the population who live off the government largesse.

    What we could call the more sophisticated aspects of MAGA ideology are designed to achieve certain instrumental ends, beneficial to key sectors of monopoly-finance capital. This includes providing the rationale for dismantling the liberal democratic state, already corrupted by neoliberalism, and converting not only the state in all of its branches, but also the entire ideological-state apparatus, encompassing the media, education, and the arts, to MAGA ends, while weakening the role of nongovernmental organizations, and encouraging corporations to remove all programs linked to the liberal democratic state. Privatization of all state functions is encouraged as well as the further concentration and centralization of capital.

    The MAGA ideology thus is basically an attack-dog propaganda system somewhat reminiscent of 1950s McCarthyism in the United States. It presents as its main ideological enemies, employing a mixture of fact and fiction, entities such as so-called Cultural Marxism, Woke ideology (used as a derogatory term on the right and a racist dog whistle to refer to radical and humanistic views), Critical Race Theory, Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion programs, climate change activism, and the like. Most of this serves the goal of removing all resistance to the neofascist project, dismantling the main institutions of the state and civil society connected to liberal democracy, while further privatizing and corporatizing the entire society. This then leaves monopoly capital fully in charge, able to prevent any state action that interferes with financial interests and to organize, the New Cold War against China, in tandem with the Pentagon. The whole MAGA ideology/propaganda system is concocted in the think tanks by a relatively small number of MAGA intellectuals and then disseminated in books, by influencers in social media. blogs and podcasts and further disseminated to the general public through FOX News, Breitbart, and various other mass outlets. The MAGA ideology has now penetrated in one way or another into most of the formerly liberal media, which are in rapid retreat. Donald Trump himself, while not an originator of these ideas, is a major disseminator of the same main talking points, which he effectively parrots.

    ZD: Why do you refer to the MAGA movement and Trumpism as neofascism? What are the differences between this neofascism and traditional fascism?

    JBF: Fascism is generally perceived in terms of the classical fascism of Adolf Hitler’s Germany and to some extent Mussolini’s Italy. In the 1930s in these countries (even earlier in Italy) a considerable role was played initially by militarized stormtroopers: the brownshirts and the blackshirts. Millions of Jewish people, political radicals and dissenters were sent to concentration camps in the Holocaust. The remilitarization of society led to the Second World War. Obviously, we are in a different historical period. Not all the relations are the same. Rather than simply referring to fascism, then, as if it were a single entity frozen in time, it is useful to recognize that there are some historical differences, even with all the similarities, and to refer, then, to neofascism. Moreover, the term neofascism has often been used, particularly in Europe, by rightwing movements themselves to describe their orientation. Both classical fascism and neofascism are both forms of the fascist genus, evident particularly in terms of the type of class formation involved and its war on the liberal democratic state. 

    ZD: Why have tech oligarchs and the tech right-wing, represented by Musk, chosen to ally with Trump and the MAGA faction? What common interests and contradictions exist among them? 

    JBF: Here I think it is useful to look at how the MAGA movement came into being and why. Here we have to go back to the 2007-09 Great Financial Crisis. This crisis was so severe that it threatened the meltdown of the entire financial system. The financial meltdown didn’t happen, but was stopped short, because of the massive intervention of the Federal Reserve Board in the United States and other Central Banks in Europe and elsewhere. But the danger was real, and the financial crisis ushered in the Great Recession. The core capitalist economies of the United States, Europe, and Japan all experienced a considerable period of negative growth and a slow recovery afterwards. But in the China the economy went down momentarily and then shot right back up again. This signaled definitively for the first time that the Chinese economic growth was virtually unstoppable, making it clear that China represented a real threat to U.S. global economic hegemony in the near future in way that had not been perceived before.

    In the Obama administration the reacted in 2011 with a Pivot to Asia, meant to somehow contain China. Yet, there was a degree of uncertainty due to China’s change in leadership. For some time, it was believed that Xi Jinping as the emerging new leader would be a Chinese Gorbachev, who would dismantle “socialism with Chinese characteristics” and introduce full neoliberalism in China, allowing the United States and the entire “triad” of the United States, Europe, and Japan, to reassert their global dominance, bringing China to heel. However, by 2015, it became clear to the U.S. ruling class that Xi’s ascendance meant the renewal of China’s socialist-directed path, led by the Communist Party of China (CPC). The result was that when Trump came into office in 2017, a New Cold War with China was aggressively launched by the United States. This meant among other things a big buildup in military spending.

    Crucial to the New Cold War is what is now sometimes referred to the AI War with China over dominance within the realm of artificial intelligence. The entire tech sector, particularly that part centered in Silicon Valley, is fully integrated with the big digital, AI push taking place, in which the crucial funding, and the whole legal-political framing of the development of AI is based in the state, primarily via the Pentagon. The digital monopolists therefore needed more direct control of the state to secure their operations. Musk’s SpaceX is one of the biggest Pentagon contractors. In general, both financial capital and tech capital perceived a greater need to secure governmental control, and control of civil society. Fossil fuel capital too is a big backer of Trump wanting the elimination of the subsidies to alternative energy, and governmental retreat from all efforts to combat climate change. Finally, private equity, that is, private capital that is not publicly traded and thus less subject to regulation, often controlled by particular billionaires has heavily backed the Trump-MAGA neofascist movement. All of these interests wanted a dismantlement of liberal democracy. A large part of the justification was the necessity of the New Cold War with China, and a new kind of digital war economy pervading the entire society.

    ]The other big development resulting from the Great Financial Crisis was the rise almost immediately of the rightwing Tea Party, based in the lower middle class, which showed for the first time that the mobilization of this sector of society under the hegemony of monopoly capital was possible in the present historical conjuncture, eventually leading to the Trump phenomenon and the hegemony of neofascism, or at least of a neofascist-neoliberal alliance.

    ZD: Since Trump’s second term in office, who constitutes Trump’s current administration team? What domestic policies has he implemented in the United States? How do these policies reflect the interests of monopolistic capital?

    JBF: It is somewhat more difficult to say who constitutes the main team of the Trump administration than in earlier administrations because Trump operates like a Caesar, outside normal rules and relying heavily on ad hoc advisors who have no clear official designation and operate behind the scenes. It is important to recognize that the second Trump administration when he came into office included thirteen billionaires, having a combined net worth of $460 billion, signaling more direct oligarchic rule. In comparison, the net worth of Biden’s cabinet was $118 million.

    The most important figures associated with the new regime, I would say, are multi-billionaire Elon Musk, previously head of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), though he has now largely cut his ties with the administration; Vice President J. D. Vance, who is very closely tied, much more than Trump himself, to the main MAGA neofascist think tanks; Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who is a dedicated anti-Communist ideologue; Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth, who sees himself as a modern Crusader warrior; Steve Miller, who now operates as Trump’s main anti-immigration planner; Peter Navarro, Trump’s big promoter of the tariff war on China; Stephen Miran, Trump’s chief economist, who developed the economic strategy behind Trump’s tariffs (known as the prospective Mar-a-Lago Accord); Russell Vought, Director of the Office of Management and the Budget and a key figure in both the Heritage Foundation and the Center for the American Way, who it is believed wrote many of Trump’s initial executive orders. In terms of the State Department, the real thinker determining policy is Michael Anton, is the director of policy planning, a major MAGA ideologue connected to the Claremont Institute. The big thinker behind U.S. defense planning and the New Cold War on China, including plans for limited nuclear war, is the undersecretary of defense for policy, Elbridge Colby. Peter Thiel, a Silicon Valley billionaire and founder of Palantir is there behind the scenes, with six members of the National Security Council directly beholden to him. The combination of billionaires and MAGA figures emerging from think tanks funded by billionaires is key to the new hypernationalist corporate agenda.

    ZD: You have warned that Trumpism is a “gradual dismantling of the democratic system.” How does the MAGA movement conceal its undermining of democratic procedures behind the facade of “anti-establishment”?

    JBF: In MAGA ideology, as constructed particularly within the Claremont Institute, the enemy is the “administrative state” plus the media and education institutions, which are all said to be dominated by a “ruling class”—referring not to monopoly-finance capital, but rather to the professional managerial class/stratum—which is said to be Cultural Marxist and “Woke” in its ideology and to rule over not only the administrative state, but also the media and educational institutions and even partly infecting corporations through diversity, equity, and inclusion provisions. The Pentagon itself is accused of being influenced by Woke ideology, and affected by Critical Race Theory, and LGBTQ+ ideology. These “ruling class” elements, that is, the professional-managerial class/intelligentsia need to be cleared out or taught to succumb to the new order, including in higher education institutions. It is important to understand that in these terms an anti-establishment perspective is not an anti-capitalist perspective. It means rather eliminating all radical elements while getting mainstream liberals to fall into line with neofascism through the Gleichschaltung process characteristic of political movements in the fascist genus. What is not criticized in all of this is the main capitalist interests in the society, which are not considered to be part of the “ruling class” but somehow suppressed by the administrative state. Such an irrationalist ideology has long been characteristic of fascist-type movements as Georg Lukács explained in The Destruction of Reason.

    ZD: What contradictions exist within the current MAGA movement? How does it handle the relationships between monopolistic capital and the lower middle class and the white working class? How does it manage the relationships among industrial capital, military industrial capital, and tech capital?

    JBF: There are plenty of contradictions within the MAGA movement, the principal one being between the billionaire class of monopoly-finance capital and the lower middle class. The lower middle class, though seeing the administrative state and so-called cultural Marxism as their chief ideological enemies, and thus the professional managerial class and the working class, find themselves objectively in many ways opposed to the capitalist class itself, which is concerned primarily with the accumulation of capital, and thus global in interests, seeking to concentrate all power and wealth around itself, and more than willing to impoverish the lower middle class itself. Thus, the Trump administration’s “Big Beautiful Bill” which slashes Medicaid, and its cut in social services across the board will have devastating effects on the lower middle class, although there are attempts to insulate this sector of society from the worst effects. Thus, the cuts will hurt the working class more than the lower middle class and the latter will benefit to some extent from Trump’s tax cuts, even though the main beneficiaries will be the very rich and the super-rich. In past fascist movements, the lower middle class is always betrayed by the fascist state apparatus, once it comes into power, while owes its real allegiance to the oligarchy. However, the means to power initially may not be the same as the means to maintaining power once there, and there will be efforts to overcome this class contradiction through the regimentation of society.

    The lower middle class is predominantly white and is often referred to the corporate media, since the emergence of the Trump phenomenon, as the “white working class,” which is a deliberate misreading of the base of the neofascist movement—although there are elements of what could be called the privileged white working class that support the Trump movement. The working class in the United States is multiracial and multiethnic. White workers have a progressive role to play as long as they oppose racial oppression and do not organize as white workers but as part of a multi-ethnic working class. The greatest enemy of Trumpist white supremacy is the existence of a multi-ethnic consciousness based on solidarity and substantive equality.

    In terms of the relations between industrial capital, military-industrial capital, and tech capital the main contradictions are evident in the effects of the Trump tariffs and also with bringing in high-tech labor from abroad. The first of these contradictions, represented by the tariffs, created immediate problems for multinational capital, given that all production is now based on global supply chains, which makes high tariffs absurd; even Musk had problems with this. The second contradiction was evident in a conflict between the MAGA grassroots, represented by figures like Steve Bannon, who saw this as conflicting with America First priorities, which meant Americans First.

    ZD: Trump’s foreign policies, such as launching a new Cold War against China and promoting the “America First” strategy, reflect extreme nationalist and imperialist tendencies. In your opinion, what far reaching impacts will these policies have on the global order and international relations?

    JBF: Trump’s foreign and military policy is laser-focused on China as its singular enemy. It is not isolationist as some have mistakenly thought due to its rejection of liberal internationalism, but rather hypernationalist, in line with previous movements in the fascist genus. The Trump Doctrine, as articulated by Anton, has its four pillars: (1) national populism, (2) recognition of the nationalism of all nation states, (3) opposition to liberal internationalism, and (4) an ethnicity-based definition of nationalism, including opposition to all multi-ethnic empires, both with respect to the United States. This amounts to a racial definition of the world and U.S. imperialism, with the United States envisioned as a white power. “America First” was the name adopted by the fascist movement in the United States in the 1930s allied with Nazi Germany. It was not anti-militarist or anti-imperialist but saw these in terms of a hypernationalist, racist definition of geopolitics.

    ZD: The MAGA movement and Trumpism are also referred to as “right-wing populism” by some. How do you understand the concept of “populism”? What do you think are the main differences between right wing populism and fascism?

    JBF: It is true that the term “right-wing populism” is often used as a euphemism for neofascism. The MAGA movement itself often refers to itself as “national populist” with the same propagandizing intent that we saw in the German Nazi movement of the 1930s, which called itself “national socialist.” If by populism is meant a movement based on the lower middle class, then national populist makes a certain kind of sense. But populism in U.S. history was a broader linking of workers and farmers and has nothing to do with neofascist “national populism.” Moreover, to suggest that there is a leftwing populism with socialist tendencies as opposed to a right-wing populism with fascist tendencies is merely a way of confusing the essential class and ideological dynamics at work. Right-wing populism as a term is often used even on the left to avoid the issue of the resurgence of fascist movements and its class basis.

    ZD: How do you think the global socialist movement should respond to the challenges posed by neofascism?

    JBF: It should fight. There are two major possibilities: a Popular Front between socialists and liberals. This does not appear to be possible in the United States at present, given that liberalism has turned into neoliberalism and there is a kind of neofascist-neoliberal alliance, with the neofascists increasingly in the driving seat and the neoliberal largely acquiescing. The other possibility is modeled on the Resistance in the Second World War that was led by communists and socialists who understood, as figures like Bertolt Brecht argued, that you could not effectively oppose fascism without opposing capitalism. Socialists have to be the sharp point in any collective resistance on behalf of humanity as a whole.

  • Marx and Communal Society

    Marx and Communal Society

    Marx and Communal Society,” Monthly Review, vol. 77, no. 3 (July-August 2025), pp. 47-67.

    Marx and Communal Society

    “Ultimately communism is the only thing that is important about [Karl] Marx’s thought,” Hungarian British political theorist R. N. Berki observed in 1983.1 Although this was an exaggeration, it is undeniable that Marx’s broad conception of communal society/communism formed the basis of his entire critique of class society and his vision of a viable future for humanity. Yet, there have been few attempts to engage systematically with the development of this aspect of Marx’s thought as it emerged over the course of his life, due to the complexity of his approach to the question of communal production in history and the philosophical, anthropological, and political-economic challenges that this presented, extending to our own day. Still, Marx’s approach to communal society is of genuine significance not only in understanding his thought as a whole, but also in helping guide humanity past the iron cage of capitalist society. In addition to presenting a philosophical anthropology of communism, he delved into the history and ethnology of actual communal social formations. This led to concrete investigations into communal production and exchange. All of this played into his conception of the communism of the future as a society of associated producers.2

    In our time, communal production and exchange, and elements of a communal state, have been developed, with varying degrees of success, in a number of socialist societies following revolutions, notably in the Soviet Union, China, Cuba, Venezuela, and elsewhere around the world. Marx’s understanding of the history, philosophy, anthropology, and political economy of communal/collective society is thus an important source of insight and vision, not only with respect to the past, but also the present and future.

    The Social Ontology of Communal Production

    Marx was a product from his earliest age of the radical Enlightenment, influenced in this respect by both his father, Heinrich Marx, and his mentor and future father-in-law, Ludwig von Westphalen. To this was added his deep encounter with German idealist philosophy, as exemplified by the work of G. W. F. Hegel. Marx was an accomplished scholar of Greek antiquity, engaging in intense studies of both Aristotle, whom he viewed as the greatest of the Greek philosophers, and Epicurus, the leading materialist thinker of the Hellenistic world. He completed his doctoral thesis on Epicurus’s philosophy of nature in 1841, emerging as a materialist soon engaged with the idea of communism.3

    Marx read Pierre-Joseph Proudhon’s What Is Property? as early as 1842. However, along with other radical thinkers in Germany in the 1840s, he first took up discussions of the contemporary communistic movements emerging in France as a result of the spread of these ideas to Germany in the Prussian official Lorenz von Stein’s The Socialism and Communism in Present-Day France (1842) and Moses Hess’s Socialism and Communism (1843), which took the form of a critical commentary on von Stein. Hess was the cofounder in January 1842 of the liberal newspaper Rheinische Zeitung, which Marx became editor-in-chief of in October 1842. One of Marx’s first tasks as editor was to reply to accusations that the Rheinische Zeitung was a communist paper due to the publication of two articles on housing and communist forms of governance, and a piece on followers of Charles Fourier—all written by Hess. Marx’s reply on behalf of the Rheinische Zeitungwas very circumspect, neither supporting nor opposing communism, while making it clear that “the Rheinische Zeitung…does not admit that communist ideas in their present form possess even theoretical reality, and therefore can still less desire their practical realisation.” Marx mentions Fourier here for the first time, along with Victor Prosper Considérant and Proudhon, also referring to the idea of communism in Plato’s Republic.4

    For most thinkers at the time, the question of communism was one simply of opposition to private property and was treated purely philosophically, largely from an idealist standpoint. Hess saw society as having originated in a social compact between individuals—as distinct from both the Epicurean notion of the establishment of an original social contract between kinship groupings, which was defeated and then resurrected in more limited, class-mediated forms, following social revolt and the death of kings; and Aristotle’s sense of humanity as a political/social animal.5 The individualistic view of property of early French and German socialism reflected the influence of Proudhon, who, following Jean-Jacques Rousseau, failed to distinguish between private property and property in general, seeing property simply as “theft.”6 Proudhon thus failed to comprehend the notion of property as having its active principle in appropriation from nature. His analysis implicitly denied the universality of property in human society, and, more specifically, the existence of common property, as depicted in Hegel and Marx. Still, for Hegel, property, even if arising universally in appropriation from nature, existed as an abstract right only as private property. Abstract right thus led to the dissolution of common property.7

    In contrast to these dominant bourgeois views, which penetrated into socialist thought, Marx’s own perspective was both historical and materialist. Humans were from the start social animals. Production, based on the appropriation from nature for human purposes, was originally communal—and held in common. The complete dominance of private property as alienated appropriation/production only came into being under capitalism, preceded by “thousands of centuries” of human history.8 Marx drew from the outset on his extensive knowledge of ancient Greek and Roman philosophy and history and on traces of early Germanic history as revealed by Caesar in The Gallic Wars and by Tacitus in his Germania, which Marx translated in 1837.9 Throughout his life, Marx continued to explore whatever historical and anthropological evidence became available with respect to communal production, exchange, and property, while also considering the inner logic of communal production via philosophical and economic conceptions. As a student of classical antiquity, he would most likely have been aware of ancient accounts of the household communities in India with common tillage of the soil, recorded by Alexander the Great’s admiral Nearchus and related by Strabo.10

    Remnants of the old Germanic Mark system of common tenure and collective production on the land survived into Marx’s lifetime in the region around Trier, where he grew up. His father, a lawyer, had discussed the ramifications of these collective property rights with him in his youth.11 Signs of customary right carrying over from the commons of feudal times, were evident throughout early nineteenth-century Germany. In the same month in which he addressed the question of communism in the Rheinische Zeitung, Marx wrote his first political-economy article on “Debates on the Law on Thefts of Wood,” in which he strongly defended the customary rights of the Rhenish peasant that had persisted into the modern era related to the removal of dead wood (together with dead leaves and berries) from the forests, an act that was then criminalized. In this context, he explored how such customary rights were being systematically expropriated by landowners in league with the state. “We are only surprised,” he declared, “that the forest owner is not allowed to heat his stove with the wood thieves.”12

    Marx’s critique of private property in the 1840s and ’50s depended on an ontological conception of human beings that emphasized social and communal relations arising out of the appropriation of nature. Most of the concrete knowledge of the history of antiquity in Europe prior to the mid-nineteenth century was dependent on ancient Greek and Roman sources. As Eric Hobsbawm wrote in the introduction to Marx’s Pre-Capitalist Economic Formations (part of the latter’s Grundrisse, written in 1857–1858), “Neither a classical [European] education nor the material then available made a serious knowledge of Egypt and the ancient Middle East possible.”13 This was true also of India, Ceylon, and Java to varying degrees, though there Marx was able to rely on the questionable accounts of British and Dutch colonial administrators. The brief treatment of communal property relations under the Incas in Peru included in William Prescott’s History of the Conquest of Peru(1847) was to occupy an important place in Marx’s analysis in the Grundrisse and Capital. From the fifteenth up through the middle of the sixteenth century, the predominant tribe of the Inca social formation in present-day Peru, Ecuador, and Bolivia was “subdivided into 100 clan communes (ayllu), which gradually developed into village communes.”14

    Prior to the “revolution in ethnological time” giving rise to modern anthropological studies, beginning in 1859, the historical and anthropological knowledge of communal production in early kinship and tributary-based societies available to Marx was limited.15 Marx’s historical and anthropological knowledge of communal production in his early years was thus heavily weighted toward ancient Greek and Roman class society, where earlier communal forms of production had left their mark. Nevertheless, he relied on his deep ontological understanding of labor and production in society, allowing him to develop a penetrating analysis that, at least in its broad outlines, remains relevant today.

    Underlying Marx’s entire analysis was his materialist ontology of human labor and production first introduced in his Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts of 1844 and that became the basis of his materialist conception of history as presented in 1845–1846 in the German Ideology, written with Frederick Engels. In Marx’s social ontology, labor and production was a social process in which individuals took part as social beings. Human history could be perceived in changing “modes of appropriation.”16 All human culture was rooted in the reality of human labor and the appropriation of nature, and therefore in the formation of property relations within communities, which were originally kinship communities. The first form of property depicted in The German Ideology was tribal property, associated with hunting and gathering and the earliest forms of agriculture. These were characterized by “the original unity between a particular form of community (clan) and the corresponding property in nature.” Here the division of labor remained undeveloped. Society was patriarchal, while the first forms of the division of labor were associated with the development of the “slavery latent in the family.” In this initial description of tribal society in Marx, there is not yet any direct mention of communal production or property.17

    It is worth noting that there is no reference in The German Ideology to “primitive [original] communism,” a term that neither Marx nor Engels ever used except in reference to the “Asiatic communal system,” the Slavic form of land tenure, and, somewhat more tenuously, the precursors of the German Mark, and did not apply to hunting and gathering societies. The latter, though communal in their arrangements, were not viewed as modes of production in the full sense, but as clan-kinship societies. Use of the term “primitive communism” to describe hunting and gathering societies specifically was a later importation within the Second and Third Internationals.18

    The second historical form of property in The German Ideology is “the ancient communal and state property,” arising “from the union of several tribes into a city by agreement or by conquest, and which is still accompanied by slavery.”19 Private “property in land” in antiquity, as Marx later explained in his Ethnological Notebooks, arose “partly from the disentanglement of the individual rights of the kindred or tribesmen from the collective rights of the Family or Tribe…partly from the growth and transmutation of the Sovereignty of the Tribal Chief.” Private property in land thus was initially mediated by the communal land ownership (ager publicus), and yet gradually served to introduce class relations that weakened the collective order.20

    The notion of the “ancient commune and state” governing social relations in antiquity was associated with the polis as a communally governed society arising out of earlier tribal relations. As Patricia Springborg wrote in “Marx, Democracy, and the Ancient Polis,” the polis was “an urban commune in which private property existed alongside communal property.” The Greek polis, in Marx’s conception, Springborg explained, held “in suspension tribal and communal forms while inaugurating the state as a phenomenon.”21 The economy and conversely the state, as Hegel and Marx, and, later, Karl Polanyi, argued, were not yet disembedded from the polis. Hence, the alienation of the state from civil society in the modern sense did not yet exist, allowing for the persistence of communal forms, together with class divisions.22

    For Marx, slavery, though in many ways constituting the material foundation of the Greek polis of the golden age, was subordinate to the communal order governing property relations, arising out of previous kinship relations. The growth of mobile property and money, particularly coinage, commencing in Lydia in the seventh century BCE, had the effect of intensifying class distinctions. This development was crucial in accounting for the origins and expansion of ancient chattel slavery, while also contributing to the eventual dissolution of the ancient communal order of Greece and Rome.23

    Indeed, although heavily emphasizing the role of slavery in antiquity, Marx never characterized ancient society as an actual “slave mode of production,” as was later to become common in Marxist theory. Thus, in Perry Anderson’s Passages from Antiquity to Feudalism, we are told that the “decisive innovation” of the ancient Greco-Roman world was the “massive scale of chattel slavery” or the “slave mode of production.”24 In contrast, Marx saw slave production in antiquity as a secondary attribute of the communal and state form, associated with the growth of money and trade. At its core, the polis was rooted, from primordial times, in tribal or kinship relations, as in the Greek phratry, out of which its class divisions between the aristocracy and the demos (in the case of Athens) were to emerge with the growth of private property. Slavery was viewed by Marx as something of an add-on. Still, this did not keep him from noting in the Grundrisse, with the golden ages of Pericles’s Athens and Augustus’s Rome clearly in mind, that economically “direct forced labour is the foundation of the ancient world; the community rests on this as its foundation.”25

    The persistent critiques of unlimited acquisition of wealth that played such a prominent role in Greek philosophy from Aristotle to Epicurus were characterized by Marx (and by classical scholars up our day) as resulting from changes in the society that could be traced primarily to the first signs of a money economy, mainly in the interstices and in trading nations, opening the way to the systematic pursuit of wealth for its own sake, and destabilizing prior social relations.26 As Marx wrote: “All previous forms of society—or, what is the same, of the forces of social production—foundered on the development of wealth. Those thinkers of antiquity who were possessed of consciousness therefore directly denounced wealth as the dissolution of the community.”27

    The Political Economy of Communal Society

    “All treatises on political economy,” Marx and Engels wrote, “take private property for granted.”28 In opposition to this and in line with Hegel, Marx insisted that “all production is appropriation of nature on the part of an individual within and through a specific form of society. In this sense it is a tautology to say that property (appropriation) is a precondition of production,” while to claim that production is identical with private property is to deny the greater part of human history. Communal production and property constituted the “natural economy” of society, which had prevailed at a low level of the development of the productive forces. Private property emerged with class society and the division of labor, only becoming the dominant property form under capitalist relations of production.29

    Property,” Marx wrote in the Grundrisse, “originally means—in its Asiatic, Slavonic, ancient classical, Germanic form—the relation of the working (producing or self-reproducing) subject to the conditions of his production or reproduction as his own.” Here he meant by the “Asiatic” form primarily the village communities in India and Java; by the “Slavonic” form, the Russian mir, or peasant commune, which still persisted in the nineteenth century; by the “ancient classical” form, the communal relations still evident in the Greek polis; and by the Germanic form, the old Mark tradition, in which the commune was reflected in German tribes “coming-together” periodically on a collective basis, while not “being-together.”30 Marx also referred to communal property as evidenced in the Celts. Tacitus wrote in his Germania with respect to the Germanic tribes: “Lands proportioned to their own number are appropriated in turn for tillage by the whole body of tillers. They then divide them among themselves according to rank; the division is made easy by the wide tracts of cultivable ground available. The ploughlands are changed yearly, and still there is enough to spare.”31 It was recognized that in many communal societies, “the individual has no property as distinct from the commune, but rather is merely its possessor,” under principles of communal usufruct. A part of the surplus labor invariably goes to the “higher community” for its reproduction.32 In such situations, “membership in the commune remains the presupposition for the appropriation of land and soil, but, as a member of the commune, the individual is a private proprietor” of a “particular plot.”33

    In both the Grundrisse and Capital, Marx laid great stress on Peruvian communal relations under the Incas. Based on Prescott’s work, Marx noted that in Inca society an individual “had no power to alienate or add to his possessions” with respect to the land, which was communally held and redistributed each year. In Capital, he referred to Peru under the Incas as having a “natural economy” or non-commodity economy, and to the “artificially developed communism of the Peruvians.” What fascinated Marx with respect to Peru was that it was a “society in which the highest forms of economy, e.g. cooperation, a developed division of labor, etc.” were “found even though there [was] no kind of money” and a “community of labour.” In some other social formations, such as the Slavic communities, Marx emphasized that while monetary exchange occurred in external relations it was not “at the centre of communal society as the original constituent element.” Even in the Roman Empire at its highest development, the “money system” only dominated in the army.34

    Marx considered the “Asian communal system” represented by still-existing village communities to be one of the main exemplars of the “original unity” between workers and the natural conditions of production. He insisted that “a whole collection of diverse patterns (though sometimes only remnants survive) [of ‘primitivecommunal property’] remained in existence in India, where “communal labour” could be seen in “its spontaneously evolved form.” Indeed, “a careful study of Asiatic, particularly Indian, forms of communal property ownership would indicate that the disintegration of different forms of primitive communal ownership gives rise to diverse forms of property. For instance, prototypes of Roman and German private property can be traced back to certain forms of Indian communal property.” The Asiatic form of property in village communities represented a form (theoretically) anterior to the ancient Greek and Roman mode.35 In Marx’s analysis of precapitalist economic formations, Hobsbawm noted, “the oriental [Asiatic] (and Slavonic) forms are historically closest to man’s origins, since they conserve the functioning primitive (village) community in the midst of the more elaborate social superstructure, and have an insufficiently developed class system.”36

    It is often said that Marx and Engels laid strong emphasis on the idea of an “Asiatic mode” of production, which is usually described, relying more on Karl Wittfogel than on Marx, as a society in which the need for large irrigation projects, and thus vast collective labor, led to the growth of a centralized, despotic state, or a hypertrophy of the state. There is little basis for this in Marx, however. Although Marx employed the notion of an Asiatic mode in the preface to his 1859 Contribution to Political Economy, he almost never used the term and eventually dropped it altogether. Moreover, while Marx referred on occasion to a despotic state managing large irrigation projects, his analysis was generally directed at the village communities themselves, which he saw as self-sustaining collectives exhibiting communal ownership, production, and exchange both in agriculture and small manufacture (artisanal production).37 These Indian village communities, which he explicitly identified with “primitive communism,” exhibited a tenacity of existence that pointed to an antiquity even greater than the “ancient commune and state” of Greece and Rome. Moreover, unlike ancient Greece and Rome, slavery did not lie at the economic foundation of Asiatic society.38 Although such societies often took a despotic tributary form, this did not negate for Marx the communal nature of property/production in the village communities themselves. Nevertheless, despotism from above, together with colonization, often led to their stagnation in terms of mere simple reproduction.39

    The economic nature of communal production and exchange, Marx indicated in the Grundrisse, lay in its attention to collective human needs, and the development of the social individual. “The communal character of production would make the product into a communal, general product, from the outset” not mediated by commodity exchange. “The exchange which originally takes place in production…would not be an exchange of exchange values but of activities” and use values. Such communal production/exchange would be “determined by communal needs and communal purposes [and] would from the outset include the participation of the individual in the communal world of products.” By its very nature, communal production is not determined post festum by the market, allowing capital to mediate all production relations, but rather ex ante on communal principles through which the social character of production is presupposed from the beginning.40In this sense, production on the basis of communal property, in a modern context, he argued, would have to be carried out “in accordance with a definite social plan,” one that “maintains the correct proportion between the different functions of labour and the various needs of the associations” of workers.41

    In capitalist society, according to Marx, “Time is everything, man is nothing; he is, at most, time’s carcase. Quality no longer matters. Quantity alone determines everything.”42 In contrast, where communal production is concerned, labor time as pure quantity is crucial but does not have the final say:

    The determination of time remains, of course, essential. The less time the society requires to produce wheat, cattle, etc., the more time it wins for other production, material or mental. Just as in the case of an individual, the multiplicity of its development, its enjoyment and its activity depends on economization of time. Economy of time, to this all economy ultimately reduces itself. Society likewise has to distribute its time in a purposeful way, in order to achieve a production adequate to its overall needs…. Thus, economy of time, along with the planned distribution of labour time among the various branches of production, remains the first economic law on the basis of communal production. It becomes law, there, to an even higher degree. However, this is essentially different from a measurement of exchange values (labour or products) by labour time. The labour of individuals in the same branch of work, and the various kinds of work, are different from one another not only quantitatively but also qualitatively.43

    It is true, Marx wrote to Engels in 1868, that “no form of society can prevent the labour time at the disposal of society from regulating production in ONE WAY OR ANOTHER. But so long as this regulation is a not effected through the direct and conscious control of society over its labour time—which is only possible under common ownership—but through the movement of commodity prices,” the result is the anarchy of capitalist class society and the failure to meet the “hierarchy of…needs.” Under the generalized commodity economy of capitalism, the most pressing human and social needs—including the free development of the individual—rather than constituting the chief aims of production, become barriers to accumulation.44

    The emergent productive power of labor as cooperation through which workers become members of a “working organism” existed prior to capitalism. As Marx wrote in Capital, “simple co-operation,” which achieved “gigantic structures,” was evident in the colossal works of “the ancient Asiatics, Egyptians, Etruscans,” and, as he had noted elsewhere, in those of the Incas of Peru. Early civilizations in Asia “found themselves in possession of a surplus which they could apply to works of magnificence or utility and in the construction of these their command over the hands and arms of almost the entire non-agricultural population has produced stupendous monuments which still indicate their power.”45 Such diverse non-commodity societies were able to extract surplus as tribute from a largely agricultural population. This conformed to the model of natural economies, or what is now broadly called the tribute-paying or tributary mode of production, which encompassed numerous precapitalist civilizations from antiquity to feudalism, most of which retained communal or collectivist relations at the base of society.46 As Samir Amin remarked, “the tribute-paying mode,” emerged out of earlier “communal modes of production.” It “adds to a still existing village community a social and political apparatus for the exploitation of this community through the exaction of tribute.” Though it varied substantially in different times and places, it constituted “the most widespread form of precapitalist societies.”47

    From Medieval Commons/Communes to the Paris Commune of 1871

    Up to early modern times, peasant villages in Europe relied on customary rights in relation to the land, often accompanied by petty commodity production. Hence, the transition from feudalism to capitalism in Europe, as in England beginning in the fifteenth century, depended on the dissolution of the customary rights and enclosure of the commons, thereby generating a modern proletariat—a process that took centuries. The commons or communal property, even occurring within feudalism and other forms of tributary production, was associated with collective rights of appropriation while geared to use values and noncommodity forms of exchange. Whereas private property in a generalized commodity economy is alienable, communal property in the land is not, and is rooted in the customary rights of a particular community or locality. As historian Peter Linebaugh notes, “common rights are embedded in a particular ecology with its local husbandry.”48 In medieval society, peasant communities had customary rights to the appropriation of the land/nature that placed limits on the corresponding rights of the feudal lords to the land.

    The medieval commons of England are often thought of as simply having been based on the commons proper (woodlands, marshes, and uncultivated meadows used for grazing and for natural materials and resources), but the commons in this narrow sense could not be separated from the common fields themselves, directly surrounding the towns and villages, which were normally kept in tillage through collective ploughing, with the strips of land distributed in such a way as to ensure the equality of villagers in the access to the most fertile land.49 Marx wrote extensively in Capital and elsewhere on the enclosure of the commons as crucial to the development of capitalism, and the brutal means used in their forcible expropriation, commenting on “the stoical peace of mind with which the political economist regards the most shameless violation of the ‘sacred rights of property’ and the grossest acts of violence against persons, as soon as they are necessary in order to lay the foundations of the capitalist mode of production.”50

    The notion of communal society has always been connected to the question of the political command structure of society as well as property/production, raising the issue of communal governance. In the late medieval era, particularly in northern Italy and Flanders, there emerged urban communes or self-governing towns based on binding oaths between equal (usually wealthy) citizens in defiance of feudal notions of rank and vassalage. The medieval urban communes were built around guilds and so took the form of guild-based merchant oligarchies, forming the birthplace of the bourgeoisie. The feudal era also generated utopian conceptions of urban communes, arising from a nascent bourgeoisie.51 The government of the city of Paris following the storming of the Bastille in 1789 was known as the Paris Commune. It was from this earlier Paris Commune, emerging from a bourgeois revolution, that the revolutionary workers’ Paris Commune of 1871 was to take its name.52 A far cry from the earlier medieval communes, and even from the Commune of Paris of 1789, the short-lived Paris Commune of 1871, emerging during the Franco-Prussian War, represented, according to Marx, not the construction of a new state power but a negation of state power, and thus of the alienated dual relation of state and civil society. It constituted a genuine nineteenth-century revolutionary working-class urban communal order, which was to end after seventy-two days in a massacre of the communards by the French state.

    For Marx, the Paris Commune pointed to a new communal political command structure that, in breaking with the capitalist state as a power above society nonetheless carried out functions analogous to it, still affected by the bourgeois order from which it had emerged. Universal male suffrage was introduced. Elected officials were to be paid at rates comparable to the general workers’ wage, with the instant recall of those elected if they did not follow the mandates of their constituents. The Commune abolished the death penalty, child labor, and conscription while eliminating debts. The workers were organized into cooperative societies to run the factories, with plans to organize the cooperatives into one big union. A women’s union was created, as well as a system of universal secular education.53 As Marx wrote in The Civil War in France (1871):

    The Commune intended to abolish that class property which makes the labour of the many the wealth of the few. It aimed at the expropriation of the expropriators. It wanted to make individual property a truth by transforming the means of production, land and capital, now chiefly the means of enslaving and exploiting labour, into mere instruments of free and associated labor.—But this is Communism, “impossible” Communism!…. [Indeed,] if co-operative production is not to remain a sham and a snare; if it is to supersede the Capitalist system; if united co-operative societies are to regulate national production upon a common plan, thus taking it under their own control and putting an end to constant anarchy and periodical convulsions which are the fatality of Capitalist production—what else…would it be but Communism, “possible” Communism?… This was the first revolution in which the working class was acknowledged as the only class capable of social initiative…. The great social measure of the Commune was its own working existence. Its special measures could but betoken the tendency of a government of the people by the people…. Another measure of this [working] class [formation] was the surrender, to associations of workmen, under reserve of compensation, of all closed workshops and factories, no matter whether the respective capitalists had absconded, or preferred to strike work.54

    For Marx, the Paris Commune, with all of its weaknesses, had proven that in a working-class republic, a state power above civil society was no longer necessary along with the abolition of bourgeois civil society itself. The Paris Commune was an urban commune that prefigured a working-class republic as a whole based on collective production under a common plan and democratic social governance, thereby constituting an initial phase in the transition to a fuller communist society. “The Communal Constitution would have restored to the social body all the forces hitherto absorbed by the State parasite feeding upon and clogging the free movement of society.”55

    This overall view of the shaping of communal society, sharpened by the experience of the Paris Commune, was reflected in Marx’s Critique of the Gotha Programme, written in 1875. For Marx, the 1871 Paris Commune had represented the form at last discovered of “the revolutionary dictatorship of the proletariat,” destined, he believed, to overthrow the class dictatorship of capital, constituting a new, more democratic order in the transition to socialism/communism. In fully developed communism, as envisioned by Marx and Engels, there would be no Leviathan of state power standing above society. The state would gradually “wither away” as the political command structure was transferred to the population at large, replaced by what Engels called simply community/commune.56 Nor would there be civil society in the bourgeois sense. The economy would be run on a common plan in which decisions would be made principally ex ante by the associated producers, not post festum by the market. Creative labor, would be “the prime necessity of life” such that “the free development of each” would become the basis of “the free development of all.” The overall structure of the economy would be that of a “co-operative society based on common ownership of the means of production” and governed by the principle from each according to one’s ability, to each according to one’s need. “Within the co-operative society based on common ownership of the means of production, the producers do not exchange their products…since now, in contrast to capitalist society, individual labour no longer exists in an indirect fashion but directly as a component part of the total labour.” In such a society, “communal satisfaction of needs, such as schools, health services, etc.” would be vastly increased in proportion, as would the realm of cultural development generally. The “sources of life,” that is, the land/nature, would be made into common property for the benefit of all.57

    In delimiting the overall character of production, Marx wrote in Capital: “Freedom, in this sphere [determined by natural necessity], can only consist in this, that socialised man, the associated producers, govern the human metabolism with nature in a rational way…accomplishing it with the least expenditure of energy,” in the process of promoting sustainable human development.58 The alienated social metabolism between humanity and nature would be transcended. As Marx had indicated early on in his Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts, “communism, as fully developed naturalism, equals humanism, and as fully developed humanism equals naturalism; it is the genuine resolution of the conflict between man and nature.”59

    The Revolution in Ethnological Time

    The year 1859 saw the publication of both Charles Darwin’s On the Origin of Species, which provided a strong theory of natural evolution for the first time, and a closely related “revolution in ethnological time,” resulting from the discovery of prehistorical human remains in Brixham Cave in Southwestern England. The Brixham Cave discovery expanded the length of time in which human beings were recognized to have lived on Earth by thousands of centuries. Human remains, sometimes accompanied by primitive instruments, had been found prior to this, including the first Neanderthal remains in the Neanderthal Valley in Germany in 1856. Although less spectacular than the Neanderthal discovery, the Brixham Cave remains left no doubt about “the great antiquity of mankind.”60

    The result was a great rush to explore the evolutionary and anthropological origins of human beings, the nature of early societies, and the origins of the family, the state, and private property, in such works as Thomas Huxley’s Evidences as to Man’s Place in Nature (1863); Charles Lyell’s Geological Evidences of the Antiquity of Man (1863); John Lubbock’s Pre-historic Times (1864); Henry Sumner Maine’s Village-Communities in the East and West (1871); Lewis Henry Morgan’s Ancient Society (1877); and John Budd Phear’s The Aryan Village in India and Ceylon (1880). In Germany, Georg Ludwig von Maurer continued the research that he had commenced in 1854 with his great work on the German Mark, Introduction to the History of the Mark, Village, and Town Constitutions and Public Power.

    In 1880–1882, Marx composed a series of excerpts from the works of Morgan, Phear, Maine, and Lubbock, known as his Ethnological Notebooks. He had taken extensive notes a year earlier from the ethnological studies of the young Russian sociologist Maxim Kovalevsky, whose book manuscript, Communal Landownership: The Causes, Course and Consequences of Its Dissolution, dealt with communal relations in India, Algeria, and Latin America.61 In 1880–1881, he took down passages from William B. Money’s Java; or How to Manage a Colony (1861).

    The source of Marx’s interest in ethnological studies at the end of his life was best indicated by his response to Maurer’s work on the German Mark, in which Maurer had conclusively demonstrated that the Mark had a stronger communal basis than was previously thought. Writing to Engels in 1868, Marx indicated that these ethnological investigations of Maurer and others revealed, unknowingly on their part, that it was crucial “to look beyond the Middle Ages into the primitive age of every nation, and that [this] corresponds to the socialist trend.” Nevertheless, Maurer and other similar ethnological investigators, such as the philologist and cultural historian Jakob Grimm, Marx remarked, showed no real comprehension of this tendency: “They are then surprised to find what is newest in what is oldest.” The surviving communal forms, remnants from more egalitarian communities of the past, pointed in a dialectical way to the future developed communist society.62

    Given his previous close studies of communal property and communal governance in societies, Marx was able to incorporate these new discoveries in all their richness without fundamentally altering his basic approach, developed over his life. In his Ethnological Notebooks, the focus is often on communal relations. Twenty-seven passages from Morgan’s Ancient Society addressing communal property, housing, and land tenure are highlighted by Marx with parallel lines drawn next to them in the margins or with brief comments.63 Still, much more emphasis than in Marx’s earlier work was placed here on kinship-based and gender relations, as they shaped these communities. He was particularly impressed by Morgan’s studies of the Haudenosaunee, called the Iroquois Confederacy by the French and the League of the Five Nations by the English, representing an earlier clan-based (gens-based) society. “All members of the Iroquois gens,” Marx wrote, drawing on Morgan, were “personally free, bound to defend each other’s freedom.”64 The Haudenosaunee built large longhouses that included multiple families. The longhouses were described by Morgan in his Houses and House-Life of the American Aborigines (1881), as “large enough to accommodate, five, ten, and twenty families, and each household practiced communism in living.”65 In Morgan’s words, as excerpted and emphasized by Marx: “It (a higher plan of society) will be a revival, in a higher form, of the liberty, equality and fraternity of the ancient gentes [traditional communal society].”66

    Marx’s understanding of property as arising originally from appropriation of nature removed the myth of peoples without property used to justify the expropriation of the land by European colonists. In his interpolated extracts from Kovalevsky’s Communal Landownership with respect to Algeria, Marx (via Kovalevsky) observed that “centuries of Arabic, Turkish, finally French rule, except in the most recent period…were unable to break up the consanguineal [kinship-based] organization, and the principles of indivisibilityand inalienability of landownership.”67 Yet, only a revolt could secure lasting communal land tenure. Following two months spent in Algiers in 1882 for his health, Marx was to declare that the Algerians “will go to rack and ruin WITHOUT A REVOLUTIONARY MOVEMENT.”68 Likewise, he was to take special note via his excerpts from Kovalevsky of the British “robbery of the communal and private property of the peasants” in India.69

    Due to ill health, Marx was unable in these last years prior to his death in 1883 to develop a treatise, as he had clearly intended, based on his Ethnological Notebooks. However, Engels sought to carry Marx’s ethnological discoveries via Morgan, Maurer, and others forward in his Origins of the Family, Private Property, and the State (1884), written in the year after Marx’s death, as well as in The Mark (1882), which Marx read and commented on prior to publication. Engels’s analysis was deeply rooted in the examination of kinship and gender relations, particularly the gens (clan) as it manifested itself in different cultures. Everywhere—in the Iroquois in North America, in the Incas in Peru, in the village communities in India and Java, in the Russian obshchina, in Celtic clans in Europe, in Greek antiquity, and in the German Mark—there were indications, he argued, of large household communities, common living, common land tenure, common tillage, and cooperative labor, varying over time and location. Aspects of these archaic communal relations were evident in the ancient Greek phratry and the Roman gens.70 “The patriarchal household community,” he declared,

    was widespread, if not universal, as the intermediate stage between the mother-right communistic family and the modern isolated family…. The questions whether their economic unit was the gens or the household community or an intermediate communistic kinship group, or whether all three of these groups existed depending on land conditions will remain subject of controversy for a long time yet. But Kovalevsky maintains that the conditions described by Tacitus presuppose not the Mark or village community, but the household community; only this latter developed, much later into the village community, owing to the growth of population.71

    In Engels’s conception, in the earliest, most traditional, hunter and gatherer tribal societies, where an economic surplus did not yet exist, the social order was centered more on the reproduction of kinship relations and of the population than on production in the economic sense.72

    The contemporary issue of the Russian commune, which played an important part in Marx and Engels’s thought, first arose in 1847–1852. It was at that time that the Prussian Baron von Haxthausen-Abbenburg (a German aristocrat and official and supporter of serfdom) wrote a study of Russian agrarian relations with the support of the tsar, in which he uncovered the widespread existence of the Russian mir (obshchina). This discovery was to play a big role in the development of Russian populism. At first, Marx saw nothing particularly distinctive in the Russian mir, viewing it as simply a manifestation of a decaying archaic communal order. However, upon receiving a copy of The Situation of the Working Class in Russia by the young Russian scholar V. V. Bervi (Flerovskii) in 1869, Marx devoted himself with the utmost urgency to learning to read Russian, which he achieved in less than a year. This led him to the intensive study of Russian populism, which ended up changing his views about the contemporary significance of the mir.73

    Marx’s developed view of the Russian commune was manifested in the 1881 drafts of his letter to Vera Zasulich, and in the 1882 preface (written together with Engels) to the second Russian edition of The Communist Manifesto. In his draft letters to Zasulich, Marx argued that the Russian mir was the most developed form of communal agriculture, traces of which had been found “everywhere” in Europe, and in parts of Asia. Earlier forms, such as the German tribes at the time of Caesar, were kinship-based and characterized by communal living and collective cultivation. In contrast, the later agrarian commune of the German Mark, as described by Tacitus more than a century later, combined village communal ownership, including the periodic redistribution of the land, with individual homes and cultivation. The agrarian commune displayed a “dualism” in forms of property that was both a source of greater vitality and also a sign of impending dissolution and the gradual emergence of private property, in which the remaining communal property would become merely an appendage.74

    All of the surviving forms in the lineage of communal agriculture, to be found in Russia and in Asia in the nineteenth century (in the former, free from the distorting force of external colonization), exhibited the same fundamental characteristics and dualism of the agrarian commune. Wherever agrarian communism had survived, it was due to its existence as a “localised microcosm” that was subjected to “a more or less centralized despotism above the commune.” All of this raised the question as to whether the Russian commune or mir could be the basis for the development of a new communist society. Marx’s tentative answer was that given: (1) the non-kinship basis of the Russian commune; (2) its “contemporaneity,” which meant that it was able to incorporate some of the “positive achievements of the capitalist system without having to pass under its harsh tribute”; and (3) its survival on a national basis, it could conceivably be the nucleus of a newly developed communal society, rooted in cooperative labor. The crisis of contemporary capitalist society could itself promote “the return of modern societies to a higher form of an ‘archaic’ type of collective ownership of production.” But for this to happen, a revolution would be necessary drawing on contemporary socialist movements.75

    Marx and Engels concluded their preface to the second Russian edition of The Communist Manifesto with the words: “If the Russian Revolution becomes the signal for proletarian revolution in the West, so that the two complement each other, then Russia’s peasant communal land-ownership may serve as the point of departure for a communist development.”76

    Communal Society as Past and Future

    Marx indicated several times over the course of his life that the survival of remnants of communal landownership in the region surrounding Trier, where he grew up, had left a deep impression on him. He had discussed these archaic property relations in his youth with his father, a lawyer. His translation of Tacitus’s Germania, completed while Marx was still in his teens, no doubt reinforced these views. His early studies of the Greek polis and philosophy via Aristotle and Epicurus (both of whom addressed the nature of community); his engagement as editor of the Rheinische Zeitung with the question of the peasantry’s loss of customary rights to the forest; and his adoption of Hegel’s notion of appropriation/property as the basis of society all fed into this perspective. Property, for Marx, writing in 1842, arose from “the elemental power of nature” and human labor. This was visible in the Germany of his day in the customary/communal right to gather wood from the forest, in line with all forms of appropriation basic to human existence.77

    Marx’s approach to the question of communism from the beginning was materialist and historical, emphasizing the social origins of human beings, as opposed to the individualist, idealist, Romantic, and utopian views common among French socialists and German Young Hegelians. From his earliest writings, he stressed the natural, communal basis of human appropriation from nature and the social development of property relations as a product of human labor evident throughout human history, contrasting this to the alienated relations of capitalist private property. This involved a deeply anthropological view and a labor theory of culture.78 The resulting social ontology underpinned his entire critique of political economy. The notion that the past offered clues to the human future, and the possibility of transcending the present through the creation of a higher communal society, governed Marx’s thought almost from the beginning.

    Due to the underlying importance of communal society in Marx’s thought, he drew on all the historical and anthropological information available in his time to explore the various forms of communal property and communal governance, including both agrarian communes and urban communal structures. He dug deeply into Greek and Roman history, reports of colonial administrators, and early ethnological works. This research was carried forward by other classical Marxists, particularly Rosa Luxemburg.79 Ultimately, Marx was convinced that the past mediated between the present and the future. The natural, spontaneously communal basis of humanity would be resurrected in a higher form of society, not just in Europe, but worldwide via revolution. “No misinterpretation of Marx,” Hobsbawm wrote, “is more grotesque than the one which suggests that he expected a revolution exclusively from the advanced industrial countries of the West.”80

    In our time, the revolutions in China, with its early, vibrant People’s Communes and its current system of collective land tenure in communities, and in Venezuela, with its diverse communes and its struggle to create a “communal state,” demonstrate that the human future, if there is to be one at all, requires the creation of a communal society, a society of, by, and for the associated producers.81

    Notes

    1. R. N. Berki, Insight and Vision: The Problem of Communism in Marx’s Thought (London: J. M. Dent, 1983), 1.
    2. Paresh Chattopadhyay, Marx’s Associated Mode of Production (London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2016).
    3. On Marx and Epicurus, see John Bellamy Foster, Breaking the Bonds of Fate: Epicurus and Marx(forthcoming, Monthly Review Press).
    4. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, Collected Works (New York: International Publishers, 1975), vol. 1, 215–23; Moses Hess, The Holy History of Mankind and Other Writings (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004); David McLellan, Karl Marx: His Life and Thought (New York: Harper and Row, 1973), 47–56.
    5. Moses Hess, “Speech on Communism, Elberfeld, 15 February 1845,” Marxists Internet Archive, marxists.org; Lucretius 5.1136; Aristotle, Politics I.1253a; Patricia Springborg, “Marx, Democracy and the Ancient Polis,” Critical Philosophy 1, no. 1 (1984): 52. In referring to man as a “political animal,” Aristotle meant a member of a polis, that is, society, particularly a town.
    6. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, The “Discourses” and Other Early Political Writings (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2019), 165; Pierre-Joseph Proudhon, What Is Property? (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1993), 13–16, 70.
    7. G. W. F. Hegel, The Philosophy of Right (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1952), 41–42. On property as appropriation in classical political economy (as in John Locke), see C. B. Macpherson, The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962), 194–262; John Locke, Two Treatises of Government (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988), 297–301.
    8. Karl Marx, Capital, vol. 1 (London: Penguin, 1976), 647.
    9. Marx, Collected Works, vol. 1, 17.
    10. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 26, 168.
    11. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, Selected Correspondence (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1975), 189; Karl Marx, “Marx-Zasulich Correspondence: Letters and Drafts,” in Late Marx and the Russian Road, ed. Teodor Shanin (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1983), 118; Kevin B. Anderson, The Late Marx’s Revolutionary Roads (London: Verso, 2025), 70. On the German Mark, see Frederick Engels, “The Mark,” in Engels, Socialism: Utopian and Scientific (New York: International Publishers, 1989), 77–93.
    12. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 1, 254; Daniel Bensaïd, The Dispossessed: Karl Marx’s Debates on Wood Theft and the Rights of the Poor (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2021). On such customary rights in the English context in the eighteenth century, see E. P. Thompson, Customs in Common (New York: The New Press, 1993).
    13. Eric Hobsbawm, Introduction to Karl Marx, Pre-Capitalist Economic Formations (New York: International Publishers, 1964), 21.
    14. Editors’ note, in Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 35, 773. Marx was to rely in Capital on such works as George Campbell, Modern India: A Sketch of the System of Civil Government (London: John Murray, 1852) and T. Stamford Raffles, The History of Java (London: John Murray, 1817).
    15. Thomas R. Trautmann, Lewis Henry Morgan and the Invention of Kinship (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1987), 3.
    16. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 29, 461.
    17. Karl Marx, Grundrisse (London: Penguin, 1973), 495; Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 5, 32–33. The question of “mother right” or of traditional matrilineal society was only introduced later by Engels in The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State, based primarily on Lewis Henry Morgan’s Ancient Society and Marx’s Ethnological Notebooks.
    18. Karl Marx, Theories of Surplus Value (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1975), part 3, 422–23; Frederick Engels, “Supplement to Volume Three of Capital,” in Karl Marx, Capital, vol. 3 (London: Penguin, 1981), 1038; Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 47, 103. Engels expanded the concept of “primitive communism” to the precursors of the Germanic Mark association, as well as to the village communities in India and the Russian commune or mir (obshchina) in his day. The inclusion of precursors of the German Mark in this context was probably what accounted for his own very provisional substitution of the term “primitive communism” (in his appendix to Capital and a couple of letters) for the Asiatic mode as characterizing the base mode of production in such societies. Engels refrained altogether from alluding to earlier hunting and gathering societies, as “primitive communism,” seeing these societies as determined largely by kinship relations rather than economics. Nevertheless, neither Marx nor Engels had any doubt about the communal-clan character of these earlier societies, which was reinforced in the 1870s and ’80s by their anthropological writings: Marx’s Ethnological Notebooks and Engels’s Origins of the Family, Private Property, and the State. See Stephen P. Dunn, “The Position of the Primitive-Communal Social Order in the Soviet-Marxist Theory of History,” in Toward a Marxist Anthropology, ed. Stanley Diamond (Berlin: De Gruyter, 2011), 175, 181; Moses Finley, “Ancient Society,” in A Dictionary of Marxist Thought, ed. Tom Bottomore et al. (Oxford: Blackwell, 1983), 20.
    19. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 5, 33.
    20. Karl Marx, Ethnological Notebooks, ed. Lawrence Krader (Assen, Netherlands: Van Gorcum, 1974), 292; Marx, Grundrisse, 474–75, 477, 483.
    21. Springborg, “Marx, Democracy and the Ancient Polis,” 52–53.
    22. Karl Marx, Early Writings (London: Penguin, 1974), 90; Hegel, The Philosophy of Right, 183; Marx, Capital, vol. 3, 970; Karl Polanyi, Primitive, Archaic and Modern Economies (Boston: Beacon Press, 1971), 82–83.
    23. Marx, Grundrisse, 103, 491, 495–96; Marx, Ethnological Notebooks, 213; Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 5, 332; Marx, Capital, vol. 3, 970; Springborg, “Marx, Democracy and the Ancient Polis,” 59; Finley, “Ancient Society,” 20. As Samir Amin notes, slavery “is practically nowhere found to be the origin of class differentiation.” Samir Amin, Unequal Development: An Essay on the Social Formations of Peripheral Capitalism (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1976), 20. Coinage appeared in China about the same time as in Lydia (or earlier). See “Chinese Coinage,” American Numismatic Association, n.d., money.org
    24. Marx, Capital, vol. 3, 245; Perry Anderson, Passages from Antiquity to Feudalism (London: New Left Books, 1974), 18, 35. G. E. M. de Ste. Croix’s great work, The Class Struggle in the Ancient Greek World(London: Duckworth, 1981) can be seen as aligned with Anderson in this respect. In contrast, see Ellen Meiksins Wood, Peasant-Citizen and Slave (London: Verso, 1989), 42–80. Wood argued that, aside from domestic service and work in silver mines, two areas where slave labor predominated, the remaining enslaved people in ancient Athens were “scattered through the division of labour,” including areas such as agriculture and the “lower civil service,” as in the “Scythian archers who represented the nearest thing to an Athenian police force.” Wood, Peasant-Citizen and Slave, 79.
    25. Marx, Grundrisse, 245, 491, 495–96; Marx, Ethnological Notebooks, 213; Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 5, 332; Springborg, “Marx, Democracy and the Ancient Polis,” 59; Finley, “Ancient Society,” 20. On the tribal formation in Attica, see George Thomson, The Prehistoric Aegean: Studies in Ancient Greek Society (London: Lawrence and Wishart, 1978), 104–9.
    26. This has now been established in great detail in contemporary classical scholarship. See Richard Seaford, Money and the Early Greek Mind: Homer, Philosophy, Tragedy (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004), 1–20, 125–36, 147–72.
    27. Marx, Grundrisse, 540.
    28. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 4, 31–32.
    29. Marx, Grundrisse, 87–88, 488–89.
    30. Marx, Grundrisse, 483, 495. In relation to Java, Marx was influenced by Thomas Stamford Raffles’s 1817 History of Java. Marx, Capital, vol. 1, 417, 916; Raffles, History of Java.
    31. Tacitus, Germania, 26; translation as found in Tacitus, The Agricola and the Germania, trans. H. Mattingly and S. A. Handford (London: Penguin, 1970), 122–23.
    32. Marx, Grundrisse, 473–75.
    33. Marx, Grundrisse, 473–75; Springborg, “Marx, Democracy, and the Ancient Polis,” 56.
    34. Marx, Grundrisse, 102–3, 473, 490; Karl Marx, Capital, vol. 2 (London: Penguin, 1978), 196, 226; Marx, Capital, vol. 3, 1017; William H. Prescott, History of the Conquest of Mexico/History of the Conquest of Peru (New York: Modern Library, n.d.; originally published separately in 1843/1847), 756–57.
    35. Marx, Theories of Surplus Value, Part 3, 422–23; Karl Marx, A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy (Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1970), 21, 33; Marx, Grundrisse, 490–95.
    36. Hobsbawm, Introduction to Marx, Pre-Capitalist Economic Formations, 37–38.
    37. Marx’s concept of the “Asiatic mode of production,” a term which he almost never used directly (though he made frequent reference to Asiatic village communities), had the virtue of going against any unilinear theory of development, raising the issue of alternative paths. He saw it as standing for the oldest form of communal property, which, like the related Slavic form, was remarkable for its tenacity. He was eventually to conclude that the Russian commune (as well as perhaps some Asiatic village communities) could conceivably be the basis of revolutionary developments when integrated with modern communist thought, possibly skirting the capitalist path. See Marx, Theories of Surplus Value, part 3, 422–23; Lawrence Krader, The Asiatic Mode of Production: Sources, Development and Critique in the Writings of Karl Marx (Assen, Netherlands: Van Gorcum and Co., 1975), 5–7, 183; John Bellamy Foster and Hannah Holleman, “Weber and the Environment,” American Journal of Sociology 117, no. 6 (2012): 1640–41; Bryan S. Turner, “Asiatic Society,” in A Dictionary of Marxist Thought, 32–36; Karl Wittfogel, “Geopolitics, Geographical Materialism and Marxism,” Antipode 17, no. 1 (1985): 21–71.
    38. Marx, Grundrisse, 470–73; Marx, Theories of Surplus Value, Part 3, 422; Marx, Pre-Capitalist Economic Formations, 69–70, 88; Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 25, 149–50.
    39. It is a mistake to argue, as Kevin Anderson does, that Marx was mainly interested in “communal social formations” as a whole, and that “communal property” was “too superficial a category for his investigations.” Rather, Marx always based his analysis in this sphere on communal property, often found in forms that were in contradiction to the larger tributary formation. Nor is it meaningful to claim that many traditional societies “lack much in the way of property,” since property itself for Marx (and Hegel) is merely derivative of forms of appropriation that lie at the basis of human material existence in all of its forms. Hence, no society can be devoid of property. Anderson, The Late Marx’s Revolutionary Roads, 8–19.
    40. Marx, Grundrisse, 171–72.
    41. Marx, Capital, vol. 1, 171–72.
    42. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 6, 127; István Mészáros, Beyond Capital (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1995), 765.
    43. Marx, Grundrisse, 172–73; Mészáros, Beyond Capital, 749. The notion of “time’s carcase” here has to do with Epicurus’s conception of time as the accident of accidents, “death the immortal,” erasing all qualitative features. Marx, Collected Works, vol. 1, 63–65; Marx, Collected Works, vol. 6, 166.
    44. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 42, 515; Karl Marx, Texts on Method, ed. Terrell Carver (Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1975), 195.
    45. Marx, Capital, vol. 1, 451–53.
    46. On the concept of “natural economy” in Marx and Rosa Luxemburg, see Scott Cook, Understanding Commodity Economies (New York: Rowman and Littlefield, 2004), 114, 130–31, 151; Rosa Luxemburg, The Accumulation of Capital (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1951), 368–85.
    47. Amin, Unequal Development, 13–20.
    48. Peter Linebaugh, The Magna Carta Manifesto (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2008), 44–45.
    49. Jan de Vries, The Economy of Europe in an Age of Crisis, 1600–1750 (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976), 43; Christopher Dyer, “The Economy and Society,” in Oxford Illustrated History of Medieval England, ed. Nigel Saul (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997), 143–46; Thomas Edward Scrutton, Commons and Common Fields (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1887), 1; John Bellamy Foster, Brett Clark, and Hannah Holleman, “Marx and the Commons,” Social Research 88, no. 1 (Spring 2021): 1–5.
    50. Marx, Capital, vol. 1, 889. See Ian Angus, The War Against the Commons: Dispossession and Resistance in the Making of Capitalism (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2023).
    51. See Jan Dumolyn and Jelle Haemers, Communes and Conflict: Urban Rebellion in Late Medieval Flanders, eds. Andrew Murray and Joannes van den Maagdenberg (Boston: Brill, 2023), 229–49.
    52. Mitchell Abidor, “The Paris Commune: Myth Made Material,” Tocqueville21, May 11, 2021, tocqueville21.com.
    53. Mathijs van de Sande and Gaard Kets, “From the Commune to Communalism,” Resilience, March 22, 2021, resilience.org.
    54. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, Writings on the Paris Commune, ed. Hal Draper (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1971), 76–81.
    55. Marx and Engels, Writings on the Paris Commune, 75; Frederick Engels in Karl Marx, Critique of the Gotha Programme (New York: International Publishers, 1938), 31.
    56. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 25, 247–48, 267–68; V. I. Lenin, The State and Revolution(Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1969), 16–27. On the whole question of the “withering away of the state,” see Mészáros, Beyond Capital, 460–95.
    57. Marx, Critique of the Gotha Programme, 5–10, 31; Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, The Communist Manifesto (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1964), 41.
    58. Marx, Capital, vol. 3, 959.
    59. Marx, Early Writings, 348.
    60. Trautmann, Lewis Henry Morgan and the Invention of Kinship, 3; Lewis Henry Morgan, Ancient Society, ed. Eleanor Burke Leacock (New York: Merdian Books, 1963); Preface to John Bellamy Foster, Marx’s Ecology (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000), 212–13.
    61. Karl Marx, “Excerpts from M. M. Kovalevsky,” in Krader, The Asiatic Mode of Production, 346–414.
    62. Karl Marx to Frederick Engels, March 25, 1868, in Marx and Engels, Selected Correspondence, 188–89.
    63. Lawrence Krader, Introduction to Marx, Ethnological Notebooks, 28.
    64. Marx, Ethnological Notebooks, 150.
    65. Lewis Henry Morgan, Houses and House Lives of the American Aborigines (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1965), 6.
    66. Marx, Ethnological Notebooks, 81, 139; Morgan, Ancient Society, 562.
    67. Marx, “Excerpts from M. M. Kovalevsky,” 400.
    68. Karl Marx to Laura Lafargue, April 13, 1882, Collected Works, vol. 46, 242; Peter Hudis, “Marx Among the Muslims,” Capitalism Nature Socialism 15, no. 4 (2004): 67.
    69. Marx, “Excerpts from M. M. Kovalevsky,” 387. See John Bellamy Foster, Brett Clark, and Hannah Holleman, “Marx and the Indigenous,” Monthly Review 71, no. 9 (February 2020): 9–12.
    70. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 26, 167–68, 190–203; Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 6, 482; Frederick Engels, “The Mark,” in Frederick Engels, Socialism: Utopian and Scientific (New York: International Publishers, 1989), 77–93. Engels’s “The Mark” is often referred to as first having appeared as an appendix to the 1892 edition of Socialism: Utopian and Scientific, but it was initially published in the first German edition of Socialism: Utopian and Scientific in 1882. Engels sent it to Marx prior to publication requesting suggested changes. Although Marx had earlier taken notes on the Teutonic Mark in his Ethnological Notebooks based on Maurer’s discussion, it was Engels’s “The Mark” and Marx’s comments in this respect in his draft letters to Vera Zasulich that represented their most developed view, an area in which they were in close accord. Marx and Engels, Selected Correspondence, 334.
    71. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 26, 241–42. Engels’s Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State is often dismissed for its supposed rigid notion of “primitive communism.” Thus, anthropologist David Graeber and archaeologist David Wengrow in The Dawn of Everything use this as an excuse for dismissing Engel’s analysis, despite the fact that Engels himself never used the term “primitive communism” in his book, which was imported into historical materialism in this context by Second and Third International Marxism. Nor did Engels ever apply the term “primitive communism” to hunting and gathering societies, which he saw through a much more complex kinship lens, though recognizing “communal” elements. The main outlines of Engels’s argument, focusing on kinship, community, and egalitarianism in traditional societies, conforms to what anthropology in general has long since discovered in this respect. Having foisted the notion of some kind of absolute, pure, and holistic “primitive communism” on Engels, Graeber and Wengrow proceed to declare that property relationships were more “ambiguous” than Engels thought. They emphasize the gendered division of labor, as if this invalidates Engels’s argument, ignoring his own analysis there. Nevertheless, the existence of communal property and relatively egalitarian arrangements in hunting and gathering societies and in many later societies is not to be denied. Hence, Graeber and Wengrow themselves point to a “baseline communism” supposedly in opposition to Engels’s dogmatic (though in fact nonexistent) use of “primitive communism” to describe hunting and gathering societies. David Graeber and David Wengrow, The Dawn of Everything: A New History of Humanity (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2021), 47. For a more detailed discussion of Engels’s Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State, emphasizing kinship-family-gender aspects of his argument, see John Bellamy Foster, The Return of Nature (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2020), 287–96. On the egalitarian character of traditional kinship societies and their collective/communal aspects, see Morton Fried, The Evolution of Political Society: An Essay on Political Anthropology (New York: Random House, 1967); Richard B. Lee, “Reflections on Primitive Communism,” in Hunters and Gatherers, eds. Tim Ingold, David Riches, and James Woodburn (New York: Berg, 1988), 252–68.
    72. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 26, 131–32; Dunn, “The Position of Primitive-Communal Order in the Soviet-Marxist Theory of History,” 180–81.
    73. Haruki Wada, “Marx and Revolutionary Russia,” in Shanin, Late Marx and the Russian Road, 43–45.
    74. Marx, “Marx-Zasulich Correspondence,” 103, 107–9, 118–20.
    75. Marx, “Marx-Zasulich Correspondence,” 110–13, 120–21.
    76. Karl Marx and Frederick Engels, “Preface to the Second Russian Edition of the Manifesto of the Communist Party” (1882), in Late Marx and the Russian Road, ed. Shanin, 139.
    77. Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 1, 234.
    78. Charles Woolfson, The Labour Theory of Culture: A Re-Examination of Engels’s Theory of Human Origins (London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1982); Marx and Engels, Collected Works, vol. 25, 452–64.
    79. Rosa Luxemburg, Complete Works, vol. 1, ed. Peter Hudis (London: Verso, 2014), 146–234.
    80. Hobsbawm, Introduction to Marx, Pre-Capitalist Economic Formations, 49.
    81. On China, see William Hinton, Fanshen: A Documentary of Revolution in a Chinese Village (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2008) and Lu Xinyu, “‘Chinese-Style Modernization’: Revolution and the Worker-Peasant Alliance,” Monthly Review 76, no. 9 (February 2025): 22–41. On Venezuela, see John Bellamy Foster, “Chávez and the Communal State,” Monthly Review 66, no. 11 (April 2015): 1–17; and Chris Gilbert, Commune or Nothing!: Venezuela’s Communal Movement and Its Socialist Project (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2023).
  • The Trump Doctrine and the New MAGA Imperialism

    The Trump Doctrine and the New MAGA Imperialism

    The Trump Doctrine and the New MAGA Imperialism,” Monthly Review, vol. 77, no. 2 (June 2025), pp. 1-25.

    The Trump Doctrine and the New MAGA Imperialism

    The dramatic shift in U.S. imperialism under the Donald Trump presidency, both in his initial term of office and even more in the current one, has created enormous confusion and consternation within establishment centers of power. This sudden alteration in U.S. foreign policy is manifested in the abandonment of both the liberal international order constructed under U.S. hegemony after the Second World War and the long-term strategy of NATO enlargement and proxy war with Russia in Ukraine. Imposition of high tariffs and shifting military priorities have put the United States in conflict with even its long-term allies, while the New Cold War on China and the Global South is accelerating.

    So extreme is the shift in U.S. power projection, and so great the confusion that this has generated, that even some figures long associated with the left have fallen into the trap of seeing Trump as isolationist, anti-militarist, and anti-imperialist. Thus, disaffected leftist Christian Parenti has argued that Trump “isn’t an anti-imperialist in the left-wing sense. Rather, he is an instinctual America-First isolationist,” whose goal, “more than any recent president,” is “to dismantle America’s informal global empire,” and to promote a new “anti-militarist” foreign policy “opposing empire.”1

    Yet, far from being anti-imperialist, the global shift in the external relations of the United States under Trump is due to a hypernationalist approach to world power, based in key sections of the ruling class, particularly high-tech monopolists, as well as Trump’s largely lower-middle class followers. According to this neofascist and revanchist perspective, the United States is in decline as a hegemonic power and threatened by powerful enemies: Cultural Marxism and immigrant “invaders” from within, China and the Global South from without, while hindered by weak and dependent allies.

    Beginning with the first Trump administration following the 2016 election, the regime has stood for a hard shift to the right internationally, as well as domestically. Globally, all available resources are to be focused on a zero-sum increase in U.S. power and on the defeat of China as the newly arising rival. Thus, it was in the first Trump administration that the New Cold War on China was launched in earnest, with the concomitant shift toward détente with Russia.2 Although the Joe Biden administration subsequently went forward with Washington’s prior planned proxy war on Russia (which had commenced with the 2014 U.S.-backed right-wing Maidan coup in Ukraine), it nevertheless followed the Trump Republicans in continuing the New Cold War on China, thus confronting the two great Eurasian powers at the same time. Once back in power, Trump has sought to end the NATO proxy war in Ukraine, while turning more decisively to the struggle in Asia. Even the Middle East, where the Trump regime is currently supporting outright exterminism—or the complete elimination and removal of the Palestinians in Gaza in the name of “peace”—while bombing Yemen and increasing pressures on Iran, is viewed as secondary to the New Cold War on China.3

    The radically new imperialist strategy represented by the Trump administration, particularly in its second coming, is based on the notion of “America First.” This constitutes a rejection of the traditional U.S. role as a hegemonic world power in favor of a hypernationalist America First imperium. A manifestation of this is the U.S. attack on international organizations over which it does not have complete dominance or where it supposedly carries disproportionate burdens, such as the United Nations or even the NATO alliance. Moreover, trade relations are treated not so much as mutually beneficial exchange processes (which in reality are primarily to the benefit of the wealthier nations), but rather as transactional relations to be determined solely on the basis of national power.

    In this context, the Trump regime’s imposition of tariffs on all other countries, including high tariffs on some sixty countries (in his April 2 “Liberation Day” listing), is not a simple matter of trying to obtain economic advantage but is to be seen as a power play through which geoeconomic and geopolitical dominance can be secured. Under Trump’s America First strategy, Washington seeks to obtain tribute from its allies, who will henceforth need to pay in one way or another for U.S. military support, resulting in new forms of interimperialist (or intraimperialist) conflict.

    Targeting China, Trump’s official military spending budget proposal for the coming fiscal year envisions a nearly 12 percent increase to $1 trillion (actual military spending typically runs at twice the official level).4

    The most likely result of such developments—if they are not stopped—is a New Age of Catastrophe, on a scale not unlike the 1930s, characterized by economic, ecological, and war-induced destruction.5 This will lead not to increased U.S. dominance but to its accelerated decline, as its dollar hegemony and the international institutions on which U.S. power has historically rested are further undermined. Within the Trump regime itself, Washington’s attempts to project its power globally will only intensify the internal conflicts between monopoly-finance capital with its global economic interests and Trump’s more narrowly nationalistic Make America Great Again (MAGA) movement on the ground. All attempts to keep such a reactionary regime together will require increased repression, while the future will depend on the scale of revolt that this repression engenders, both nationally and globally.

    The Trump Doctrine

    Ironically, the strongest, and most controversial, claims with respect to the peaceful and anti-imperialist nature of the Trump regime have been introduced by erstwhile left figures like Parenti. Writing for the MAGA-hegemonic publication Compact in 2023, in an article titled “Trump’s Real Crime Is Opposing Empire,” Parenti claimed that Trump stood for an anti-Pentagon and “anti-imperial foreign policy,” exhibiting utter “disdain for ‘the National Security Complex.’”6

    However, in characterizing Trump as anti-imperialist, Parenti seems to have forgotten about the whole structure of imperialism, which has to do with global exploitation/expropriation and strategies for world domination. Trump not only introduced historic increases in military spending in his first administration and employed lethal force internationally on numerous occasions (including relaxing restrictions on the bombing of civilians), but also, and more importantly, initiated the New Cold War on China.7 The second Trump administration is again massively increasing Pentagon spending and promoting conflict with China on a still larger scale. What is seen by Parenti and others as a form of anti-imperialism is in fact a new global imperial strategy at both the national and international levels, aimed at reversing the U.S. hegemonic decline and defeating China. This strategic reorientation has strong support both within Trump’s MAGA movement and those elements of the monopoly-capitalist billionaire class, particularly the high-tech, private equity, and energy sectors, that are aligned with his demagogic regime. As celebrated Indian Marxist economist Prabhat Patnaik has remarked, Trump’s foreign policy is neither anti-empire nor mindless but is best characterized as “imperialism’s revival strategy.”8

    The national populist MAGA movement draws on a racially charged view of the world in which the United States is seen as a white Christian nation with a manifest destiny. In this perspective, having achieved over the course of its history the status of the number “one nation under God” by the twentieth century, the United States was subsequently undermined from without and within, requiring a resurrection of lost status.

    It is no accident that Trump in March 2025 hung a portrait of James K. Polk, eleventh president of the United States, in the Oval Office. Polk presided over the largest territorial expropriation of land in U.S. history through the Mexican-American War, in which Washington seized more than five hundred thousand square miles of territory, including California and much of the Southwest, while annexing Texas and gaining sovereignty over disputed areas in the Pacific Northwest through the Oregon Treaty.9 Trump’s bombastic ambitions to annex Greenland, to retake the Panama Canal, and even (if more far-fetched) to incorporate Canada as the fifty-first state—not to mention renaming the Gulf of Mexico the Gulf of America—are all aimed at recreating the spirit of “the rising American empire.”10

    In order to understand the MAGA regime’s imperialist strategy, it is necessary to examine “the Trump Doctrine.” Presidential doctrines on foreign policy are typically singled out and elaborated by the media based on White House declarations on critical foreign policy issues. However, in the case of the Trump Doctrine, it was fully articulated from the inside by leading MAGA ideologue Michael Anton, who from February 2017 to April 2018 was a member of the U.S. National Security Council and deputy assistant to the president for strategic communications. He is presently director of policy planning in the Department of State, a position equivalent to assistant secretary of state. During the first Trump administration, Anton was clearly given the assignment—once no longer directly employed by the White House—of providing coherence to Trump’s numerous, seemingly contradictory statements on foreign policy.

    In 2019, while employed as a lecturer and research fellow at the MAGA-dominated Hillsdale College in Michigan, Anton published an article in Foreign Policy based on a lecture at Princeton University titled “The Trump Doctrine” that was to become the semi-official statement of the MAGA regime’s overall strategic posture.11 Anton’s task was to define Trump’s America First strategy as one that was in line with national populism and anti-internationalism and yet sufficiently bellicose to represent a new aggressive global strategy. It thus constituted what was referred to as a “principled realism,” rooted in national self-interest, in line with conservative renditions of the ideas of thinkers like Niccolo Machiavelli and Thomas Hobbes. Trump’s foreign and military policy was described by Anton in “The Trump Doctrine” as anti-imperial for two reasons. First, empires by nature were “multiethnic” in character, and Trump’s policy was completely opposed to a multiethnic view of the American project. Second, imperial policy as pursued by neoconservatives was allied with globalism, while the Trump Doctrine was the negation of liberal globalization. Globalization is viewed in the MAGA ideology as benefiting rising powers, like China, at the expense of established powers, such as the United States. The Trump Doctrine, Anton explained, was thus consistently nationalist all across the board: To the victor nations go the spoils.12

    Such a consistent nationalism was portrayed as fully in accord with “human nature.” If Aristotle had said—in Anton’s words—that the three political units were “the tribe [ethnicity], the polis (or ‘city-state’), and the empire,” the Trump position was to emphasize the American ethnicity and the American state in an expansive mode on the world stage, and to downplay multiethnic empire, thus Making America Great Again. In this respect, the Trump Doctrine had four pillars: (1) national populism, (2) rejection of liberal internationalism, (3) consistent nationalism for all countries, and (4) the return of the nation to the homogeneous “normalcy” of the classical “ethne and polis”—as opposed to a heterogeneous character of the contemporary multiethnic empire (and the world as a whole). The fourth pillar thus constituted a racial-ethnic definition of national identity, underlying a racial nationalism. As in the case of Thrasymachus in Plato’s Republic, the moral basis of the Trump Doctrine was abundantly clear: justice is “the interest of the stronger.”13

    Economic Imperialism and the Trump Doctrine

    On April 2, 2025, Trump, in what he called “a declaration of economic independence,” using national emergency powers, slapped 10 percent tariffs on every country in the world, with higher tariffs on some 60 other countries or trading blocs. This included new tariff duties of 34 percent on China (on top of the previous 20 percent making it a 54 percent tariff), 46 percent on Vietnam, and 20 percent on the European Union. After China announced a counter tariff, Trump raised the cumulative tariff increase on China to 104 percent, and then, in a further escalation, to 145 percent. In a warlike statement, U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent said that any country that chooses to “retaliate” against the new U.S. tariffs will be seen as responsible for “escalation,” leading to the United States responding by going up the escalation ladder. The Trump administration’s actions are generating a world trade and currency war—a world recession. The new MAGA tariff strategy created panic on Wall Street, which had been until then highly supportive of his presidency, seemingly splitting the financial ruling class as securities tumbled. This forced Trump to pause some tariffs, while at the same time jacking them up on China. The Trump tariffs were calculated on the basis of what was required to generate a bilateral balance of trade with each country, a proposition devoid of any direct economic rationale but providing a blunt weapon with which the regime plans to achieve its wider ends.14

    Economically, the Trump Doctrine is tied to what is known as “conservative nationalism,” represented by various MAGA-oriented think tanks directed at geoeconomic and geopolitical strategy, such as American Compass and the Manhattan Institute for Policy Research, along with the Trump-aligned hedge fund Hudson Bay Capital Management. The founder and chief economist of American Compass, Oren Cass, is a long-time economic adviser to and associate of Trump’s present Secretary of State Marco Rubio. American Compass is heavily financed by the Thomas D. Klingenstein Fund, a multibillion-dollar foundation managed by Thomas D. Klingenstein. A Wall Street investment banker, Klingenstein is a partner in the multibillion-dollar hedge fund Cohen Klingenstein. He is also chairman of the board (and a major funder) of the leading MAGA think tank, the Claremont Institute, a Zionist, and a sharp critic of what he calls “Woke Communism.” Other funders of American Compass include the Walton Family Foundation and the William and Flora Hewlett Foundation.15

    A flagship of conservative nationalism in economics, American Compass offers a fairly realistic view of the long-term stagnation and deindustrialization of the U.S. economy, while coupling this with strong opposition to free trade and avid support for tariffs.16 Ideologically tied to Trump’s MAGA movement, it has taken a leading role in developing an economic strategy for the New Cold War on “Communist China.” Its 2023 report, A Hard Break from China, argued that “America must sever its economic relationship with China to protect its market from subversion by the Chinese Communist Party.” This includes cutting off economic relations with China in relation to investment, supply chains, and international economic agreements. All “capital flows, technology transfers, and economic partnerships between the United States and China” must end. Domestically, American Compass has declared war on “woke capital,” that is, on any attempts to incorporate diversity, equity, and inclusion into corporate practices, a position that is clearly aimed at maintaining white racial dominance.17

    Within the Trump administration itself, the high tariff strategy is overseen by Peter Navarro, senior counsel to the president on trade and manufacturing. In the previous Trump administration, Navarro was director of the Office of Trade and Manufacturing Policy. He is a virulent proponent of economic (and military) warfare against China, author of the 2008 book The Coming China Wars, and sees tariffs as playing the key role in that respect. Tariffs are touted by Navarro as providing trillions of dollars in government revenue, allowing Trump to reduce taxes on the wealthy. Navarro was imprisoned for contempt of Congress for his role in the MAGA attack on the capitol on January 6, 2021.18

    However, the principal figure governing international economic strategy in the second Trump administration is Stephen Miran, chair of the Council of Economic Advisors. Miran was a former senior advisor to the Treasury Department in the first Trump administration and was subsequently senior strategist for the investment firm Hudson Bay Capital Management that was a large institutional investor in the Trump Media & Technology Group, which runs the Truth Social media platform. Miran is also an economics fellow at the Manhattan Institute. He is the author of A User’s Guide to Restructuring the Global Trading System, published by Hudson Bay Capital Management at the time of Trump’s 2024 election victory, which introduced the plan to use high tariffs and the leverage offered by the U.S. security umbrella to force countries to agree to a major devaluation of the U.S. currency under the rubric of the Mar-a-Lago Accord. The goal is to improve the global trading position of the United States at the expense of its major trading partners. This constitutes a global beggar-thy-neighbor policy to be imposed by the United States on both its allies and its designated enemies.19

    The model for this geoeconomic strategy is the 1985 Plaza Accord worked out between the United States, Japan, Germany, the United Kingdom, and other countries, which allowed for an intentional multilateral devaluation of the dollar. The main historic result of this agreement was the bursting of the Japanese financial bubble and the introduction of a seemingly permanent deep economic stagnation in the Japanese economy, which at the time had been one of the most dynamic in the world. Soon after the Plaza Accord, Trump bought the Plaza Hotel, no doubt enamored with the deal made there. (He later placed it into bankruptcy.) In 2025, however, the United States is considerably weaker globally than in 1985, and the countries holding the most dollar-dominated foreign exchange reserves, on which the envisioned Mar-a-Lago Accord would chiefly depend, are not under the U.S. military security umbrella, and hence not so easily pressured.20

    Japan, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Mexico, Miran observed, could no doubt easily be pressured to comply with U.S. interests in this respect, having no other choice. In contrast, neither the European Union, nor China (which holds some $3 trillion in U.S. currency and is well aware of what happened to Japan as a result of the Plaza Accord) would willingly agree to such an agreement. With respect to the European Union, the Trump plan includes forcing these countries to take on more of the costs of the U.S. security umbrella, and, using this as a bargaining chip, along with the imposition of high tariffs, to compel an agreement on a currency devaluation. Imposition of U.S. tariffs, Trump’s conservative nationalist economic advisors contended, would lead initially to the dollar’s appreciation, as in the first Trump administration, thus negating some of the unfavorable macroeconomic effects of the tariffs (though the actual result at first, this time around, has been the opposite, with the dollar depreciating).21 Nevertheless, in general, such tariffs are inflationary, with the intensification of stagflation as a likely result. Moreover, controlled devaluation of the dollar (not its appreciation) is the principal object of U.S. tariff policy in line with the hoped-for Mar-a-Lago Accord, which would have the effect of increasing the prices consumers pay for U.S. imports.22

    The Trump tariffs, seen in the context of the desired Mar-a-Lago Accord, are thus a form of blackmail, with the stipulation that they will be lowered if countries comply by selling dollars in exchange for U.S. “century bonds,” that is, bonds which mature in a hundred years, typically with low interest rates. This would thus contribute to the dollar’s devaluation. Some combination of tariffs and intentional devaluation of the dollar, emphasizing the latter, is thus envisioned. This is seen as promoting exports and reindustrialization. In addition to Miran, this policy is strongly supported by Treasury Secretary Bessent. The Mar-a-Lago Accord, Miran indicates, would create “a much stronger demarcation between friend, foe, and neutral trading partner” with respect to the United States. “Friends” would provide tribute to Washington in return for being under the U.S. security and economic umbrella, while “foes” would be subject to high tariffs and economic sanctions and threatened with military aggression.23

    The entire Trump nationalistic imperial policy, initiating a global trade and currency war, is an enormous gamble, as it will likely destabilize the U.S. and world economies and global finance, accelerating attempts by countries, particularly the BRICS+ countries (comprising Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa, and others), to find alternatives to the dollar.

    The Trump administration seems unable entirely to grasp the reality of the Triffin Dilemma (named after Belgian economist Robert Triffin) that an international reserve currency (such as the dollar) requires a continuing deficit in the current account if the reserve currency country is to supply the world with needed liquidity, while this tends in the long-term to create conditions that erode faith in the reserve currency.24 The Trump strategy, caught on the horns of this dilemma, will thus likely fail, expediting the demise of the dollar as the world’s hegemonic reserve currency and further undermining U.S. global economic dominance. As economist Michael Hudson writes:

    Trump bases his attempt to tear up the existing linkages and reciprocity of international trade and finance on the assumption that, in a chaotic grab-bag, America will come out on top. That confidence underlies his willingness to pull out today’s geopolitical interconnections. He thinks that the U.S. economy is like a cosmic black hole, that is, a center of gravity able to pull all the world’s money and economic surplus to itself. That is the explicit aim of America First. That is what makes Trump’s program a declaration of war on the rest of the world.25

    Meanwhile, the rearmament of U.S. allies, along with a massive increase in Pentagon spending and bellicose threats directed at designated enemies, could lead to the further proliferation of conflicts, heightening the chance of a Third World War. Washington’s strong-arm approach to its allies will engender tensions within the historical imperial core of global capitalism, generating growing interimperialist rivalry between the European Union and the United States. U.S. financial capital has hitherto strongly supported Trump, but has global economic interests. Thus, U.S. financial capital is approaching the Trump administration tariff power play and the prospect of a Mar-a-Lago Accord with trepidation, born of uncertainty.

    Trump’s national-imperialist strategy is fully in accord with the reactionary views of his MAGA followers, who are not opposed to imperialism and militarism but are strongly against what they see as liberal globalization at U.S. expense, coupled with indecisive wars against minor powers where there are no visible spoils. Trump in his first administration berated the members of his Joint Chiefs of Staff with respect to the wars in the Middle East and Central Asia on the lack of spoils gained by the United States, asking: “Where is the f—ing oil?”26

    Neofascism and Empire

    The huge shifts in U.S. foreign and military policy being implemented under the Trump Doctrine are rooted in new class alignments associated with the neofascism of the MAGA movement and its close—if contradictory—connections to the ruling billionaire class, particularly in the high-tech, private equity, and oil sectors. The class basis of fascism in Marxist theory always lies in an alliance between monopoly capital and a lower-middle class/stratum. The latter consists of the small business owners, small landlords, and low-level corporate managers, along with fundamentalist religious elements and rural small landowners. It also incorporates some of the more privileged sectors of the working class. The lower-middle class is disproportionately white and racist.

    Trump in the 2024 presidential election attracted most of those voters with less than a four-year college degree, a category that encompasses a majority of both lower-middle class and working-class voters. The same exit polls show that he won both the lower-middle class and working-class voters, according to income, but lost among the poorest voters. Millions of those who had voted for the Democrats in 2020, mainly from the working class, chose the Party of Nonvoters in 2024.27 Trump’s loyal base remains the lower-middle class, extended to more privileged workers.

    Historically, the lower-middle class or petty bourgeoisie represents a sector of the population that is not only prone to white supremacism but that is also patriarchal and ultra-conservative with respect to sex and gender relations. It forms a rearguard of the capitalist system and is mobilized in fascist-style regimes on the basis of its own innate ideology, associated with a revanchist nationalist perspective aimed at making a given nation-state great again. Ernst Bloch, writing with respect to Nazi Germany in the 1930s, saw such populations as characterized by a regressive “non-contemporaneity,” aimed at recovery of an idealized Aryan past.28

    As Phil A. Neel has written, with respect to the class basis of MAGA national populism in the United States in his Hinterland: America’s New Landscape of Class and Conflict,

    The Republican Party operates on a roughly symmetrical base built up among rural white sub-elites and a whole array of urban or peri-urban petty capitalist interests…. In material terms, the far right tends to cluster among the interests of petty proprietors or self-employed but still moderately wealthy workers of the hinterland…. The material core of the far right is…the whitening exurb [outside the main cities and the suburbs]…which acts as an interface between the metropolitan and non-metropolitan, allowing the wealthier landholders, business owners, cops, soldiers, or self-employed contractors to recruit from adjacent zones of abject white poverty…. Violence plays a central role here…. The world can be restored…through salvific acts of violence, capable of forcing the collapse and hastening the approach of the True Community.29

    The mass MAGA movement rooted in the lower-middle class/petty proprietors is primarily motivated ideologically by what it refers to as the “Cold Civil War” against the liberal elites of the upper-middle class above and against the working class below. This has its roots in its ultra-nationalist beliefs; its connection to the “slaveholder’s religion” of white evangelicalism; its worship of past U.S. imperial expansion; its frequent glorification of extreme violence; its racist and jingoistic tendencies; and its strong patriarchal ideology—all of which are fully in accord with the America First ideology of the Trump Doctrine.30 This includes at the international level support for the demolition of U.S. foreign aid (through the dismantling of the U.S. Agency for International Development, or USAID) and opposition to the proxy war in Ukraine. The Ukraine War is seen as primarily serving European elites, whose conflict with Russia does not benefit the United States, while diverting Washington from its prime Asian enemies: China and the Islamic world.31

    The Christian nationalism of the evangelical MAGA world has led to strong support of the Trump/Benjamin Netanyahu pact for the complete extermination/removal of Palestinians from Gaza, in which the United States is to obtain various economic rights, and even ownership—in the case of Trump’s fantasy of an American-owned riviera resort—along with preferential oil contracts in the Gaza Strip.32

    As Georg Lukács remarked in relation to a much earlier historical figure:

    Hitler rebuffed the old Hohenzollern plans for colonization and expansion. He criticized especially sharply the aim of assimilating conquered nations by force through Germanization. What he advocated was extermination. It was not clear to people, he explained, “that Germanization can only be practised on the land itself, never on human beings.” That is to say, the German Reich ought to expand, conquer fertile lands and expel or wipe out their population.33

    In a somewhat similar way, the prominent MAGA think tank, the Center for Renewing America (CRA) founded by Trump’s director of the Office of Management and Budget, Russell Vought, insists that Palestinians cannot be assimilated in Israel or the United States, and must be exterminated/removed, while their land must be seized in its entirety to be occupied by more “civilized” populations. In the words of the CRA itself, “The cultural practices of Palestinians,” lacking in universal values, “are mostly focused on grievances against Israel, Jews, and the United States, with a society fundamentally oriented toward violence and extremism” and “modern death worship.” They are thus “incompatible” with “our values, rooted in Western history and Biblical thought.”34

    Trump’s Secretary of Defense, Pete Hegseth, frequently glorifies the Christian Crusades against Islam of the twelfth century, suggesting that Trump should be a Crusader president. Hegseth sports a tattoo on his chest with the Jerusalem Cross, also known as the Crusader’s Cross, along with a tattoo on his bicep of a Crusader battle cry. His book American Crusade has a chapter on “Make the Crusader Great Again,” referring to a war on Islam—a crusade that is to be extended more universally to a war on “leftism” and all views that treat Christians as “infidels.”35

    In November 2023, the Ansar Allah-led Yemeni government commenced firing on Israeli-linked ships in the Red Sea in response to Israel’s genocide in Palestine. Following U.S. and British “reprisals,” this was extended to U.S. and British-linked vessels. The Trump administration commenced massive airstrikes in Yemen on March 15, 2025, promising “unrelenting war,” while relaxing some of the constraints on such attacks introduced by the Biden administration, thus making it a much deadlier war on civilians. Trump promised that Ansar Allah, which he referred to as the “Houthi barbarians,” would be “completely annihilated.”36

    Trump’s official worship of the pro-slavery, pro-empire Polk, whose most notable “achievement” was the Mexican-American War, is in line with the revanchist MAGA ideology. It is in this same imperial vein that his administration has declared that the United States needs to retake the Panama Canal and acquire Greenland “one way or the other.”37 MAGA publications insist that the U.S. relinquishment of the Panama Canal to Panama was not legal on the Panamanian side, making U.S. seizure of it legitimate. In the face of these threats, Panama has made concessions, dropping out of the Belt and Road Initiative and questioning the management of the Canal by Chinese corporations. However, Trump’s Washington insisted that this was not enough, and the United States needed direct ownership and control of the Panama Canal Zone, with Trump ordering the U.S. military to plan an invasion to seize it. In April 2025, the United States negotiated an agreement with Panama that would allow it to reoccupy all of its former military bases in the Panama Canal Zone and is moving large numbers of troops to these bases, while at the same time refusing to acknowledge Panama’s ownership of the Canal. This is being called by Panamanian critics a “Camouflaged Invasion” in which the Panama Canal Zone has been taken over by the U.S. military “without firing a shot.”38

    Meanwhile, the Trump administration is employing all sorts of pressure to acquire Greenland, including a prospective buyout to be offered to the population. It is argued in the MAGA ideology that since Greenland is in the Western Hemisphere, it falls within the U.S. sphere of influence as defined by the Monroe Doctrine. It therefore should not be an autonomous territory of Denmark. Greenland’s vast resources and strategic position are said to make it ripe for U.S. acquisition, generating a “New American Arctic Century.”39

    In the continuing attempt to overthrow Venezuela’s Bolivarian Republic, the Trump administration has threatened to impose 25 percent tariffs on any country in the world that buys oil from Venezuela.40 Under Rubio, the State Department is instituting sanctions on countries that contracted Cuban medical services, denying visas to present and former government officials who work with or support Cuban doctors. Cuba has more than twenty-four thousand doctors working in fifty-six countries worldwide, mostly in the Global South, providing essential medical aid. Washington absurdly claims that these doctors are “forced labor” and represent “human trafficking.”41

    The white supremacism built into Trump’s MAGA foreign policy is particularly blatant in its attacks on the South African government. In response to a South African land reform law that seeks belatedly to address the results of colonialism and apartheid in a country where a white minority, constituting some 7 percent of the population, still owns around 72 percent of the land, Trump, Rubio, and Elon Musk accused South Africa of racism against whites. This was coupled with criticisms of South Africa for its role in arguing before the International Court of Justice that Israel was carrying out genocide in Gaza. In a preliminary ruling, the International Court of Justice decided in favor of South Africa and against Israel.42

    Trump falsely claimed that land was being confiscated by Pretoria from whites without compensation or legal redress, arguing that so-called white refugees from South Africa were “victims of unjust racial discrimination” and would be welcome in the United States. Rubio followed suit by accusing South Africa of unjustly “expropriating private property.” Musk, who was born and raised in apartheid South Africa, has promoted a myth of a “genocide” against white farmers, referring falsely to anti-white “racist ownership laws” and the “large scale killing of [white] farmers.” Based on these spurious accusations, Trump issued an executive order stopping all financial assistance to South Africa, most of which went to fighting HIV/AIDS. The South African ambassador to the United States, Ebrahim Rasool, was expelled from the United States by Rubio after the MAGA online infotainment site Breitbart reported on a talk Rasool gave in a webinar organized by a South African think tank. In his talk, Rasool, in the words of the Associated Press, had spoken “in academic language of the Trump administration’s crackdowns on diversity and equity programs and immigration and mentioned the possibility of a U.S. where white people soon would no longer be in the majority.”43

    Trump’s nominee as ambassador to South Africa, L. Brent Bozell III, is the nephew of conservative National Review editor William F. Buckley Jr., and the founder of the right-wing Media Research Center. Bozell III is a white supremacist noted for his defense of the South African apartheid system while he was president of the National Conservative Political Action Committee, at which time he declared that he was “proud to become a member of the Coalition Against ANC [African National Congress] Terrorism.” Bozell III made the racially charged statement that U.S. President Barack Obama “looked like a skinny, ghetto crackhead.” Bozell III’s son, L. Brent Bozell IV, was one of the MAGA supporters arrested for storming the capitol on January 6, 2021.44

    The MAGA ideology is also evident in the Trump administration’s withdrawals from the 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change and from the World Health Organization, claiming that these steps were necessary to reclaim American “sovereignty.”45 Trump’s imperialist America First ideology extends extraterritorially to demanding that European corporations conform to his executive orders on removing all provisions on diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) if they are to have dealings with the United States.46

    The extreme nature of these positions has distanced the Trump administration from the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), known as “the imperial brain trust” and as “Wall Street’s think tank.” The bipartisan CFR has been a dominant force in U.S. geopolitical strategy since the Second World War.47 Reflecting the general MAGA sentiments, Hegseth accused the CFR of liberal globalism in a letter resigning from the organization.48James M. Lindsay, writing for the CFR from a globalist perspective, has criticized the Trump Doctrine as a “disruptive” reversion to “nineteenth-century power politics and spheres of interest.” According to Lindsay, Trump stands accused of adopting “a Thucydidean worldview—one in which ‘the strong do what they can and the weak suffer what they must.’” Liberal globalists like Lindsay are not opposed to the overall objectives of Trump’s global power politics in this respect. Rather, they complain that it is too ham-fisted and ineffective when compared to the more adroit methods of traditional grand strategists of the American imperium.49

    The Trump Doctrine and the War on China

    In 2010–2011, the Obama administration introduced its “Pivot to Asia,” aimed at the military and geoeconomic encirclement of China. Yet, at the time, the United States was still hoping for a “Gorbachev” to emerge in China who would represent a decisive shift to capitalism, undermining the Communist Party of China (CPC) and allowing the United States to regain its ascendance in Asia. By 2015, it had become apparent that these hopes on the part of U.S. imperial grand strategists had been disappointed, and that the rise of Xi Jinping as chairman of the CPC and president of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) stood for the reinvigoration of “socialism with Chinese characteristics.” Hence, it was Republican strategists around Trump in his first administration that initiated the New Cold War on China, along with an attempted détente with Russia, all aimed at constraining and defeating Beijing.50

    During the Biden administration following the 2020 presidential election, there was a shift back to the long-term imperial strategy of enlarging NATO eastward to Ukraine, the basis of which had already been laid by the U.S.-organized right-wing Maidan coup, leading to the overthrow of the democratically elected president Victor Yanukovych in 2014, followed by civil war in Ukraine. In 2022, after eight years of bloodshed, and Kyiv’s disregard of the Minsk peace agreements establishing Donbass as an autonomous region, the civil war in Ukraine expanded into a full-scale NATO proxy war between NATO and Russia, as Moscow intervened on the side of Russian-speaking Donbass on its border, forestalling an attack in preparation by the Kyiv regime.51Nevertheless, even while engaged in a major proxy war with Russia in Ukraine, during which the United States/NATO provided massive military aid and logistical support, the Biden administration continued to push forward the New Cold War on China launched by Trump, thereby threatening Russia and China at the same time.52

    With the reelection of Trump in 2024, U.S. policy has now shifted back to attempts to end the U.S. proxy war with Russia in Ukraine so as to focus U.S. grand imperial strategy on the singular object of curtailing China’s rise. In what has become known as a “reverse Kissinger strategy,” the Trump administration has sought once again to establish détente with Russia in an attempt to divide the two Eurasian superpowers.53 The MAGA regime is waging the New Cold War on China on an increasingly belligerent basis, accelerating its military spending, shifting national resources away from other foreign and domestic priorities, and weaponizing all of its economic and technological means, accompanied by a New McCarthyism. This is unfolding as part of a larger racially charged crusade against all immigrants, “foreigners,” and supporters of Palestine, China, and non-Westerners in general, accompanied by politically based deportations—in some cases to concentration camps abroad.54

    Rubio, a vehemently anti-Communist ideologue, declared in the Senate hearings on his nomination that China “cheated to obtain superpower status” at U.S. expense. Hegseth has declared that “communist China…subsists on tyranny, theft, and deception” and is the main enemy of the United States. As Secretary of Defense, he has declared that Washington is “prepared” for war with Beijing, which it ostensibly still wants to avoid. Trump’s National Security Adviser, Mike Waltz, ousted from his position in May over the Signal scandal, referred directly to a “Cold War” with China and characterized “the Chinese Communist Party” as Washington’s principal enemy.55

    In order to comprehend the strategic aspects of the U.S. Cold War on China and the dangers it poses of a Hot War, it is important to understand the nature of counterforce strategy and the notion of limited nuclear war between superpowers. The original conception of a Cold War in the post-Second World War era was that the nuclear superpowers could not engage in a Hot War with each other without mutual assured destruction (MAD). Hence, they had to engage in struggles around the world in ways that stopped short of direct superpower confrontation. U.S. nuclear policy was thus based for decades on MAD, which signified that nuclear weapons were unusable and nuclear war unthinkable. This was associated with a minimalist approach to nuclear armaments. By the 1980s, however, the U.S. nuclear posture had shifted to a maximalistcounterforce doctrine, aimed at making nuclear weapons usable (again) and nuclear war thinkable. The counterforce doctrine has as its primary object development of first strike capability or nuclear primacy (which would allow Washington to eliminate the retaliatory capability of the other side in a first strike). Its secondary object—particularly if nuclear primacy is found to be beyond reach—is a limited nuclear war in which the United States would dominate all the levels of escalation. In a limited nuclear war, it is theorized, the United States will be able to defeat its superpower opponent, forcing it to back down, short of a global nuclear apocalypse.56

    In the U.S. strategic planning community today, the foremost theorist of a limited nuclear war with China, to be fought most likely over Taiwan, is Elbridge A. Colby, Trump’s undersecretary of defense for policy. A Harvard-educated blueblood, Colby is the grandson of former CIA director William Colby. Elbridge Colby served as deputy assistant secretary of defense for strategy and force development in the first Trump administration. He was the lead author of the 2018 U.S. National Defense Strategy. Following the first Trump administration, he cofounded the strategic think tank, the Marathon Initiative, and has developed strong ties to the Heritage Foundation.

    Colby’s nomination was strongly opposed by Republican neocons (as well as Democrats) based on what was seen as his less than hawkish position on Iran and hence the Middle East. This was related to his stance that China is the real threat, and that the U.S. war machine should have a laser focus on the Indo-Pacific even at the expense of other theaters. In this respect, Colby had the full support of MAGA, including U.S. Vice President J. D. Vance; centibillionaire and DOGE czar Musk; Charlie Kirk, head of Turning Point USA; Compactmagazine; and Heritage Foundation president Kevin Roberts, with whom Colby coauthored an article arguing that Washington should shift its focus from Ukraine to China.57 Widely seen as a Republican “realist” in the Henry Kissinger mode, Colby’s primary emphasis is on the need to prepare aggressively for a limited (nuclear) war with China over Taiwan. The 2018 National Defense Strategy under his direction singled out China as the principal enemy, and, for the first time ever, explicitly integrated limited nuclear war into overall U.S. national defense strategy.58

    Colby is viewed in geopolitical and military circles as the leading proponent of the “strategy of denial” aimed at China. This is a “limited war” strategy, potentially employing full non-strategic military might plus counterforce weapons in accordance with the “Schlesinger Doctrine” (named after Richard Nixon’s Secretary of Defense, James Schlesinger). Structuring his argument in terms of an impending PRC attack on Taiwan (recognized internationally, including by Washington, as an autonomous, self-governing part of China), Colby commences by declaring that the United States can no longer count on absolute military dominance globally or in the Indo-Pacific region. A U.S. “preventative war” against China over Taiwan, as in the case of numerous U.S. imperial wars in the past, must be avoided, since China, like the United States, has a nuclear arsenal that would survive a first strike. Nevertheless, Colby claims, the United States retains superior counterforce strike capabilities, giving it the advantage at the various stages of escalation. Nations, he states, do not “have equally good options for incremental escalation below the apocalyptic level.” A strategy of denial thus means to take away the military objective of the other side by ensuring that for it to escalate its way out of the conflict or to follow the United States up the ladder of escalation would be far too costly.59

    In a war with the PRC over Taiwan, relying on the strategy of denial, Colby tells us, Washington would seek to avoid using nuclear weapons for “city-busting,” attacks on nuclear command centers, or direct attempts to “decapitate” the PRC’s political leadership. There could be no “one fell-swoop” attack that would force the PRC to employ its full deterrent. Nonetheless, Washington could win the war, Colby argues, by making it prohibitively costly for China to escalate to the next level. This would include, in the U.S. climb up the ladder of escalation, attacks on mainland China’s “internal transportation infrastructure…energy production and distribution sites, telecommunication nodes, and airports and seaports,” plus, at a further level of escalation, its “industrial base, commercial technology production and financial sector,” extending all the way to counterforce attacks on China’s “nuclear power projection forces” and “ultimately regime targets,” that is, aimed at the CPC itself. If the PRC were to succeed in securing Taiwan, which is seen as likely in such a conflict, the United States, Colby contends, should be prepared to fight a limited war to “recapture” it, as part of the overall denial strategy. Colby’s strategy of denial with respect to Taiwan involves building up the military capabilities of Taipei and of the first and second island chains of U.S. bases in the Indo-Pacific, as well as expanding U.S. military alliances throughout the region in preparation for a limited war. This could, he contends, escalate into a limited nuclear war, while theoretically avoiding total escalation to nuclear war. The United States recently, under the Biden administration, installed intermediate-range missiles capable of carrying nuclear weapons in the Philippines, where they can strike the Chinese mainland.60

    A crucial part of such so-called “defense” thinking is that the United States, because of its forward deployment, would be in a position to attack the Chinese mainland with regional forces and intermediate-range missiles, while the PRC would have few options to reply in kind—short of use of intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) capable of reaching the U.S. mainland—and hence would be reduced to targets like the major U.S. military base in Guam. If China were actually to reply with ICBM strikes on the U.S. mainland in response to U.S. attacks on the Chinese mainland, this would risk ushering in a full-scale global thermonuclear exchange. According to Colby, Washington should therefore strive, even in a limited nuclear war, to inflict damage to the PRC mainland sufficient to force China to accept a U.S. victory, while stopping short of what would induce China to attack the U.S. mainland—since this would have a high probability of inducing a global holocaust.

    Colby’s extraordinarily dangerous and fanciful strategy thus focuses irrationally on a limited war with China, which, in his own conception, would likely escalate into a limited nuclear war. It is willfully asserted that escalation on China’s part could be controlled and limited by U.S. dominance of each step in the escalation ladder, leading to “war termination” and final victory for the United States.

    The 2018 National Defense Strategy, which was largely based on Colby’s formulation, is sometimes referred to as “peace through strength.” It was predicated on preparation to fight a limited nuclear war with China, with the assumption that victory can be achieved by “superior performance within a given set of rules,” short of nuclear apocalypse for all parties.61 Nevertheless, reason suggests that Colby’s strategy of denial involving U.S. attacks on the Chinese mainland, likely escalating to counterforce attacks on strategic/nuclear targets, vastly increases the likelihood of MAD as the final outcome. A general thermonuclear exchange would lead to the extermination of almost all of global humanity due to megafires in hundreds of cities pushing smoke and soot into the stratosphere and the onset of nuclear winter.62

    In his Senate confirmation hearings, Rubio flatly asserted that China would invade Taiwan this decade unless the repercussions of such a military engagement would be too steep, using the term “porcupine strategy” for the strategy of denial. He argued that Taiwan had to be armed to the teeth and that the U.S. military needed to be prepared to deny China’s coercive resumption of direct sovereign rule of the island by making it cost prohibitive. In his own nomination hearing, Colby stated that Taiwan needs to increase its military spending from under 3 percent to 10 percent of its GDP. U.S. officials have continually referred to a planned PRC invasion of Taiwan in the lead-up to 2027, known as the “Davidson Window” after a declaration to that effect in 2021 by outgoing head of the U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, Admiral Phil Davidson (who received his appointment under Trump). However, there is no real basis for the claim, with respect to either the 2027 date or the decision on the part of China to intervene militarily. Beijing’s official policy remains one of peaceful unification across the strait. According to Defense News, the fact that “DC became obsessed” with the idea of a invasion of Taiwan by the PRC by 2027 has influenced U.S. national security and military policy on China, creating additional tensions in the Indo-Pacific region.63

    Needless to say, while U.S. military operations are customarily couched in terms of “defense,” this is invariably accompanied by the statement that the United States, as part of its official nuclear posture, is prepared to carry out a nuclear first strike, which remains at all times “on the table.” As Musk, the Pentagon’s biggest military contractor, put it in a 2024 interview of Trump, a nuclear holocaust “is not as scary as people think.” He added that “Hiroshima and Nagasaki were bombed but now they are full cities again.” Trump agreed, replying “That’s great, that’s great.”64

    Trump’s most extravagant and inane military initiative is his “Golden Dome” meant to shield the United States from incoming missiles. In the initial stages, this would involve improvements of ground-based missile interceptors. The main emphasis, though, is on the development of thousands of satellites in outer space armed with hypersonic missiles. The lead in obtaining contracts to build the Golden Dome seems to lie at present with Musk’s SpaceX, which dominates the field of small satellites and space launches and is the primary U.S. defense contractor in space-based weaponry. Moreover, the SpaceX cutout Castelion, led by ex-senior SpaceX employees, is focusing on the development of hypersonic missiles. Another leading contender for the Golden Dome contracts is major defense contractor Booz Allen Hamilton, which is floating its “Brilliant Swarms” idea entailing a whole constellation of satellites on twenty orbital planes from three hundred kilometers up, run by artificial intelligence, each satellite constituting a kill vehicle.65

    Although Trump’s envisioned Golden Dome is advertised as a defensive shield for the United States, its main purpose is offensive, as a United States effectively protected from incoming missiles would have nuclear primacy or first strike capability able to pick off stray missiles that had survived an initial attack on another nuclear superpower. Such a system would be absolutely useless against a full-scale nuclear attack by another superpower since it would share in the weaknesses of all other anti-ballistic missile systems in that it would easily be overrun by numbers. Moreover, missiles on the ground will always be easier and cheaper to build than space-based interceptors. Indeed, in order to take advantage of superior U.S. counterforce and space weaponry and to make his Golden Dome nuclear shield feasible, Trump has floated the idea of strategic denuclearization that would limit the number of warheads/ballistic missiles on each side. This is because one of the main means of ensuring nuclear survivability, and the chief means of penetrating missile shields designed to provide first strike capability, is the sheer number of missiles. In fact, Trump’s building of a Golden Dome is likely to make any further nuclear disarmament impossible and instead to launch a new nuclear arms race.66

    Although Trump’s Golden Dome is ostensibly aimed at protecting the U.S. population from nuclear exterminism, his administration simultaneously is revoking all efforts to protect the U.S. and world population from exterminism associated with global warming. His MAGA regime has not only directly eliminated all federal climate change mitigation efforts, but in an Executive Order released in April 2025, he ordered the U.S. Attorney General to take actions aimed at preventing the enforcement of all existing state and local government laws directed at combating climate change. He did this by simply decreeing that such state and local measures to protect the environment were illegal and violated administration policy.67

    America First/Amerika Über Alles

    Noam Chomsky famously argued that propaganda in democratic societies had to be more sophisticated than in authoritarian states, since in the former it occurs behind the backs of the people, relying on deeply internalized values and media complicity, using all the techniques developed in advertising/marketing, while in the latter it could be quite crude and open, enforced by the bludgeon.68 Nevertheless, fascist-style propaganda against whole ethnicities and peoples, as Adolf Hitler’s Germany demonstrated, is arguably at its most effective when presented in its most blatantly crude form, relying not so much on a bludgeon but on inducing masses of people to openly identify with it, even while conscious of its dehumanizing and coercive character, drawing on “accumulated rage” generated by capitalism. This then becomes the high point of irrationalism. As Bloch wrote, the Nazi brownshirts were entirely “honest in one thing: in the art of not telling the truth,” a brazen retreat from reason.69

    A good example of such irrationalist propaganda is the infamous November 1933 Nazi poster that read “With Adolf Hitler, Yes for Equality and Peace.”70 The 1919 Treaty of Versailles had limited the German military to one hundred thousand troops. When the League of Nations refused to comply with Hitler’s demands for rearming the country, Hitler held a national plebiscite on November 12, 1933, the fifteenth anniversary of the armistice that brought the First World War to an end. The Nazi slogan, as in the poster, was a call to support Hitler for “Equality and Peace.” The population was asked to back the Führer in demanding equality of status for the German nation in its ability to make war, along with an accompanying promise of peace through strength. All of this was part of an attempt to make Germany great again after its defeat in the First World War and the indignities of the Treaty of Versailles.71

    Propaganda is not simply a matter of lies, it can also occur when truth claims are set aside altogether. Within contemporary philosophy, the concept of “bullshit” is seen as a form of “persuasive communication, distinguished from lying, that has no regard for truth, knowledge, or evidence.” By ending rational debate, pure bullshit is often more effective than standard propaganda, even of the Orwellian variety, since it does not simply invert the truth, but openly exhibits contempt for truth of any kind, advertising its muscular, scornful, and evasive perspective.72 It is thus a potent weapon of irrationalism. Climate change denialists often rely on bullshit in this sense to combat science, proudly exhibiting their denial of reason itself.73 In announcing his “Liberation Day” tariffs, Trump said that “for decades, our country has been looted, pillaged, raped, and plundered by nations near and far, friend and foe alike,” employing a rhetoric that was so hyperbolic and irrational that it can be classified not so much as a case of lying as pure bullshit. It did not even pretend to be an accurate portrayal of the truth, but exhibited a disdainful attitude toward the entire world—one which, as the Marxist economist Paul A. Baran said in relation to Fyodor Dostoevsky’s character, the Underground Man, “vomits up reason.”74

    When Trump declared in the 2024 elections in Dearborn, Michigan, that “I am the peace candidate,” and went on to declare “I am peace,” some took him simply at his word, failing to perceive this as a propagandistic statement by a leader of a neofascist, hypernationalist, racist movement, backed by the most conservative sectors of the U.S. ruling class.75 During his election campaign, he intimated that he had a secret plan to bring peace to Gaza. He began to put this into place upon entering the White House by proposing, together with Netanyahu, the extermination/relocation of the entire Palestinian population of Gaza: that is, the peace of the grave.

    Some previous leftists like Parenti have argued that Trump is an “America-First isolationist” opposed to empire.76 In reality, “America First,” historically was an imperialist slogan, more closely related to the title of the Nazi slogan Deutschland über alles (“Germany Above All”) than to historical U.S. isolationism, itself largely a myth. Deutschland über alles was taken from the German national anthem adopted during the Weimar Republic, where it originally referred to the unification of Germany. It was reinterpreted and made into a slogan, weaponizing the national anthem in Hitler’s Third Reich, standing for a kind of German manifest destiny to rule Europe. In a somewhat analogous historical development, the slogan “America First” was introduced by Woodrow Wilson to stand for U.S. neutrality in the First World War—just prior to U.S. entry into the “War to End All Wars.” In the 1930s, the media monopolist William Randolph Hearst placed “America First” on the masthead of his papers and celebrated the “great achievement” of the Nazi regime in Germany, with Hearst personally interviewing Hitler. Charles Lindbergh, the world-famous aviator, became the head of the America First Committee at the time of the Second World War and an exponent of Aryan racial superiority and antisemitism. He was presented with a medal by Field Marshall Hermann Göring on behalf of Hitler. The Anti-Defamation League urged Trump to drop the America First slogan, given its pro-Nazi history, but he continued to use it to define his foreign policy.77

    Trump’s slogan of “peace through strength” had its origins in the Roman Empire. It is said to have first been used by the Emperor Hadrian, best known for Hadrian’s Wall, which was built in the Roman province of Britain in 122 CE. The wall was intended to help defend the boundaries of the Roman Empire, at the moment of its greatest expansion, against barbarian “invaders.”78 As imperial decline commences, the notion of barbarian invaders soon becomes ubiquitous, leading to demands to build border walls and Golden Domes. The irrationalism of the Trump Doctrine of renewed U.S. global domination through an aggressive racial nationalism points to what István Mészáros termed the “potentially deadliest phase of imperialism,” a period of nuclear-armed barbarism.79

    Writing in 1935, during the consolidation of the Nazi regime in The Heritage of Our Times, Bloch observed: “We have really reached the trump card here after a hundred years of the German workers’ movement: a monster has come true and is committing the proletarians in chains to the Thousand-Year Reich, to capital finance as national community.”80 In 2025, the United States is subject to a neofascist movement of enormous significance, in which the “trump card here,” after a long history of democratic struggle rooted in workers’ movements, is that “a monster has come true,” committing workers increasingly “in chains” to “capital finance as national community” and to a New Cold War against China and the Global South.

    The billionaire ruling class of the United States has—along the path of support for Israeli genocide of Palestinians and a prospective war with China—shifted its support from liberal democracy to neofascism, or at best to a neofascist-neoliberal alliance. Key sections of the capitalist class have mobilized the lower-middle class on the basis of a nationalist, revanchist ideology, in which the population of most of the world is seen as the enemy. Structures are being put in place that are meant to eliminate the possibility of a mass democratic revolt from below and the reversal of today’s destructive trends. There is only one movement on Earth capable of turning these dangerous and destructive trends around on behalf of humanity as a whole: the global movement toward socialism, which is also necessarily an anti-imperialist movement. The worst error that could be made in this dire situation would be to underestimate the danger, or the extent, of the revolutionary human struggle now required.

    Notes

    1. Christian Parenti, “Trump’s Real Crime Is Opposing Empire,” Compact, April 7, 2023.
    2. Détente with Russia as part of the launching of a New Cold War with China was central to the first Trump administration. See John Bellamy Foster, Trump in the White House (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2017), 50–52, 74–75.
    3. Trump has threatened to bomb Iran if it does not make a deal with the United States on its (nonexistent) nuclear weapons program, declaring in early April: “If they don’t make a deal, there will be bombing. It will be bombing the likes of which they have never seen before.”Doina Chiacu and David Ljunggren, “Trump Threatens Bombing if Iran Does Not Make Nuclear Deal,” Reuters, March 30, 2025; Chris Bambery, “Trump’s War Plans for Iran: Opening the Other Gates of Hell,” Counterfire, April 4, 2025.
    4. Leo Shane III, “Trump Promises $1 Trillion in Defense Spending for Next Year,” Defense News, April 8, 2025; Gisela Cernadas and John Bellamy Foster, “Actual U.S. Military Spending Reached $1.537 Trillion in 2022—More than Twice Acknowledged Level: New Estimates Based on U.S. National Accounts,” Monthly Review 75, no. 6 (November 2023): 18–26.
    5. On the “Age of Catastrophe,” 1914–1945, see Eric Hobsbawm, The Age of Extremes (New York: Vintage, 1994), Part I.
    6. Parenti, “Trump’s Real Crime Is Opposing Empire.”
    7. Jeff Heer, “Surprisingly Durable Myth of Donald Trump, Anti-Imperialist,” The Nation, April 17, 2023; John Bellamy Foster, “The New Cold War on China,” Monthly Review 73, no. 3 (July–August 2021): 1–20.
    8. Prabhat Patnaik, “Imperialism’s Revival Strategy,” People’s Democracy, March 2, 2025, peoplesdemocracy.in.
    9. Josh Dawsey, Vera Bergengruen, and Alexander Ward, “The Painting That Explains Trump’s Foreign Policy,” Wall Street Journal, March 13, 2025.
    10. R. W. Van Alstyne, The Rising American Empire (Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1960).
    11. Michael Anton, “The Trump Doctrine: An Insider Explains the President’s Foreign Policy,” Foreign Policy, 232 (Spring 2019): 40–47.
    12. Anton, “The Trump Doctrine”; Amanda Taub, “The Trump Doctrine: The World Is a Zero-Sum Game,” New York Times, March 7, 2025
    13. Anton, “The Trump Doctrine”; Plato, Republic, trans. Francis MacDonald Cornford (New York: Oxford University Press, 1945), 14–22.
    14. Bryan Mena, “Key Takeaways from Trump’s ‘Liberation Day’ Tariffs,” CNN, April 2, 2025; Peter Foster and Sam Fleming, “Donald Trump Baffles Economists with Tariff Formula,” Financial Times, April 3, 2025; Nick Beams, “Trump’s ‘Reciprocal Tariffs’ Escalate Economic War Against the World,” World Socialist Web Site, April 3, 2025, wsws.org; Jack Izzo, “Posts Online Correctly Cracked the Formula for Trump’s Tariffs,” Snopes, April 3, 2025; Helen Davidson and Joana Partridge, “Trump Imposes New Tariffs on Dozens of Partners, Sparking Fresh Market Turmoil,” Guardian, April 9, 2025; Josh Boak, “Trump Backs Down on Most Reciprocal Tariffs for 90 Days, but Raises Rate on Chinese Imports to 125 Percent,” PBS News, April 9, 2025; Léonie Chao-Fong, Tom Ambrose, Graeme Wearden, and Kate Lamb, “US Markets Close with Steep Losses as Trump Tariffs Branded ‘Worst Self-Inflicted Wound’ by a Successful Economy,” Guardian, April 10, 2025.
    15. Oren Cass,” American Compass, n.d.; Influence Watch, “American Compass,” n.d., influencewatch.org; Influence Watch, “Thomas D. Klingenstein Fund,” n.d.; Jason Wilson, “The Far Right Financier Giving Millions to the Republican Party to Fight ‘Woke Communists,’” Guardian, August 4, 2023; Thomas D. Klingenstein, “Winning the Cold Civil War,Newsweek, September 8, 2021.
    16. “Where’s the Growth?,” American Compass, March 15, 2022, americancompass.org; Oren Cass, “Why Trump Is Right About Tariffs,” Wall Street Journal, October 27, 2023.
    17. A Hard Break from China: Protecting the American Market from Subversion by the CCP,” American Compass, June 8, 2023; David Azerrad, “How to Put Woke Capital Out of Business,” American Compass, September 2, 2021; Vivek Ramaswamy, Woke, Inc.: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam (New York: Center Street, 2021).
    18. Peter Navarro, The Coming China Wars (New York: Financial Times Press, 2008), 203–5; Jacob Heilbrunn, “The Most Dangerous Man in the Trump World?,” Politico, February 12, 2007; John Bellamy Foster, Trump in the White House, 84–85; Alan Rappeport, “Trump’s Trade Advisor Pick, a China Hawk, Was Jailed over Jan. 6,” New York Times, December 4, 2024; D’Angelo Gore, “Independent Analyses Contradict Navarro’s $6 Trillion-Plus Tariff Revenue Estimate,” FactCheck, April 10, 2025, factcheck.org.
    19. David Randall, “Hudson Bay, Morgan Stanley, Took Positions in Trump Social Media Firm in Q1,” Reuters, May 15, 2024; Stephen Miran, A User’s Guide to Restructuring the Global Trading System, Hudson Bay Capital, November 2024, hudsonbaycapital.com.
    20. Josh Lipsky and Jessie Yin, “Meeting in Mar-a-Lago: Is a New Currency Deal Plausible?,” Atlantic Council, March 13, 2015, atlanticcouncil.org.
    21. Miran, A User’s Guide to Restructuring the Global Trading System, 13–14, 35.
    22. Michael Hudson, “Trump’s Tariff Threats Could Destabilize the Global Economy,” Geopolitical Economy, January 25, 2025, geopoliticaleconomy.com
    23. Miran, A User’s Guide to Restructuring the Global Trading System, 37.
    24. David Deuchar, “Donald Trump and the Dollar: The Triffin Dilemma and America’s Exorbitant Privilege,” Seeking Alpha, May 24, 2016; Robert Triffin, Gold and the Dollar Crisis: Yesterday and Today, Essays in International Finance, no. 132 (Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1978), 1–6; Ismail Shakil, “Trump Repeats Tariff Threat to Disuade BRICS Nations from Replacing US Dollar,” Reuters, January 30, 2025.
    25. Hudson, “Trump’s Tariff Threats Could Destabilize the Global Economy.”
    26. Carol D. Leonnig and Philip Rucker, “‘You’re a Bunch of Dopes and Babies’: Inside Trump’s Stunning Tirade Against Generals,” Washington Post, January 17, 2020.
    27. Green Party US, “Alienated, Not Apathetic: Why Workers Don’t Vote,” August 5, 2019, gp.org; “Median Income in the United States in 2023, by Educational Attainment of Householder,” Statista, statista.com, n.d. In the 2024 elections, according to exit polls, Trump expanded beyond his lower-middle class base support into the working class, winning a majority of those with family incomes between $30,000 and $50,000 a year, but he still lost to the Democrats among the poor (those with family incomes of $30,000 or less). The major domestic issue accounting for this shift was the economy, principally inflation. “Exit Polls,” NBC News, November 5, 2024. Millions of previous Democratic voters chose the Party of Nonvoters.
    28. Ernst Bloch, The Heritage of Our Times (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1990), 54, 68, 79, 108, 113. On the patriarchal, conservative sex/gender tendencies of the lower-middle class in capitalist societies and the role of this in generating fascist tendencies, see Wilhelm Reich, The Mass Psychology of Fascism (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 1970), 52–59.
    29. Phil A. Neel, Hinterland: America’s New Landscape of Class Conflict (London: Reaktion Books, 2018), 36, 57–58. Contradicting his own argument, Neel suggests that these developments do not point to the development of fascism or neofascism in Trump’s Make America Great Movement, despite the similar class dynamics. Neel, Hinterland, 48.
    30. Charles R. Kesler, “America’s Cold Civil War,” Imprimis 47, no. 10 (October 2018); Jonathan Wilson-Hartgrove, Reconstructing the Gospel: Finding Freedom from Slaveholder Religion (Lisle, Illinois: InterVarsity Press, 2018).
    31. Leila Abboud, Adrienne Klasa, and Henry Foy, “U.S. Tells European Companies to Comply with Donald Trump’s Anti-Diversity Order,” Financial Times, March 28, 2025.
    32. Dennis Laich, “Trump’s ‘Gaza Riviera’—A Profile in Arrogance,” The Hill, March 9, 2025.
    33. Georg Lukács, The Destruction of Reason (London: Merlin Press, 1980), 737
    34. CRA Staff, “Primer: Palestinian Culture is Prohibitive for Assimilation,” Center for Renewing America, December 1, 2023, americarenewing.com.
    35. Lydia Wilson, “Pete Hegseth’s Tattoos and the Crusading Obsession of the Far Right,” New Lines, November 29, 2024; Pete Hegseth, American Crusade (New York: Center Street, 2020), 13, 24, 289–90, 301.
    36. Jon Gambrell, “Trump Threatens Houthi Rebels That They’ll Be ‘Completely Annihilated’ as Airstrikes Pound Yemen,” Associated Press, March 20, 2025.
    37. Dawsey, Bergengruen, and Ward, “The Painting That Explains Trump’s Foreign Policy.”
    38. Micah Meadowcroft and Anthony Licata, “Primer: The American Canal—The Case for Revisiting the Panama Canal Treaties,” Center for Renewing America, January 31, 2025; Brett Wilkins, “Trump Orders U.S. Military to Plan Invasion of Panama to Seize the Canal: Report,” Common Dreams, March 13, 2025, commondreams.org; “‘Camouflaged Invasion’: Panama Opposition Slams Security Pact with the US,” Al Jazeera, April 12, 2025.
    39. Sumantra Maitra, “Towards Greater Engagement and Integration with Greenland and a New American Arctic Century,” Center for Renewing America, March 3, 2025.
    40. José Luis Granados Ceja, “Trump Threatens 25% Tariff on Countries Buying Venezuelan Oil as US Continues Migrant Crackdown,” Venezuelanalysis, March 24, 2025
    41. Farah Najjar, “Why Are Caribbean Leaders Fighting Trump to Keep Cuban Doctors?,” Al Jazeera, March 15, 2025; Vijay Prashad, “Why Cuban Doctors Deserve the Nobel Peace Prize,” MR Online, August 25, 2020.
    42. Kate Bartlett, “What’s Trump’s Beef with South Africa?,” NPR, February 7, 2025; Michelle Gavin, “Trump’s Misguided Policy Toward South Africa,” Council on Foreign Relations, February 12, 2025, cfr.org; “Do White People Own ‘Only’ 22 Percent of South Africa’s Land?,” AFP Fact Check, July 19, 2019, factcheck.afp.com.
    43. Brett Davidson, “What Musk and Trump Describe Is Not the South Africa I Know and Love,” Al Jazeera, March 25, 2025; Bartlett, “What’s Trump’s Beef with South Africa?”; Gavin, “Trump’s Misguided Policy Toward South Africa”; Trita Parsi, “ICJ Lands Stunning Blow on Israel Over Gaza Genocide Charge,” Responsible Statecraft, January 26, 2024, responsiblestatecraft.org; Gerald Imray, “Expelled South African Ambassador Returns Home, Says Will Wear US Sanction as a ‘Badge of Dignity,’” Associated Press, March 23, 2025.
    44. Hunter Walker, “Trump’s Pick for Ambassador to South Africa Actively Opposed Fight to End Apartheid,” Talking Points Memo, March 26, 2025; Stephen Millies, “Trump Wants a Super Bigot to Be Ambassador to South Africa,” Struggle for Socialism/La Lucha por el Socialismo, April 1, 2025, struggle-la-lucha.org; Lucas Shaw, “Barack Obama: Now He’s a Skinny, Ghetto Crackhead?,” Reuters, December 23, 2011.
    45. Stewart Patrick, “Trump’s Distorted View of Sovereignty and American Exceptionalism,” Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, January 30, 2025; Donald Trump, “The Inaugural Address,” The White House, January 20, 2025.
    46. Abboud, Klasa, and Foy, “U.S. Tells European Companies to Comply with Donald Trump’s Anti-Diversity Order.”
    47. Laurence H. Shoup and William Minter, Imperial Brain Trust: The Council on Foreign Relations and United States Foreign Policy (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1977); Laurence H. Shoup, Wall Street’s Think Tank (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2015).
    48. Hegseth, American Crusade, 92–94.
    49. James M. Lindsay, “The Costs of Trump’s Foreign Policy Disruption,” Council on Foreign Relations, January 31, 2025.
    50. Foster, Trump in the White House, 50–52, 74–75
    51. See Thomas Palley, “The Russia War Explained: How the U.S. Exploited the Internal Fractures in the Post-Soviet Order,” Monthly Review 77, no. 2 (June 2025).
    52. John Bellamy Foster and Brett Clark, “Imperialism in the Indo-Pacific—An Introduction,” Monthly Review 76, no. 3 (July–August 2024): 6–13.
    53. Vijay Prashad, “Donald Trump’s Reverse Kissinger Strategy,” People’s Dispatch, March 6, 2025.
    54. This is the case with respect to deportations to Guantanamo and to notorious prison complexes in El Salvador. See Chris Hedges, “American Concentration Camps,” ScheerPost, April 17, 2025.
    55. Antara Ghosal Singh, “China’s Rubio Dilemma,” Observer Research Foundation, February 11, 2025, orfonline.org; Hegseth, American Crusade, 157; Sarah Ewall-Wice, “Pete Hegseth Says the US Is ‘Prepared’ for War with China After Tariff Retaliation Threat,” Daily Mail, March 5, 2025; Selina Wang, “Rubio and Waltz Picks Put China Back at the Center of U.S. Foreign Policy,” ABC News, November 12, 2024.
    56. See John Bellamy Foster, “The U.S. Quest for Nuclear Primacy,” Monthly Review 75, no. 9 (February 2024): 1–21.
    57. Daniel McCarthy, “Why Elbridge Colby Matters,” Compact, February 21, 2025; Kelley Beaucar Vlahos, “Realists Cheer as Elbridge Colby Named Top DoD Official for Policy,” Responsible Statecraft, December 23, 2024; Elbridge A. Colby and Kevin Roberts, “The Correct Conservative Approach to Ukraine Shifts the Focus to China,” Time, March 21, 2023.
    58. U.S. Department of Defense, Summary of the 2018 National Defense Strategy: Sharpening the American Military’s Competitive Edge, Defense Acquisition University, dau.edu; John Bellamy Foster, “The U.S. Quest for Nuclear Primacy,” 15; Jacob Heilbrunn, “Elbridge Colby Wants to Finish What Donald Trump Started,” Politico, April 11, 2023.
    59. Elbridge A. Colby, The Strategy of Denial: American Defense in an Age of Great Power Conflict(New Haven: Yale University Press, 2021), 83, 95, 147, 172, 183.
    60. Colby, The Strategy of Denial, 182–83, 197; Elbridge A. Colby and Yashar Parsie, Building a Strategy for Escalation and War Termination, Marathon Initiative, November 2022, 9, 17–18, 20–23; Abdul Rahman, “China Demands Withdrawal of U.S. Missile System from the Philippines, Calls It a Threat to Regional Peace and Security,” People’s Dispatch, December 28, 2024. On the U.S. forward military deployment and the encirclement of China, see Foster and Clark, “Imperialism in the Indo-Pacific,” 13–19.
    61. Colby, The Strategy of Denial, 90; Colby and Parsie, Building a Strategy of Escalation and War Termination, 17; Bill Gertz, “Pentagon Policy Nominee Says U.S. Must Act or Risk Losing War with China: Colby Vows to Adopt America First and Peace Through Strength,” Washington Times, March 4, 2025.
    62. John Bellamy Foster, “‘Notes on Exterminism’ for the Twenty-First Century Ecology and Peace Movements,” Monthly Review 74, no. 1 (May 2022): 1–17.
    63. Micah McCartney, “China Will Launch War This Decade, Trump Nominee Says,” Newsweek, January 16, 2025; “Taiwan Needs to Hike Defense Spending to 10%—Pentagon Nominee,” Reuters, March 4, 2025; Noah Robertson, “How DC Became Obsessed with a Potential 2027 Chinese Invasion of Taiwan,” DefenseNews, May 7, 2024; John Culver, “China, Taiwan, and the PLA’s 2027 Milestones,” The Interpreter, February 12, 2025, lowyinstitute.org/the-interpreter.
    64. Alisha Rahaman Sarkar, “Elon Musk Draws Fire for Playing Down Impact of Atomic Bombing of Japan: ‘Not as Scary as People Think,’” Independent, August 13, 2024; Sumanti Sen, “Elon Musk Under Fire for ‘Minimizing’ Hiroshima and Nagasaki Tragedy by Saying It’s ‘Not as Scary as People Think,’” Hindustan Times, April 13, 2024.
    65. Patrick Tucker, “Trump to Get Golden Dome Options Next Week: Defense Source,” Defense One, March 27, 2025; Binoy Kampmark, “Trump’s Star Wars Revival: The Golden Dome Antimissile Fantasy,” Dissident Voice, March 25, 2025.
    66. Zeke Miller and Michelle L. Price, “Trump Wants Denuclearization Talks with Russia and China, Hopes for Defense Spending Cuts,” Associated Press, February 14, 2025.
    67. Donald J. Trump, “The White House, Protecting American Energy from State Overreach,” Executive Orders, April 8, 2025.
    68. Noam Chomsky interviewed by David Barsamian, Chronicles of Dissent (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1992), 62–63.
    69. Bloch, The Heritage of Our Times, 70, 108–11, translation punctuation slightly modified.
    70. Propaganda Advertisement Implying that Hitler Supports Equality and Peace,” United States Holocaust Memorial Museum, Accession Number: 1990.333.7, collections.ushmm.org/search/catalog/irn3775.
    71. Norm Haskett, “Germany Exits League of Nations,” The Daily Chronicles of World War II, ww2days.com.
    72. Vukašin Gligorić, Allard Feddes, and Bertjan Doosje, “Political Bullshit Receptivity and Its Correlates: A Cross-Country Validation of the Concept,” Journal of Social and Political Psychology 10, no. 2 (2022): 411–29; Harry G. Frankfurt, On Bullshit (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 2005).
    73. Joshua Luczak, “Climate Denialism Bullshit Is Harmful,” Asian Journal of Philosophy 2, no. 1 (2023): 1–20.
    74. Josh Boak, “Trump Launches Tariffs, Saying Global Trade Has ‘Looted, Pillaged, Raped, Plundered’ US Economy,” Associated Press, April 2, 2025; Paul A. Baran, The Longer View (New York: Monthly Review Press, 1969), 104.
    75. Mehdi Hasan, “Is Donald Trump a Foreign Policy Dove?: If Only,” Guardian, November 13, 2024; Tia Goldenberg, “Trump Promises to Bring Lasting Peace to a Tumultuous Middle East. But Fixing It Won’t Be Easy,” Associated Press, November 6, 2024.
    76. Parenti, “Trump’s Real Crime Is Opposing Empire.”
    77. Lawrence S. Wittner, “The Ugly Origins of Trump’s ‘America First’ Policy,” Foreign Policy in Focus, March 19, 2024.
    78. Jarrett A. Lobell, “The Wall at the End of Empire,” Archaeology 70, no. 3 (May–June 2017): 26–35.
    79. István Mészáros, Socialism or Barbarism (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2001), 23–56.
    80. Bloch, The Heritage of Our Times, 67.
  • The MAGA Ideology and the Trump Regime

    The MAGA Ideology and the Trump Regime

    The MAGA Ideology and the Trump Regime,” Monthly Review 77, no. 11 (May 2025), pp. 1-24.

    “The Bosses of the Senate” by Joseph Keppler, originally published in Puck magazine, January 1889. Image via Library of Congress.
    “The Bosses of the Senate” by Joseph Keppler, originally published in Puck magazine, January 1889. Image via Library of Congress.

     

    One week after the January 20, 2025, inauguration of Donald Trump in his second stint as U.S. president, Matthew J. Vaeth, acting director of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), issued a memorandum to federal departments and agencies ordering a temporary pause of agency, grant and loan, and financial assistance spending throughout the federal government. This was the opening shot in what the right has called the “Cold Civil War.”1 The order for a general freeze on federal civilian spending was most likely written by the incoming 2025 OMB director, Russell Vought, then awaiting confirmation by Congress. For Vought “the stark reality in America is that we are in the late stages of a complete Marxist takeover of the country” and that these enemies “already hold the weapons of the government apparatus,” which “they have aimed…at us.”2 Vought headed the OMB during the first Trump administration and was a key architect of Project 2025, the plan for the transition to a new absolutist executive, issued in 2022 by the right-wing Heritage Foundation.3 He wrote the chapter on the “Executive Office of the President of the United States” for Project 2025 and founded the Center for Renewing America, an active branch of Project 2025, which was charged with writing hundreds of executive orders in advance to be implemented immediately on the re-ascendance of Trump to the White House. Project 2025 included plans to close down whole federal departments, massively cut the federal work force, and drastically reduce federal expenditures, forcing states, local governments, universities, and the media to fall in line with the Trump regime’s dictates.4The OMB’s order to freeze federal civilian government expenditures affected spending that in fiscal year 2024 amounted to some $3 trillion, thus sending shock waves across the nation. On January 31, 2025, Chief Judge John J. McConnell Jr. of the United States District of Rhode Island issued a temporary restraining order on the OMB actions. In response, the OMB rescinded their memo. However, the Trump administration, adhering to the “impoundment theory” that claimed the executive branch had the power to zero-out funds allocated by Congress, refused to comply fully with McConnell’s court order. The subsequent decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit, which supported McConnell’s decision, pointed to a looming Constitutional crisis. Major figures in the Make America Great Again (MAGA) movement have strategized in advance that the president can close down departments and impound congressionally authorized spending, while ignoring the courts, based on the sheer power of the executive office and the proposition that whatever the president does is lawful. If necessary, a state of emergency can be declared, suspending constitutional rights.5 Elon Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) has run roughshod over the federal government, seemingly empowered to take over and close whole agencies at will. Meanwhile, the Trump administration is claiming to have full power over the independent regulatory agencies within the federal government, such as the Federal Trade Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, the Federal Communications Commission, and even the Federal Reserve Board, under what is called the “unitary executive authority,” a controversial constitutional theory.6If the OMB order and the actions of Musk’s DOGE created a legal morass, the ideological intent of the Trump administration’s actions was nevertheless abundantly clear. According to the Vaeth/Vought memo, the purpose of the administration freeze on federal spending was to end “woke” and the weaponization of government, opposing “the use of Federal resources to advance Marxist equity, transgenderism, and green new deal social engineering policies.” The initial freeze or “pause” on spending was designed to allow the administration to identify spending devoted to “DEI [diversity, equity, and inclusion programs], woke gender ideology, and the green new deal,” together with expenditures on foreign aid, that were considered fraudulent uses of federal funding.7 In right-wing ideology, the overarching category is “Cultural Marxism,” which is seen as including the advocacy of critical race theory (CRT); environmental, social, and governance (ESG) initiatives; DEI; LGBTQ+ rights; climate change actions; open borders; universal health care; and green energy.8 This attack on so-called Cultural Marxism was in line with Agenda 47 of the Trump/J.D. Vance campaign, which was aimed at “removing all Marxist diversity, equity, and inclusion bureaucrats” and going after the “Marxist Maniacs Infecting Educational Institutions.”9

    The overall rationale behind these moves was provided by another Heritage Foundation document, also published in 2022, titled How Cultural Marxism Threatens the United States—And How Americans Can Fight It by Mike Gonzalez and Katharine C. Gorka, who went on to write NextGen Marxism: What It Is and How to Combat It (2024).10 Cultural Marxism, which is seen on the MAGA right as pervading the universities and government, as well as penetrating into corporations, is viewed as having its genesis in Antonio Gramsci’s Prison Notebooks, which broke with the economism of classical Marxism. In this distorted view, the new “Cultural Marxism” was carried forward by Frankfurt School Marxists like Max Horkheimer, Theodor Adorno, Herbert Marcuse, and Erich Fromm. It was to be given a more expansive form by postmodernists like Michel Foucault, ultimately leading to radical feminist theory and CRT. The work of Gonzalez and Gorka does not demonstrate the slightest attention to genuine scholarly research. Its purpose is not to promote intellectual inquiry, but rather a New McCarthyism. In their book, they claim that Joseph McCarthy in the anti-Communist witch hunt of the 1950s had carried out “important work,” but made the mistake of leveling charges that he “could not substantiate.” In today’s Cold Civil War, it is suggested, the McCarthyism needs to be resurrected on more solid foundations so as not to make the mistakes of the past—though in fact, the New McCarthyism is as devoid of substance as its 1950s predecessor.11

    The MAGA ideology that is now ensconced in the White House, and which has also spread to a considerable extent into the courts and Congress, has little to do with Trump himself, for whom it has served as a convenient weapon in his rise to power. Rather, its material basis is to be found in the growth of a larger neofascist movement, which, like all movements within the fascist genus, is rooted in a tenuous alliance between sections of the monopoly-capitalist ruling class at the top of society and a mobilized army of lower-middle class adherents far below. The latter see as their chief enemies, not the upper echelons of the capitalist class, but the upper-middle class professionals immediately above them and the working class below.12The primarily white lower-middle class overlaps with rural populations and adherents of religious fundamentalism or evangelicalism, forming a right-wing, revanchist historic bloc.

    The current mobilization of the lower-middle class by the right wing of monopoly capital, particularly, the tech, finance, and oil interests, is initially aimed at dismantling the present “administrative state,” replacing it with one more conducive to a neofascist project. Nevertheless, in the process, a widening political gap is already opening up between the billionaire rulers above and their MAGA army below, between different elements within the evangelical movement, and among those supporting a political dictatorship and those wishing to retain liberal-democratic constitutional forms.13

    In line with all movements in the fascist genus, the current regime will inevitably betray its mass MAGA supporters on the radical right, seeking to relegate them to a more and more subservient and regimented role and negating any policies in fundamental conflict with its capitalist-imperial ends. Nevertheless, a mass of think tanks and influencers has arisen that seek to rationalize the irrational, building on those ideological elements that appeal to a white lower-middle class, but ultimately serving the needs of the billionaire capitalist class. Understanding the basis of this new irrationalism and the forms of class rule associated with it is crucial in the counter-hegemonic struggle for a democratic, egalitarian, and sustainable—and thus socialist—future for humanity as a whole.

    MAGA’s Neofascist Ideology

    “The antonym of fascism,” Marxist economist Paul M. Sweezy wrote in 1952, “is bourgeois democracy, not feudalism or socialism. Fascism is one of the political forms that capitalism may assume in the monopoly-imperialist phase.”14 In the classical definition originating with Marxist theorists—and employed, as in the case of Franz Neumann’s Behemoth: The Structure and Practice of National Socialism, in the Nuremberg trials—those movements and regimes belonging to the fascist genus have their material foundations in a tenuous alliance between monopoly capital and a mobilized petty bourgeoisie or lower-middle class. The latter were referred to by C. Wright Mills as the “rearguarders” of the capitalist system due to their generally regressive ideology, a product of their contradictory class location.15

    Such mobilization of the lower-middle class/stratum at the instigation of sections of monopoly capital occurs when the upper echelons of society see themselves as threatened by a variety of internal and external factors that jeopardize their hegemony. This leads to attacks on the liberal democratic state and the seizure of state power by a section of the ruling class, backed by an army of adherents from below—often initially by legal means, but soon crossing constitutional boundaries. Power is concentrated in the hands of a leader, a duce or Führer, behind whom lies giant capitalist interests. Key to fascist rule, once it gains its ascendancy over the state, is the privatization of large parts of government on behalf of monopolistic capital, a concept first articulated in relation to Adolf Hitler’s Germany.16 This is accompanied by extreme repression of segments of the underlying population, often as scapegoats. Such movements inevitably seek to secure their rule ideologically by gaining control of the entire cultural apparatus of society in a process that the Nazis called Gleichschalthung, or bringing into line.

    This general understanding of fascism was dominant in the 1930s and ’40s, extending into the late twentieth century. However, fascism, as a political formation, was eventually reinterpreted in liberal discourse in idealist terms as a pure ideology, conceptually decoupled from its class and materialist foundations and reduced to its outward form as extreme racism, nationalism, revanchism, and the growth of authoritarian personalities, all of which were seen as disconnected from capitalism itself. Much of this was in fact implicit in the criticism of “totalitarianism” developed by Cold War figures like Hannah Arendt, which presented fascism as an extreme system on the right conceptually divorced from capitalism, and the antonym of communism on the left.17 Fascism thus was reinterpreted in the hegemonic ideology as a form of violent authoritarianism/totalitarianism and a departure from capitalism, which was then identified exclusively with liberal democracy. Lacking any real historical-material foundations and ignoring class realities, such reformulations were mere means of shoring up the notion of capitalism itself and have proven useless in attempts to understand the reemergence of fascist and neofascist forces in our time.

    In addressing the current neofascism, it is crucial to see it as a product of material/class/imperial relations of late capitalism, which is not to be understood simply in terms of its “populist,” hyper-racist, hyper-misogynist, or hyper-nationalist outer forms but rather in terms of a substantive class-based critique.18 Fascism is at all times an attack on liberal democracy and the substitution of an iron-heel political order under the reign of monopoly-finance capital. Its revanchist ideology does not arise primarily from monopoly capital itself, but rather is chiefly a mechanism for the mobilization of right-wing forces drawn predominantly from the lower-middle class, enlisting an army of actual or would-be stormtroopers (whether wearing black shirts, brown shirts, or MAGA hats), and providing the justification for the dismantling of the liberal-democratic state.

    Although it is the real material-class forces rather than disembodied ideology that have to be kept primarily in mind, it is nonetheless true that ideas, once they emerge, can themselves become material forces. “Ideology,” Georg Lukács wrote, is “the highest form of [class] consciousness.”19 If we want to understand the nature of the emerging MAGA regime, we therefore have to explore its governing ideology and its forms of political organization. Very little of this, it should be underscored, emanates from Trump himself, who is often described within the MAGA movement as a somewhat defective, if useful, instrument of the new order.20

    Despite its importance in publishing Project 2025, the leading think tank for the Trump movement is not the Heritage Foundation, but rather the Claremont Institute, founded in 1979 in Upland, California. The Claremont Institute was originally a base for Straussian thought (derived from the ultraconservative political theorist Leo Strauss) but has evolved into the nerve center of MAGA. Its funding comes from megadonors, including the Thomas D. Klingenstein Fund (a multibillion dollar fund managed by investment banker Thomas D. Klingenstein, chairman of the board of the Claremont Institute), the Dick and Betsy DeVos Foundation (managed by billionaire former Trump education secretary Betsy DeVos), the ultraconservative Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation, and the Sarah Scaife Foundation.21 Its two main publications are The American Mind and the Claremont Review of Books. The Institute also has an additional branch, the Claremont Institute Center for the American Way of Life, located in Washington, DC, across from the Capitol. Academics and pundits associated with the Claremont Institute dominate Hillsdale College in Michigan. Hillsdale publishes Imprimis, essentially a Claremont Institute MAGA publication. The Institute offers a number of fellowships, including the Lincoln Fellowship. Its website tracks so-called “BLM funding” (referring to the Black Lives Matter, or BLM movement) by corporations, claiming, on extremely questionable grounds, that $82.9 billion has been directed to the CRT/Woke/Cultural Marxist cause by corporations. As in MAGA ideology in general, corporations are condemned as morally corrupt for giving way to Cultural Marxism but are seldom criticized economically. This is consistent with the entire history of petty-bourgeois ideology as reflected in the nineteenth-century writings of such celebrated figures as Thomas Carlyle and Friedrich Nietzsche, whose ideological outpourings, as Lukács noted, reflected “a contradictory twofold tendency” of a “critique of capitalist lack of culture,” while nonetheless supporting an order “located in capitalism.”22

    In 2019, Trump awarded the Claremont Institute the National Humanities Medal. On January 6, 2021, lawyer John Eastman, a member of the board of the Claremont Institute (where he remains to this day), supported by other Claremont Institute associates, played the leading role in organizing the MAGA assault on the Capitol Building in Washington, DC. He also wrote the key memos directed at pressuring Vice President Mike Pence to invalidate the 2020 election in an attempt to reverse Trump’s loss to Joe Biden. All of this earned Claremont the reputation as the January 6 attempted coup’s “brain trust.”23

    The Claremont Institute was to become the main intellectual incubus of Trump II. More than a dozen Claremont associated pundits and former Claremont fellows regularly appear on Fox News. This includes, in addition to Eastman, such luminaries as Michael Anton, Claremont senior fellow and a high-level Trump State Department appointee; Christopher Caldwell, contributing editor to the Claremont Review of Books and white supremacist commentator; Brian T. Kennedy, Claremont former president and current board member, and chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger, which advances a new McCarthyism; Charles R. Kesler, Claremont Review of Books editor and leading proponent of a “Cold Civil War”; Charlie Kirk, former Claremont Lincoln Fellow and founder/CEO of Turning Point USA (TPUSA), with its “Professor Watch List” and its evangelical branch, TPUSA Faith; John Marini, Claremont senior fellow and leading right-wing intellectual critic of the “administrative state”; and Christopher F. Rufo, former Claremont Lincoln Fellow and notorious anti-CRT pundit.

    Anton, a former managing director of investment at BlackRock and currently a senior researcher at the Claremont Institute, served as deputy assistant to the president and deputy national security advisor for strategic communication on the National Security Council in Trump’s first administration.24 He is now director of policy planning in the U.S. State Department under Marco Rubio. It was Anton more than any other single figure who connected the Claremont Institute to MAGA and the alt-right. His 2016 Claremont Review of Books article “The Flight 93 Election”—using the metaphor of the passengers who rushed the cockpit on the terrorist flight on September 11, 2001—was to go viral and played a major role in mobilizing militant support for the Trump campaign. Here Anton declared that the 2016 election was a “charge the cockpit or die election,” in which “you may die anyway” in the attempt, but if Hillary Clinton were to be elected, “death is certain.” Although the piece was disjointed, rambling, and illogical, the metaphor nonetheless caught on, catapulting Anton to right-wing celebrity status, and led to his appointment to Trump’s National Security Council with the support of the right-wing tech billionaire Peter Thiel.25

    In 2019, Anton published After the Flight 93 Election… And What We Still Have to Lose, which emphasized the need for a war on the entire left, earning the praise of Trump. This was followed in 2020 by his book, The Stakes: America at the Point of No Return, in which he proposed that immigration should ideally be stopped altogether, while birthright citizenship (citizenship by virtue of simply being born in the United States, even if not to U.S. citizens) should cease immediately. China was the primary enemy, while peace should be made with Russia. The latter, Anton explained, belonged to the same “civilizational ‘sect’” as the United States and Europe, “in ways that China would never be.” Anton’s The Stakes, however, is best known for his explicit advocacy of a “red [that is, Republican or right-wing] Caesarism,” in which the presidency would become a “form of absolute monarchy” or “one-man rule” exhibiting widespread popular support—a position that was followed immediately after in his book with the exhortation to “reelect Trump!” Only when elected would Trump declare himself Caesar.26

    In a review on “Draining the Swamp” in the Claremont Review of Books, Anton popularized Marini’s Unmasking the Administrative State. Marini’s analysis is seen as a validation of Alexandre Kojève’s conservative rendition of G. W. F. Hegel’s German idealist philosophy, which in the right-wing view is seen as forming a justification for autocratic bourgeois rule as the end of history. Applied to contemporary institutions, the bureaucratic overlords of the administrative state are to be viewed as the “ruling class.” Marini and Anton thus argue that there is a need for Trump to smash the administrative state and replace it with more centralized rule. These same views led U.S. Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, who in an earlier stage of his career had employed Marini as a special assistant, to exclaim “We must read Marini!!”27

    Anton has declared that in order to win “we need bloggers, meme-makers, Twitter trolls, street artists, comedians, propagandists, theologians, playwrights, essayists, novelists, hacks, flacks, and intellectuals”—as well as Trump and right-thinking capitalists.28 His most iconoclastic act within the Claremont Institute itself was to write an article about the alt-right Nietzschean-fascist propagandist Bronze Age Pervert (known as BAP, now revealed as Romanian-American Costin Vlad Alamariu, who received a PhD from Yale), the author of Bronze Age Mindset. Anton’s role, in a 2019 Claremont Review of Books article titled “Are the Kids Al(t) Right?,” was to bring BAP/Alamariu into the MAGA mainstream in an effort to draw disenchanted white youth into the neofascist movement. Noting that BAP provided in his self-published Bronze Age Mindset a “simplified pastiche of Friedrich Nietzsche,” which had “cracked the top 150 on Amazon—not, mind you, in some category within Amazon but on the site as a whole,” Anton argued that it represented an opportunity for the MAGA right to dominate the underground youth discourse. BAP characterized the liberal elites, intellectuals, left thinkers, and the general population as “bugmen,” without heroism, similar to Nietzsche’s “Last Man.” Human beings in general were portrayed as belonging to mere “yeast” life. The solution lay in male bodybuilding through weightlifting, and the cultivation of the image of Greek Bronze Age heroes. BAP is a white supremacist, emphasizing Aryan purity and vile attacks on diverse populations everywhere. As Anton himself admitted, “the strongest and easiest objections to make to Bronze Age Mindset is that it is ‘racist,’ ‘anti-Semitic,’ ‘anti-democratic,’ ‘misogynistic,’ and ‘homophobic,’” making it more “outrageous” than Nietzsche. Yet, he pretends that BAP is “gentler” than thinkers like Karl “Marx, [V. I.] Lenin, Mao [Zedong]…[Che] Guevara, [Saul] Alinsky and Foucault, or any number of fanatics whose screeds are taught in the elite universities.” In the end, Anton underscored the importance of BAP’s attacks on “bugmen” and “bugtimes,” incorporating his views within MAGA.29

    A study of Bronze Age Mindset itself reveals venomous references to “the shantytowns of the Turd World,” and attacks, citing Nietzsche, on “pre-Aryan modes of life, the return of socialism, of the longhouse, feminism,” and “Satanic Marxist sects.” Athenian general Alcibiades, conquistadors Hernán Cortés and Francisco Pizarro, Napoleon Bonaparte, Theodore Roosevelt, Alfredo Stroessner (former dictator of Paraguay), and especially Bob Denard (a brutal twentieth-century French mercenary active in the Congo and the Comoros Islands) are BAP’s models of the return in modern times of Bronze Age Aryan humans. BAP’s favorite president, prior to Trump, is James K. Polk, who launched the Mexican-American War. The “white population” in the United States, he writes, seized Mexico “by their valor.” Feminism is seen as an abomination. “Nothing so ridiculous as the liberation of women,” BAP/Alamariu declares, “has ever been attempted in the history of mankind,” which he describes as an attempt to “return to pre-Aryan matriarchy.” He adds, “Social justice is a disgusting parasitism.” Today’s cities, subject to waves of immigrants, are “populated by hordes of dwarf-like zombies that are imported for slave labor and political agitation from the fly-swept latrines of the world.” He openly claims: “I believe in Fascism or something worse.” For all these reasons, according to BAP, Trump is to be supported in his conquest of government. “The Leviathan” of the administrative state dominated by the “bugmen,” he insists, must be smashed in order to create a new “primal order.” With the support of Anton and others, BAP was recognized as a kind of underworld Nietzschean influencer behind the MAGA movement, attractive to young, regressive white males. He was to become virtually required reading for young white staffers in the first Trump administration.30

    Anton was himself encouraged to read BAP by self-styled “Dark Enlightenment” thinker Curtis Yarvin, a neofascist close to both Anton and Vance (the MAGA heir apparent). Like Vance and Anton, Yarvin is heavily supported by Silicon Valley billionaire Thiel. Yarvin is also openly admired by Trump adviser and Silicon Valley venture capitalist Marc Andreessen for his antidemocratic views. Vance calls Yarvin, whom he has also referred to in friendly banter as a “fascist,” “my number one political influence.” In the MAGA world, Yarvin remains something of a shadowy figure, despite the fact that he has articulated the more reactionary strategies of the Trump regime. He is an ex-computer programmer and right-wing blogger, writing under the pseudonym Mencius Moldbug and advocate of a “Dark Enlightenment” or neoreactionary movement (“NRx”). Tucker Carlson devoted an entire show to interviewing Yarvin in 2021. He is best known for his anti-democracy arguments and insistence that the president can establish himself as a “national CEO” or even “dictator,” concentrating all power in the executive branch and superseding the legal system and the courts while shifting from an “oligarchical Congress” to a “monarchical president.” Americans, he insists, are “going to have to get over their dictator-phobia.”31

    Yarvin has weaponized J. R. R. Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings, seeing the leftist elite or professional-managerial class as an “elf aristocracy,” the “lower-middle class” as “hobbits,” and “dark elves” like himself as defenders of the hobbits. Like Steve Bannon, Trump’s former White House chief of staff, with whom he identifies, Yarvin sees himself as a proponent of MAGA; but, unlike Bannon, he deemphasizes the contradiction between the lower-middle class MAGA forces and the monopoly-capitalist billionaires at the top. Yarvin’s real allegiances are to the billionaires, rather than the lower-middle class. Indeed, he denies that he is a real fascist, despite the fact that he has applied the fascist label to himself, characterizing himself rather as a more straightforward supporter of dictatorship (or monarchy), since he has absolute contempt for the masses. Nevertheless, Yarvin sardonically states, “frankly, Hitler reads a lot like me”—if, he acknowledges, more talented and more evil.32

    Widely seen as a largely underground figure who has helped game the system for Trump, Yarvin has provided the general plan for an imperial presidency. He argues that real power is held “oligarchically” (distinguished from the classical notion of oligarchy as based on wealth) by people who control the media and the universities, constituting the “Cathedral.” The Cathedral can only be toppled by a monarch or dictator, acting as a CEO. Once Trump was elected, Yarvin contended, he could purge the federal bureaucracy (what Yarvin calls “RAGE,” or retire all government employees) by claiming he had an electoral mandate allowing him to transgress the law and bring both the courts and Congress to heel. All court orders requiring the president to desist should be ignored. The mainstream media corporations and the universities should be closed down. In a podcast, Anton said to Yarvin, “You’re essentially advocating for someone to—age-old move—gain power lawfully through an election, and then exercise it unlawfully.” Yarvin responded, “It wouldn’t be unlawful. You’d simply declare a state of emergency in your inaugural address.” The president could apply this to every state and take “over all law enforcement authorities.” Like Anton, Yarvin declared of the president, “you’re going to be Caesar.”33

    Anton has stated that the universities are “evil,” a position strongly supported by Rufo, a former director at the intelligent design (creationist) Discovery Institute and a Claremont Lincoln Fellow.34 Rufo is widely celebrated in MAGA circles for his grand propagandistic exploits in turning CRT and DEI into toxic conceptions in the public mind. He is currently a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute for Policy Research and a contributing editor to its City Journal. In “Critical Race Theory: What It Is and How to Fight It” for Hillsdale’s Imprimis, Rufo argued that CRT was the product of Cultural Marxism and “identity-based Marxism.” In what has become a fundamental element of MAGA ideology, he contends that today’s Marxists are all identity-theorists and are opposed to “equality,” replacing it with “equity,” which is “little more than reformulated Marxism.” CRT, he pronounces, promotes “neo-segregation.” It violates the principle of civil rights and is discriminatory through its anti-white policies. In this way, civil rights law is to be redirected against racial minorities. Rufo associates CRT and BLM with anticapitalism and reverse racism. His assaults on CRT influenced Trump’s attacks on it in his first administration.35

    More recently, Rufo has argued for “laying siege to the institutions.” This includes attacking any corporations that instituted DEI policies, seen as the product of Cultural Marxism, CRT, and BLM—a neo-McCarthyite view shared by Florida Governor Ron DeSantis. Major targets are “radical gender theory” and what Rufo calls “the transgender empire.” He contends that “we must fight to put the transgender empire out of business forever.” Rufo and the MAGA right fulminate against the “college cartel” and argue that K–12 reeducation should start with the promotion of “Western Civilization.”36

    One of the most adamant critics of diversity on the MAGA right is Caldwell, who in his article “The Browning of America” argues that “‘Diversity’ has [always] been an attribute of subject populations.” Hence, recognizing it as a basis of social policy flies in the face of the principles of the founders of the U.S. Constitution. In an article on Robert E. Lee, Caldwell argued that left criticisms of the commander of the Confederate forces as a defender of the slaveholding South, and thus of slavery, were aimed at eliminating Lee as “the moral force of half the nation.”37

    Claremont Review of Books editor Kesler, a member of Trump’s 1776 Commission on U.S. History, intended to counter the 1619 Project on the history of U.S. slavery, has been a leading figure in promoting the MAGA notion of a Cold Civil War between the right and the so-called dominant forces on the left. The term “woke,” which arose first in the civil rights movement, has been massively turned around by the right since 2019, relying on conservative command of the media, to refer in a derogatory way to all contemporary progressive political and cultural causes. It is employed as a means of belittling social justice struggles against racism and gender inequality, while its most common usage is as a racist dog whistle.38

    The MAGA ideology’s Cold Civil War is closely attached to attacks on China. As chairman of the Committee on the Present Danger (which includes Bannon as a member), Claremont Institute board member Brian Kennedy is part of a movement to generate a new McCarthyism focused on Beijing. Claiming that Chinese Communism has infiltrated U.S. society in BLM clothing, he writes: “We are at risk of losing a war today because too few of us know that we are engaged with an enemy, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) [sic], that means to destroy us.”39

    Christian nationalists are also being enlisted in the Cold Civil War/New McCarthyism. Kirk’s Turning Point USA became notorious in 2016 for its Professor Watch List, singling out mostly left academics across the country to be targeted by the right in a McCarthyite manner. Kirk, who also served on Trump’s 1776 Commission, has now become known as a mega “whisperer” to youth, in which he bullet points the “war on white people” and encourages white nationalism. His organization, working with the Claremont Institute, bussed MAGA supporters to the January 6, 2021, protest and assault on the Capitol. Yarvin, who has described slavery “as a natural human relationship” and promoted biological determinism and monarchy, was effusively praised by Kirk on his radio show and podcast, along with white supremacist Steve Sailer. Kirk is the author of Right Wing Revolution: How to Beat the Woke and Save the West, published in 2024. According to the publisher’s blurb, “America…is under threat from a lethal ideology that seeks to humiliate and erase anyone that does not bow at its altar…. Kirk drags wokeism out of the shadows and details the exact steps needed to stop its toxic spread,” which “has already seeped into every aspect of American society.”40

    More recently, Kirk has transformed himself into the leading promoter of evangelical Christian nationalism within the MAGA movement, establishing a division of Turning Point USA called TPUSA Faith aimed at white evangelicals. He argues that the U.S. founders created a Christian nation and advocates the Seven Mountain mandate of extreme evangelical Christian nationalism, in which believers are required to seek to dominate all of reality, including family, religion, education, media, arts, business, and government. This is tied to endism and religious apocalypticism (Second Coming) views. Kirk has sought to promote hatred of LGBTQ+ and transgender people in order to motivate the evangelical movement to take on a more direct political role.41

    OMB director Vought is undoubtedly the most powerful Christian nationalist within the Trump administration itself. Writing in 2022 for the Claremont Institute’s The American Mind, Vought claimed that the Center for Renewing America, which he founded in 2021, had demonstrated on so-called legal grounds that “illegal aliens coming across” the U.S.-Mexico border constituted “an invasion,” thus allowing state governors, who, according to Article 1, Section 10, Clause 3 of the U.S. Constitution, are not allowed to “engage in War unless actually invaded,” to act forcibly against these “invaders,” independent of the federal government.42 As a Christian Nationalist organization, the Center for Renewing America is adamantly anti-Palestinian, opposing any attempt to allow Palestinians to immigrate to the United States, arguing that “One would be hard-pressed to identify a people or culture more fundamentally at odds with the foundations of American self-government than Palestinians,” who have “a culture poisonous to the health of and integrity of American communities,” and whose ideology, despite the counter-claims of “intersectional Marxists,” has as its aim the total annihilation of Israel. Vought’s Center for Renewing America is strongly in favor of the removal of the Palestinian population from Gaza and their resettlement in the lands of the Arab League.43

    Movements in the fascist genus have often relied on opportunistic shifts from left to right. A classic example of this is the Italian leftist thinker Enrico Ferri, a reactionary pseudo-socialist who was strongly attacked by Frederick Engels, and later became a follower of Benito Mussolini.44 The main intellectual vehicle for so-called “leftist” cooperation with MAGA ideology, operating in what is presented as a common anti-liberal vein, is Compact magazine, cofounded by Iranian-American rightist and former Trotskyist Sohrab Ahmari, a close associate of Vance and now the U.S. editor of UnHerd, and by national-populist Edwin Aponte, editor of Bellows, a MAGA-style publication. Compact magazine was once described in Jacobin as a “syncretic” magazine of both left and right.45 However, rather than representing some sort of meeting point of left and right, it is strongly supportive of Trump and Vance while successfully drawing in erstwhile leftist contributors, such as Christian Parenti and Slavoj Žižek (a contributing editor) into a publication in which pro-MAGA views are hegemonic.46 Yarvin, Anton, Caldwell, and Rufo have all written multiple articles for Compact on such topics as the nihilism of the left-wing ruling class, Cultural Marxism, CRT, dismantling the administrative state, and support for Viktor Orbán’s ultra-conservative government in Hungary and the neofascist Alternative für Deutschland (AfD) in Germany.47

    Parenti, once a well-known leftist journalist, writes regularly for Compact. His columns have supported Trump’s nomination of Kash Patel as FBI director and Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as Secretary of Health. He has also written columns claiming that Trump is an anti-imperialist and that “‘Diversity’ Is a Ruling Class Ideology.” Since Trump’s reelection, Parenti has presented Trump and some of his department heads (Kennedy, Patel, and Tulsi Gabbard, Trump’s Director of National Intelligence) as potential opponents of the “deep state” or surveillance-intelligence state, and thus in line with the left in this respect. However, this is a gross misperception of the nature of the Trump/MAGA regime itself, which has nothing to do with openness or democratic control, but which is establishing the basis for its own direct rule.48

    Žižek has used Compact as a venue in which to engage in the most reactionary themes. Thus, in an article titled “Wokeness Is Here to Stay,” he presented a transphobic argument in which he declared that “the use of puberty blockers is yet another case of woke capitalism.” In this same anti-woke article, Žižek generalized from the experience of a Black professor who was strongly criticized by students from an Afro-pessimist standpoint (as detailed in a different Compact article). From there, Žižek went on to make the extraordinary racially charged statement, directed at a mainly white reactionary readership, that, “The black woke elite is fully aware that it won’t achieve its declared goal of diminishing black oppression—and it doesn’t even want that. What they really want is what they are achieving: a position of moral authority from which to terrorize all others.”49

    Compact magazine managing editor Geoff Shullenberger has specialized in bringing the ideas of BAP into the MAGA mainstream, both within Compact and elsewhere. Shullenberger also is the coeditor of COVID-19 and the Left: The Tyranny of Fear, opposing lockdowns, vaccine mandates, and masking in response to COVID-19 as due to the extremism of the left. Meanwhile, Compact columnist and MAGA “populist” supporter Batya Ungar-Sargon, author of Bad News: How Woke Media is Undermining Democracy (2021), was appointed in 2025 deputy opinion editor of Newsweek.50

    The MAGA think tanks are a product of funding by big capital interests, often promoting, in this respect, a libertarian ideology, but melding this with the need to reach the white lower-middle class with its reactionary, nationalist-populist, revanchist, racist, misogynist, and anti-socialist perspective, as a way of developing a mass constituency. The resulting MAGA ideology is disseminated through wider media such as Fox News, talk radio, social media, YouTube videos, blogs, and podcasts. The influential infotainment site Breitbart, once headed by Bannon, has published numerous articles attacking Cultural Marxism, and specializes in sensationalized shock attacks on the left. Breitbart’s senior technology editor, Allum Bokhari, a former Claremont Lincoln Fellow, has written for Hillsdale’s Imprimis on the need for the right to control big tech, along the lines subsequently implemented by Musk at X.51

    Claremont Lincoln Fellow Raheem J. Kassam, a former chief of staff to Brexit leader Nigel Farage and a Bannon ally, is the former editor-in-chief of Breitbart London. More recently Kassam had cohosted Bannon’s MAGA radio show/podcast “War Room.” In 2018, Kassam became editor-in-chief of the Trumpist news website National Pulse, and appears frequently as an “expert” commentator on Fox News, where he has discussed “How Did America Fall to Marxism?”52

    MAGA analyses are also disseminated by way of conservative book publishing. Rufo’s best-selling America’s Cultural Revolution: How the Radical Left Conquered Everything (2023) and Kirk’s The MAGA Doctrine (2020) were both published by Broadside Books, HarperCollins’s imprint for ultra-conservative nonfiction, which absorbed the Fox News book brand. The big five English-language book publishers all have distinct imprints devoted entirely to ultra-conservative books aimed at white supremacist Republicans/MAGA.53 Anton’s After the Flight 93 Election, Kesler’s Crisis of the Two Constitutions: The Rise, Decline, and Recovery of America’s Greatness(2021), Kennedy’s Communist China’s War Inside America (2020), and Ungar-Sargon’s Bad Newswere all published by Encounter Books, established by the right-wing Bradley Foundation, a funder of the Claremont Institute. Established in 1998, Encounter Books deliberately took its name from the pseudo-left-liberal journal Encounter, which was exposed in the 1970s by Ramparts as a CIA-funded publication. Kirk’s Right Wing Revolution: How to Beat the Woke and Save the West (2024) was published with Winning Team Publishing, cofounded in 2021 by Donald Trump Jr.54

    All the new right concepts and talking points end up on social media. As Fox News host Jesse Watters stated, “We are waging a 21st-century information warfare campaign against the left. It’s like grassroots guerrilla warfare. Someone says something on social media, Musk retweets it, [Joe] Rogan podcasts it, Fox broadcasts it and by the time it reaches everybody, millions of people have seen it.”55

    Division in the Ranks

    The most extreme MAGA ideologues such as Bannon, Yarvin, and Anton are distinctly aware that the nationalist-populist MAGA movement is rooted in lower-middle class whites (whom the neofascist movement in both Europe and the United States is accustomed to referring to as “hobbits”), and only secondarily in privileged elements of the working class. MAGA think tanks often present a barely disguised contempt for the “lumpen,” “pitchfork-bearing proletariat,” or “proles,” namely the working class.56 Almost no positive references to the working class or attempts to approach the underprivileged are present in the mainline MAGA literature, which is understood as rooted in a fragile national-populist alliance between the billionaire class and the lower-middle class, both of which see the working class as their most dangerous enemy (exceeding their hatred even for the upper-middle class professional-managerial stratum). Funded by the mega-rich and dedicated to the idea, as Anton says, that “race trumps class,” the MAGA pundits and influencers are unable to address directly the question of the working-class majority without undermining their claim to a broad populism. The result is that they appeal primarily to whiteness and “middle America.”57 Occasional references are made to MAGA hat-wearing truck drivers and other workers, but this only constitutes a vain attempt to elude the reality of a political bloc that consists largely of the lower-middle class and a relatively small number of privileged workers. Although Bannon, representing MAGA’s radical right, refers to workers, it is always in a context where the lower-middle class looms larger.58

    This fundamental class division will remain. Although Trump made some gains with blue-collar workers in the 2024 elections, particularly in rural areas, his political base remains the lower-middle class, which is in large part hostile towards the working class below. The Trump program is destined to hit the working class hardest economically.59 It was Anton who was to make the most serious ideological attempt to escape this trap in an article in Compact titled “Why the Great Reset Is Not ‘Socialism,’” in which he sought to examine Marxist theory and turn it on its head. Thus, he characterized Silicon Valley billionaire oligarchs in alt-right fashion as the “left,” the enemy of right-wing populism. Moreover, while the MAGA movement, he recognized, was fundamentally based in the lower-middle/middle class/the poor, its “natural” basis ultimately was to be sought in the majority that he sardonically referred to as the “proles.”60 His whole endeavor in this respect, however, was to fall flat in the face of the inescapable reality of a neofascist alliance between the billionaires and the lower-middle class—both of whom see the diverse working class as the ultimate enemy. Moreover, Anton’s contradictory attempt to create a right-wing populism that incorporated the working class and targeted billionaire oligarchs was at odds with his own role as a member of the national security establishment, dominated by the mega-capitalist class, which had him hobnobbing with some of its biggest players. He therefore quickly mended his ways. Although he persisted in criticizing “oligarchs,” they were refashioned in conformity with the hegemonic MAGA ideology as the members of the administrative state, no longer big money interests.

    Yet, if the mass MAGA movement with its racism and its small-property-based outlook is inherently anti-working class, even if it has attracted significant numbers of working-class voters, it also finds itself in conflict with the ultra-wealthy interests that have funded and mobilized it, making it a dangerous movement from the standpoint of monopoly capitalism itself. Once political power is achieved in regimes in the fascist genus, divisions quickly emerge between the top echelons of monopoly capital and its army of lower-middle class adherents. Having obtained control of the state and of the military and police powers, the ultra-wealthy ruling class has every reason to discard the more militant nationalist—often partially anticapitalist—elements of its “radical right” base. The classic historical instance of this was the Night of the Long Knives in Hitler’s Germany, from June 30 to July 2, 1934, in which the Nazi party’s paramilitary brownshirt wing, the Sturmabteilung, or “Assault Division,” known as its stormtroopers, were subjected to a bloody purge. The purge was aimed specifically at the Strasserism (named after Otto and Gregor Strasser), deeply embedded in the brownshirts within the Nazi movement, which was both antisemitic and, to a considerable extent anticapitalist, and belonged to a milieu of militant mass action or “revolutionary” nationalism. Elimination of Strasserism allowed the consolidation of fascism as a reactionary monopoly-capitalist state, repressing and regimenting its mass petty-bourgeois base.61

    In the very different conditions of the neofascist MAGA movement in the United States today, these same general contradictions appear, though minus the extreme violence. Many among the MAGA faithful were startled to see their lack of representation in the Trump cabinet following the 2024 election, a sharp contrast from the 2016 election. The Trump regime today has a cabinet of billionaires, surrounded by still further billionaires. Although there are extreme rightist operatives whose views are similar to those of the MAGA masses in the second Trump White House—such as Stephen Miller, who, despite being Jewish, appears to support white Christian nationalism, and is currently deputy chief of staff for policy—they are overshadowed by the mega-capitalists. Right from the start, it was clear that high-tech financial capital rather than the MAGA hat-wearing base was to be in charge. As Gary Stout, a Washington attorney, wrote in Pennsylvania’s Observer-Reporter, Trump “is now creating a new political elite of oligarchs that has no accountability to Congress or loyalty to his own MAGA movement.”62

    This contradiction, splitting the MAGA movement/Trump regime, was immediately apparent in the conflict over H-1B visas for foreign workers. These visas are widely used by multinational corporations to hire foreign technical workers in specialty occupations, especially high-tech, bringing in relatively low-paid skilled workers from India, China, and elsewhere. H-1B visas have been heavily criticized within the MAGA movement, since they undercut relatively high-paid U.S. jobs. Voicing the outrage of the MAGA faithful, Bannon declared prior to Trump’s inauguration that Musk, who came out strongly for the H-1B visas, was “evil” and that he would have him driven out of the White House. Bannon raged in national-populist terms against wealthy “oligarchs,” not only “the lords of easy money,” but more importantly the tech overlords of Silicon Valley, representatives of “technological feudalism,” who were now dominating the MAGA movement, and were opposing “the populist, nationalist revolution.” MAGA militant Laura Loomer presented racist arguments in which she declared: “Our country was built by white Europeans…. Not by third world invaders from India.” Openly attacking Musk on X, Loomer suddenly found herself demonetized on the platform.63 The fact that this represented a fundamental division between billionaire monopoly-finance capitalists and high-tech oligarchs at the top and the lower-middle class MAGA base was evident in an article by Kevin Porteus of Hillsdale College titled “Putting Americans First,” published in The American Mind. He advanced the argument that “America First” should mean “Americans…first.”64Breitbart likewise ran story after story against H-1B visas. The rebellion over this issue, however, was soon put down by Trump, who, himself a billionaire, sided with Musk, indicating that his own companies employed foreign workers on H-1B visas. Faced with a division between monopoly-finance capital and his own militant MAGA movement, Trump chose the former.

    The fissure between a capitalist ruling class of billionaires and the neofascist movement on the ground will only widen. The MAGA movement expects lower taxes under Trump, which will no doubt be partially forthcoming, but paid for to a significant extent by drastic cuts in social services. Expectations of lower prices, especially with new tariffs being instituted, will be dashed. Moreover, like all tax reductions under monopoly capitalism, the new Trump tax cuts will be highly regressive, benefiting the rich most of all and further widening the gap between the top and the bottom of U.S. society. The cutbacks on civilian government will hurt the vast majority of the population, including the lower-middle class. With nearly all social spending that benefits the bottom 60 percent of the population, including Medicaid, Medicare, and Social Security now in the crosshairs of Musk’s DOGE, the carnage is likely to be severe. Although the MAGA movement is characterized by extreme nationalism, monopoly-finance capital and its high-tech overlords are geared to accumulation on a world scale and global financial expropriation. They rely on the exploitation not only of the global proletariat, but also the increased exploitation and expropriation of U.S. workers. Implementation of ruling-class policies on globalization, financialization, imperialism, war, and hyperexploitation under the new regime will inevitably push much of the U.S. lower-middle class back into the working class, polarizing and destabilizing the society still further.

    Trump’s neofascist regime is a desperate act of a declining empire. It has supplanted neoliberalism only in the sense that the right wing of the ruling class itself is now in direct and open command of the state, seeking to restructure it as a vehicle of resurgent hegemony. The conflict between neofascism as a more regressive global capitalist project designed to preserve and enhance the power of the ruling capitalists with their global interests, on the one hand, and the national-populist movement of the MAGA radical right focused primarily on the conquest of the administrative state, on the other, means that the mega-capitalist interests will continually betray the MAGA “populist” base, viewed as mere cannon fodder in the Cold Civil War.

    Trump appointed billionaire Vivek Ramaswamy as the codirector of DOGE along with Musk. Ramaswamy is the founder of the giant pharmaceutical company Roivant Sciences and author of the bestselling 2023 book Woke Inc.: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam. He resigned from his DOGE position to run for governor of Ohio. With Ramaswamy departing, Musk was left as the sole power at DOGE. Ramaswamy has played a leading role in attacking corporate ESG and DEI. Recognizing that corporations had increasingly introduced limited ESG and DEI programs in response to environmental and social issues, pundits on the MAGA right, including the opportunistic plutocrat Ramaswamy, were able to make the existence of such programs a popular “anti-corporate” moral issue. The result is that many corporations now have, not unwillingly, reversed themselves in line with Trump. Some have dropped the “diversity” and “equity” from DEI while hypocritically retaining “inclusion.”65

    The sheer arrogance of the capitalist oligarchs and their managers can be seen in the rise of Thiel as a dominant figure in the Trump orbit, undoubtedly the most powerful figure connected to the regime with the exception of Musk (and the president himself). In 2022, Thiel characterized himself as leader of a “Rebel Alliance,” as in Star Wars, fighting the “imperial stormtroopers” of the U.S. establishment and engaged in a struggle aimed ultimately at China.66 In 2009, he declared “I no longer believe that freedom and democracy are compatible,” causing him openly to reject the latter.67 He is currently tied to six members of the National Security Council who are beholden to him financially and politically and are part of his industrial network: Vance (whose political campaigns were financed by Thiel), Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth (who is associated with Thiel’s military-tech network), Secretary of Energy Chris Wright (who sits on a board of the energy startup Oklo, in which Thiel is a major investor), National Security Advisor Mike Waltz (whose 2022 Florida campaign was funded by Thiel), Rubio (whose 2022 reelection bid was financed by Thiel), and White House Chief of Staff Susie Wiles (who is on the payroll of the Thiel-funded Saving Arizona PAC).68

    Thiel, like Musk, Ramaswamy, and Trump himself, stands for the interests of the “masters of the universe.”69 Despite libertarian ideology and a neofascist ethos, there is little to connect the financial plutocrats materially with the lower-middle class. Given that the so-called destruction of the administrative state is leading to more centralized monopoly-capitalist control of the state in the interests of the plutocrats, the selling out of the MAGA movement on the ground is palpably obvious.

    A further contradiction in the MAGA movement lies in its promotion of its Christian white nationalism, splitting the evangelical movement. Exit polls indicate that some 80 percent of white evangelical voters support Trump. Yet, the freezing of USAID by Trump and Musk generated strong opposition from Christian affiliated aid groups. The resulting deep division in conservative circles undoubtedly affected the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision to overturn the stoppage on foreign aid. Trump’s establishment of a White House Faith Office headed by the controversial televangelist Paula White-Cain, known for her promotion of the capitalist-oriented “prosperity gospel,” together with his creation of a task force headed by Attorney General Pam Bondi, aimed at ending “anti-Christian bias,” have upset the traditional separation of church and state. This weaponization of evangelicalism to reinforce a Christian nationalism directed at supporting the MAGA state has led to widening criticisms within the evangelical and wider Christian communities.70 Trump’s redoubled support for Israel’s extermination of Palestinians is unpopular with younger evangelicals, who are increasingly rejecting Christian Zionism.

    The most potent attack from within evangelicalism has emerged from preachers such as Jonathan Wilson-Hartgrove, assistant director for partnerships and fellowships in Yale University’s Century of Public Theology and Public Policy, in his 2018 book Reconstructing the Gospel: Finding Freedom from the Slaveholder Religion. Working closely with Protestant minister Reverend William Barber II, co-chair of the Poor People’s Campaign, Wilson-Hartgrove was motivated by his opposition to the Trump movement to address the “original sin” of the dominant white evangelicalism in the United States, which, rather than simply an evangelical movement as such, was from the first a “slaveholder’s religion.” Emerging within the evangelical community itself and receiving considerable acclaim, Wilson-Hartgrove’s critique of the slaveholder’s religion has served to bring into the open the most acute contradictions of the Christian nationalist ideology.71 As he wrote,

    The sad reality is that we [evangelicals] chose a side in the 19th century and our movement is still infected by the slaveholder religion that was funded by plantation owners. That faith did not go away after the Civil War; it doubled down and prayed for “redemption” from Reconstruction. And it rejoiced when white supremacy campaigns across the South regained power and established Jim Crow segregation. Mid-20th century, when the balance of power was again challenged by America’s civil rights movement, slaveholder religion reasserted itself, criticizing Dr. King for “politicizing” the gospel and favoring “law and order” systems that perpetuated inequality. The Southern Strategy aimed to harness slaveholder religion by creating a Moral Majority that would feel righteous for their support of the status quo.

    Donald Trump did not create the crisis we now face, but his presidency is exposing the truth about who we are as evangelicals—not a movement divided between left and right, but a people of faith who must now choose between slaveholder religion and the Christianity of Christ.72

    For “400 years,” slaveholder religion, Wilson-Hartgrove argued, has taught people to fear people of color. “Because slaveholder religion’s god ordained white supremacy, white people learned to fear equality and the black political power that challenged the social order they were taught to value.” It is not a return to the politics of “redemption” that is the answer, he argues, but completing the politics of Reconstruction.73

    Betrayal and Revolt

    The Trump regime is a regime of betrayal. It is already leading to the abandonment of the lower-middle class, which through the MAGA movement brought it into power, as well as the working-class majority.74 What it offers to its core lower-middle class constituency is a kind of nationalist culturalism, which is a mere veil for a system of far more centralized capitalist control of the state in a White House now filled with billionaires, ultimately leading to the increased economic exploitation and expropriation of the underlying population. The material betrayal of the working class will be absolute, economically and politically. For such a regime of capitalist overlords to continue, it will have to increase its repression of the body politic at every step. Its greatest fear is that the enraged masses, especially the working-class majority, would mobilize and rise up in resistance, bringing with it all of those in the society as a whole who are committed to democratic rule and to the survival of humanity in the face of growing environmental perils.

    The political and ideological successes of the MAGA movement were made possible in part by a liberal-left that abandoned the working class economically and politically under the mantle of postmodernism and identity politics, severed off from questions of exploitation, poverty, and economic and social decline. This requires a return to what Marx called the “hierarchy of…needs,” emphasizing within this real material needs, including jobs, health care, housing, free human development, community, the environment, and the right to control one’s own body—needs vital to the population as a whole, and ultimately inseparable from democratic control of the society.75 Viewed in this way, the only way to combat the current reactionary trend is based on socialist principles of substantive equality and ecological sustainability, putting the needs of the population as a whole, and those most oppressed, first. This struggle will have to emanate in the main from a resurgent, reunited working class, historically the most diverse, democratic, and revolutionary section of society, the guarantors of humanity’s future.

    Notes

    1. Matthew J. Vaeth, “Memorandum for Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies/Subject: Temporary Pause of Agency, Grant, Loan, and Other Financial Assistance Programs,” Office of Management and Budget, Executive Office of the President, January 27, 2025; Travis Gettys, “‘Reads Like a Hostage Note’: Trump Order Flagged as ‘Mass Fraud’ by Ex-Official,” Raw Story, January 28, 2025; Charles R. Kesler, “America’s Cold Civil War,” Imprimis47, no. 10 (October 2018).
    2. Vought quoted in Thomas B. Edsall, “‘Trump’s Thomas Cromwell’ Is Waiting in the Wings,” New York Times, February 4, 2025.
    3. For a leading MAGA proponent of “Caesarism” as constituting the inner telos of the Trump regime, see Michael Anton, The Stakes: America at the Point of No Return (Washington DC: Regnery Publishing, 2020), 303–18.
    4. Max Matsa, “Senate Confirms Project 2025 Co-Author as Trump Budget Chief,” BBC, February 6, 2025; Curt Devine, Casey Tolan, Audrey Ash, and Kyung Lah, “Hidden Camera Video Shows Project 2025 Co-Author Discussing His Secret Work Preparing for a Second Trump Term,” CNN, August 15, 2024; Michael Sozan and Ben Olinsky, “Project 2025 Would Destroy the U.S. System of Checks and Balances and Create an Imperial Presidency,” Center for American Progress, October 1, 2024.
    5. Vaeth, Memorandum, “Temporary Pause of Agency Grant, Loan, and Other Financial Assistance Programs”; Melissa Quinn, Richard Escobedo, and Kristin Brown, “Trump Administration Rescinds Federal Funding Freeze Memo After Chaos,” CBS News, January 29, 2025; Daniel Barnes, Chloe Atkins, and Dareh Gregorian, “Appeals Court Rejects Trump Administration Bid to Immediately Reinstate Funding Freeze,” NBC News, February 11, 2025; Bill Barrow, “How Donald Trump and Project 2025 Previewed the Federal Grant Freeze,” Associated Press, January 28, 2025.
    6. Cass R. Sunstein, “This Theory Is Behind Trump’s Power Grab,” New York Times, February 26, 2025.
    7. Vaeth, Memorandum, “Temporary Pause of Agency Grant, Loan, and Other Financial Assistance Programs.”
    8. Lance Cashion, “How to Recognize Cultural Marxism and Critical Theories,” Revolution of Man (blog), August 31, 2023; Mike Gonzalez and Katharine Cornell Gorka, NextGen Marxism: What It Is and How to Combat It (New York: Encounter Books, 2025), 15, 238, 265–69. The current right-wing attack on “Cultural Marxism” is derived from attacks on “Cultural Bolshevism” in Nazi Germany. Ari Paul, “‘Cultural Marxism’: The Mainstreaming of a Nazi Trope,” Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting, June 4, 2019, fair.org.
    9. Trump/Vance Campaign, “Agenda 47: Protecting Students from the Radical Left and Marxist Maniacs Infecting Educational Institutions,” July 17, 2023.
    10. Mike Gonzalez and Katharine C. Gorka, How Cultural Marxism Threatens the United States—and How Americans Can Fight It, Special Report No. 262, Heritage Foundation, November 14, 2022; Gonzalez and Gorka, NextGen Marxism; Tanner Mirrlees, “The Alt-Right’s Discourse of ‘Cultural Marxism’: A Political Instrument of Intersectional Hate,” Atlantis Journal 39, no. 1 (August 2018); Cashion, “How to Recognize Cultural Marxism and Critical Theories.” All of these works are poorly researched, poorly documented, unscholarly, and shallow, not conforming to academic standards in any way. As Baruch Spinoza said, “Ignorance is no argument.”
    11. Gonzalez and Gorka, NextGen Marxism, 17–18, 148–99, 242.
    12. See John Bellamy Foster, Trump in the White House (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2017), 20–22, 121.
    13. For criticism of how white evangelical Christians in the United States have embraced a “slaveholder religion,” capitulating to the religious views propounded in the Antebellum South and in the Jim Crow period, see Jonathan Wilson-Hartgrove, Reconstructing the Gospel: Finding Freedom from Slaveholder Religion (Lisle, Illinois Inter-Varsity Press, 2020); Darrell Hamilton II, “It’s Time to Break the Chains of Slaveholder Religion,” Baptist News, September 17, 2020.
    14. Paul M. Sweezy to Paul A. Baran, October 18, 1952, in Paul A. Baran and Paul M. Sweezy, The Age of Monopoly Capital, eds. Nicholas Baran and John Bellamy Foster (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2017), 86–87.
    15. Franz Neumann, Behemoth: The Structure and Practice of National Socialism (New York: Oxford University Press, 1942); Doreen Lustig, “The Nature of the Nazi State and the Question of International Criminal Responsibility of Corporate Officials at Nuremberg: Franz Neuman’s Behemoth at the Industrial Trials,” Working Paper 2011/2, History and Theory of International Law Series, Institute for International Law and Justice, 2012; C. Wright Mills, White Collar: The American Middle Classes (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1951), 350–54. On the lower-middle class/monopoly capitalist alliance in societies belonging to the fascist genus, see also Leon Trotsky, The Struggle Against Fascism in Germany (New York: Pathfinder, 1971), 455; Ernst Bloch, Heritage of Our Times (Berkeley: University of California Press, 1990), 54; Nicos Poulantzas, Fascism and Dictatorship (London: Verso, 1974); Seymour Martin Lipset, Political Man (New York: Doubleday, 1960), 134–76; Paul A. Baran (Historicus), “Fascism in America,” Monthly Review 4, no. 6 (October 1952): 181–89.
    16. Maxine Y. Sweezy (see also Maxine Y. Woolston), The Structure of the Nazi Economy(Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press, 1941), 27–35; Gustave Strolper, German Economy, 1870–1940 (New York: Reynal and Hitchcock, 1940), 207; Germá Bel, “The Coining of ‘Privatization’ and Germany’s National Socialist Party,” Journal of Economic Perspectives 20, no. 3 (2006): 187–94; Foster, Trump in the White House, 27–43, 65–66.
    17. Hannah Arendt, The Origins of Totalitarianism (London: Penguin, 2017); Reuven Kaminer, “On the Concept of ‘Totalitarianism’ and Its Role in Current Political Discourse,” MR Online, August 15, 2007; Slavoj Žižek, Did Somebody Say Totalitarianism? (London: Verso, 2001), 2–3.
    18. Baran, “Fascism in America,” 182.
    19. Georg Lukács, Writer and Critic (London: Merlin Press, 1978), 151.
    20. Christopher Caldwell, “Speaking Trumpian,” Claremont Review of Books 24, no. 19 (Fall 2024): 19–22.
    21. Andy Kroll, “Revealed: The Billionaires Funding the Coup’s Brain Trust,” Rolling Stone, January 12, 2022; Influence Watch, “Thomas D. Kligenstein Fund,” influencewatch.org (n.d.).
    22. Georg Lukács, The Destruction of Reason (London: Merlin Press, 1980), 730. Lukács’s reference to Carlyle here is directly relevant to the present. Leading MAGA ideologue Curtis Yarvin writes: “I will always be a Carlylean, just the way a Marxist will always be a Marxist.” Matt McManus, “Yarvin’s Case against Democracy: Curtis Yarvin Is too Elitist for Fascism,” Commonweal, January 27, 2023.
    23. Marc Fisher and Isaac Stanley-Becker, “The Claremont Institute Triumphed in the Trump Years. Then Came Jan. 6,” Washington Post, July 30, 2022; Elisabeth Zerofsky, “How the Claremont Institute Became a Nerve Center of the American Right,” New York Times, August 3, 2022; Kroll, “Revealed.”
    24. Kate Brannen and Luke Hartig, “Disrupting the White House: Peter Thiel’s Influence is Shaping the National Security Council,” Just Security, February 8, 2017.
    25. Michael Anton, “The Flight 93 Election,” Claremont Review of Books (online), September 5, 2016.
    26. Michael Anton, After the Flight 93 Election: The Vote that Saved America and What We Still Have to Lose (New York: Encounter Books, 2019); Anton, The Stakes: America at the Point of No Return (see especially section on “Caesarism” in chapter 7 and the sections on “Immigration,” “Reelect Trump!” and on “Foreign and Defense Policy” in chapter 8.
    27. Michael Anton, “Draining the Swamp,” Claremont Review of Books, 19, no. 1 (Winter 2018/19).
    28. Anton, “Draining the Swamp.”
    29. Michael Anton, “Are the Kids Al(t) Right?,” Claremont Review of Books 19, no. 3 (Summer 2019). On Nietzsche’s “last man” see Friedrich Nietzsche, Thus Spake Zarathustra (New York: Modern Library, 1917), 10–13 (prologue, section 5).
    30. Bronze Age Pervert (Costin Vlad Alamariu), Bronze Age Mindset (self-published, 2018), 12, 14, 40, 44, 52, 56, 72, 76, 80, 84, 92, 104, 110, 112–14, 118, 120–22, 126, 132–36; Ben Schreckinger, “The Alt-Right Manifesto that has Trumpworld Talking,” Politico, August 23, 2019; BAP quoted on fascism in Ali Breland, “Is the Bronze Age Pervert Going Mainstream?,” Mother Jones, October 2, 2023; Sophie Nicolson, “Bob Denard: French Mercenary Behind Several Post-Colonial Coups,” Guardian, October 15, 2007.
    31. Jason Wilson, “He’s Anti-Democracy and Pro-Trump: The Obscure ‘Dark Enlightenment’ Blogger Influencing the Next US Administration,” Guardian, December 21, 2024; Ian Ward, “Curtis Yarvin’s Ideas Were Fringe. Now They’re Coursing through Trump’s Washington,” Politico, January 30, 2025; Ian Ward, “The Seven Thinkers and Groups that Have Shaped JD Vance’s Unusual Worldview,” Politico, July 18, 2024; Jacob Siegel, “The Red-Pill Prince: How Computer Programmer Curtis Yarvin Became America’s Most Controversial Political Theorist,” The Tablet, March 30, 2022; Curtis Yarvin interviewed by David Marchese, “Curtis Yarvin Says Democracy Is Done. Powerful Conservatives Are Listening,” New York Times, January 18, 2025; “Curtis Yarvin (Mencius Moldbug) on Tucker Carlson Today,” YouTube video, 1:15:35, September 8, 2021,
    32. Jeremy Carl, “Beyond Elves and Hobbits,” The American Mind, July 22, 2022; McManus, “Yarvin’s Case against Democracy.”
    33. Wilson, “He’s Anti-Democracy and Pro-Trump”; Ward, “Curtis Yarvin’s Ideas Were Fringe”; Ward, “The Seven Thinkers and Groups that Have Shaped JD Vance’s Unusual World View”; Curtis Yarvin, “The Cathedral or the Bizarre,” The Tablet, March 30, 2022; Curtis Yarvin, “The Nihilism of the Ruling Class,” Compact, December 16, 2022. On the classical notion of oligarchy, see Jeffrey A. Winters, Oligarchy (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2011).
    34. Michael Anton, “The Pessimistic Case for the Future,” Compact, July 21, 2023.
    35. Christopher F. Rufo, “Critical Race Theory: What It Is and How to Fight It,” Imprimis 50, no. 3 (March 2021).
    36. Christopher F. Rufo, “Laying Siege to the Institutions,” Imprimis 51, no. 4/5 (April/May 2022); Christopher F. Rufo, “Inside the Transgender Empire,” Imprimis 52, no. 9 (September 2023); Scott Yenor, “Repeal and Replace Today’s Education Cartel,” Law & Liberty, March 28, 2024, lawliberty.org; Frederick M. Hess, “Challenge the College Cartel,” The American Mind, July 2, 2019; Giancarlo Sopo, “Trump Must Break Up the College Cartel,” The American Mind, December 6, 2024.
    37. Christopher Caldwell, “The Browning of America,” Claremont Review of Books 15, no. 1 (Winter 2014/15); Christopher Caldwell, “There Goes Robert E. Lee,” Claremont Review of Books21, no. 2 (Spring 2021).
    38. Kesler, “America’s Cold Civil War.”
    39. Brian T. Kennedy, “Facing Up to the China Treat,” Imprimis 49, no. 9 (September 2020).
    40. Ali Breland, “Charlie Kirk Doesn’t Really Seem to Mind White Nationalism,” Mother Jones, February 13, 2024; Robert Draper, “How Charlie Kirk Became the Youth Whisperer of the American Right,” New York Times, February 10, 2025; Charlie Kirk, Right-Wing Revolution: How to Beat the Woke and Save the West (Lewes, Delaware: Winning Team Publishing, 2024); Foster, Trump in the White House, 40.
    41. Mike Hixenbaugh and Allan Smith, “Charlie Kirk Once Pushed a ‘Secular Worldview.’ Now He’s Fighting to Make America Christian Again,” NBC News, June 12, 2024.
    42. Russell Vought, “Renewing American Purpose,” The American Mind, September 29, 2022; U.S. Constitution, Art. 1, Sect. 10, Cl. 3.
    43. Center for Renewing America Staff, “Primer: Palestinian Culture is Prohibitive for Assimilation,” Center for Renewing America, December 1, 2023; Miles Bryan, “The Christian Nationalist Legal Scholar Behind Trump’s Purges: Russell Vought and His Racial Philosophy Explained,” Vox, February 20, 2025.
    44. John Bellamy Foster, The Return of Nature (New York: Monthly Review Press, 2020), 263–64.
    45. Matt McManus, “Social Democracy and Social Conservatism Aren’t Compatible,” Jacobin, August 22, 2023.
    46. On Žižek, see Gabriel Rockhill, “Capitalism’s Court Jester: Slavoj Žižek,” Counterpunch, January 2, 2023.
    47. See Michael Anton, “America Against the Deep State,” Compact, September 16, 2022; Christopher Rufo, “What Conservatives See in Hungary,” Compact, July 28, 2023; Christopher Caldwell, “Germany Considers the Alternative,” Compact, February 10, 2025. In a curious statement, Žižek wrote: “I love Compact for a simple reason: because it’s precisely not compact—it is a battlefield of ideas in conflict with each other. Only in this way can something new emerge today.” In fact, Compact is a publication where the MAGA philosophy is hegemonic, and which includes some former leftists moving right.
    48. Christian Parenti, “The Left Case for Kash Patel,” Compact, December 31, 2024; Christian Parenti, “Why RFK Must Take on the CIA,” Compact, December 11, 2024; Christian Parenti, “Diversity is a Ruling-Class Ideology,” Compact, January 19, 2023; Christian Parenti, “Trump’s Real Crime is Opposing Empire,” Compact, April 7, 2023; Christian Parenti, “The Left-Wing Origins of the ‘Deep State’ Theory,” Compact, February 28, 2025. Aside from the contradictory nature of an argument that sees Trump as the enemy of the deep state, this concept, which played so centrally in the Trump I administration, has been largely dropped in MAGA ideology as self-defeating, while Trump II has focused on slashing the administrative state.
    49. Slavoj Žižek, “Wokeness Is Here to Stay,” Compact, February 22, 2023; Vincent Lloyd, “A Black Professor Trapped in an Anti-Racist Hell,” Compact, February 10, 2023; Melanie Zelle, “Žižek Has Lost the Plot,” The Phoenix (Swarthmore College), March 2, 2023.
    50. Geoff Shullenberger, “What BAP Learned from Feminism,” Compact, September 22, 2023; Geoff Schullenberger, “The Philosophy of Bronze Age Pervert,” Mother Maiden Matriarch with Louise Perry, Episode 35, October 15, 2023; Elena Louisa Lange and Geoff Shullenberger, COVID-19 and the Left: The Tyranny of Fear (London: Routledge, 2024).
    51. Allum Bokhari, “Who Is in Control?: The Need to Rein in Big Tech,” Imprimis 50, no. 1 (January 2021).
    52. Rosie Gray, “Breitbart’s Raheem Kassam Is Out: The Editor of Site’s London Bureau Was One of the Last Steve Bannon Allies Left within the Organization,” The Atlantic, May 23, 2018; “The National Pulse’s Kassam: How Did America Fall to Marxism?,” Grabien, June 6, 2020; Batya Ungar-Sargon, Bad News: How Woke Media is Undermining Democracy (New York: Encounter Books, 2021).
    53. Amanda Crocker, “F*ck Big Book,” Canadian Dimension, February 20, 2025.
    54. Anton, After the Flight 93 Election; Charles R. Kesler, Crisis of the Two Constitutions: The Rise, Decline, and Recovery of America’s Greatness (New York: Encounter Books, 2021); Brian T. Kennedy, Communist China’s War Inside America (New York: Encounter Books, 2020); Kirk, Right Wing Revolution. Peter Collier, the founder of Encounter Books, was a former leftist and coeditor of Ramparts magazine along with David Horowitz, when they uncovered Encountermagazine’s CIA funding. He afterward moved to the far (together with Horowitz).
    55. Jesse Watters quoted in David Siroto, “How to Combat the Information War,” The Lever, February 24, 2025, levernews.com.
    56. Steve Bannon, “America’s Great Divide: Interview with Steve Bannon,” PBS Frontline, March 17, 2019; Michael Anton, “Why the Great Reset Is Not ‘Socialism,’” Compact, November 30, 2022; Foster, Trump in the White House, 32–33, 72; Steve Inskeep, “Steve Bannon Says MAGA Populism Will Win—as Trump Is Surrounded by Billionaires,” NPR, January 19, 2025; Jeremy Carl, “Beyond Elves and Hobbits,” The American Mind, July 22, 2022.
    57. Anton, “Why the Great Reset Is Not ‘Socialism.’”
    58. On the lower-middle class basis of the MAGA movement, see Foster, Trump in the White House, 19–21, 63; Les Leopold, “The Myth of MAGA’s Working Class Roots,” UnHerd, February 16, 2024; Dennis Gilbert, The American Class Structure in an Age of Growing Inequality (Los Angeles: Sage, 2011), 14, 243–47; David Doonan “Alienated, Not Apathetic: Why Workers Don’t Vote,” Green Party US, August 5, 2019, gp.org; Phil A. Neel, Hinterland: America’s New Landscape of Class and Class Conflict (London: Reaction Books, 2018), 36–37. There are of course no hard lines between the working class and the lower-middle class or petty bourgeoisie. Not income and property alone, but also urban/rural divisions and education play a role in the determination of classes in the political sense. The lower-middle class is far more significant politically than it is demographically because of its higher voter turnout when compared to the working class.
    59. Taylor Popielarz, “An Old Steel Town Highlights How West Virginia Went from Deeply Blue to Trump Country,” Spectrum News NY1, May 24, 2024.
    60. Anton, “Why the Great Reset Is Not ‘Socialism.’”
    61. Karl Dietrich Bracher, “Stages of Totalitarian ‘Integration’ (Gleichschaltung): The Consolidation of National Socialist Rule in 1933 and 1934,” in Republic to Reich, ed. Hajo Holborn (New York: Vintage, 1972), 124–28; Foster, Trump in the White House, 25–29.
    62. Gary Stout, “The Marriage of MAGA and Billionaires Is Already Rocky,” Observer-Reporter, January 25, 2025.
    63. Steve Inskeep, “Steve Bannon Says MAGA Populism Will Win—as Trump Is Surrounded by Billionaires”; Rana Foroohar, “MAGA vs. the Billionaires,” Financial Times, January 5, 2005; Nia-Malika Henderson, “Trump Inauguration: Old MAGA vs. New MAGA’s Cage Match Begins,” Bloomberg, January 20, 2025; Thomas D. Williams, “Steve Bannon: I Will Do Anything’ to Keep Elon Musk Out of the White House,” Breitbart, January 11, 2025.
    64. Kevin Porteus, “Putting Americans First,” The American Mind, January 8, 2025.
    65. Vivek Ramaswamy, Woke, Inc.: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam (New York: Center Street, 2023); Steve Rattner, “What Big-Business Leaders, Including Democrats, Say Privately About Trump,” New York Times, March 3, 2025.
    66. Peter Thiel interviewed by Peter Robinson, “Peter Thiel, Leader of the Rebel Alliance,” Uncommon Knowledge Podcast, Hoover Institution, November 9, 2022.
    67. Peter Thiel, “The Education of a Libertarian,” Cato Unbound, April 13, 2009.
    68. Max Chafkin interviewed by Belinda Luscombe, “Who’s Afraid of Peter Thiel?: A New Biography Suggests We All Should Be,” Time, September 21, 2021; Deborah Veneziale, “Trump’s Nationalist Conservative White Christian Agenda,” MR Online, February 28, 2025; Jessica Matthews, “How Peter Thiel’s Network of Right-Wing Techies Is Infiltrating Donald Trump’s White House,” Fortune, January 17, 2025; Brannen and Hartig, “Disrupting the White House.”
    69. Rob Larson, Mastering the Universe (Chicago: Haymarket, 2024), xi.
    70. Ed Kilgore, “”Trump is Dividing Evangelicals Now, Too,” New York Magazine, February 13, 2025; Sam R. Schmitt, “‘Give Cheerfully, Give Abundantly’: White American Prosperity Evangelism, Financial Obedience, and Religious Corruption in the Trump Era,” Activist History Review, May 11, 2018; James Bohland, “The Truth About MAGA: Plutocrats in Populist Clothing,” Fair Observer, October 29, 2024; Jessica Washington, “How Trump Twisted DEI to Only Benefit White Christians,” The Intercept, February 22, 2023.
    71. Wilson-Hartgrove, Reconstructing the Gospel, 33–35; Hamilton, “It’s Time to Break the Chains of Slaveholder Religion.”
    72. Jonathan Wilson-Hargrove, “In the Age of Trump, a Moment of Decision for Evangelicals,” Durham Herald Sun, April 26, 2018.
    73. Jonathan Wilson-Hartgrove, “Fear Is the Slaveholder Religion’s Tool of Control,” Sojourners, April 22, 2019.
    74. Sharon Parrott, “Well, That Was Quick: Trump’s Total Betrayal of Working People Is Now Complete,” Common Dreams, February 26, 2025.
    75. Karl Marx, Texts on Methods (Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1975), 195.

    2025, Volume 77, Number 01 (May 2025)